Form 10-K

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

 

þ

Annual Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011

 

¨

Transition Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

For the Transition Period from              to                         

Commission File Number 001-35077

Wintrust Financial Corporation

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Illinois   36-3873352
(State of incorporation or organization)   (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

727 North Bank Lane

Lake Forest, Illinois 60045

(Address of principal executive offices)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (847) 615-4096

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of Each Class

 

Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered

Common Stock, no par value

Warrants (expiring December 19, 2018)

 

The NASDAQ Global Select Market

The NASDAQ Global Select Market

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. þ Yes ¨ No

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. ¨ Yes þ No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. þ Yes ¨ No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). þ Yes ¨ No

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of the registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. ¨ Yes ¨ No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See definition of “large accelerated filer” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer þ

 

Accelerated filer ¨

 

Non-Accelerated filer ¨

 

Smaller reporting company ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). ¨ Yes þ No

The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant on June 30, 2011 (the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second quarter), determined using the closing price of the common stock on that day of $32.18, as reported by the NASDAQ Global Select Market, was $1,102,160,430.

As of February 22, 2012, the registrant had 36,293,039 shares of Common Stock outstanding.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the Proxy Statement for the Company’s Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on May 24, 2012 are incorporated by reference into Part III.

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page  
   PART I   

ITEM 1

   Business      3   

ITEM 1A.

   Risk Factors      17   

ITEM 1B.

   Unresolved Staff Comments      28   

ITEM 2.

   Properties      28   

ITEM 3.

   Legal Proceedings      28   

ITEM 4.

   Mine Safety Disclosures      28   
   PART II   

ITEM 5.

   Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities      29   

ITEM 6.

   Selected Financial Data      31   

ITEM 7.

   Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation      32   

ITEM 7A.

   Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk      81   

ITEM 8.

   Financial Statements and Supplementary Data      83   

ITEM 9.

   Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure      144   

ITEM 9A.

   Controls and Procedures      144   

ITEM 9B.

   Other Information      147   
   PART III   

ITEM 10.

   Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance      147   

ITEM 11.

   Executive Compensation      147   

ITEM 12.

   Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters      147   

ITEM 13.

   Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence      148   

ITEM 14.

   Principal Accountant Fees and Services      148   
   PART IV   

ITEM 15.

   Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules      149   
   Signatures      155   


PART I

ITEM I. BUSINESS

Overview

Wintrust Financial Corporation, an Illinois corporation (“we,” “Wintrust” or “the Company”), which was incorporated in 1992, is a financial holding company based in Lake Forest, Illinois, with total assets of approximately $15.9 billion as of December 31, 2011. We conduct our businesses through three segments: community banking, specialty finance and wealth management.

We provide community-oriented, personal and commercial banking services to customers located in the Chicago metropolitan area and in southeastern Wisconsin (“our Market Area”) through our fifteen wholly owned banking subsidiaries (collectively, the “banks”), as well as the origination and purchase of residential mortgages for sale into the secondary market through Wintrust Mortgage, a division of Barrington Bank and Trust Company, N.A. (“Barrington Bank”),. For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, the community banking segment had net revenues of $568 million, $520 million and $393 million, respectively, and net income (loss) of $84 million, $71 million and $(26 million), respectively. The community banking segment had total assets of $15.2 billion, $13.3 billion and $12.0 billion as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The community banking segment accounted for 87% of our net revenues for the year ended December 31, 2011. All of these measurements are based on our reportable segments and do not reflect intersegment eliminations.

We provide specialty finance services, including financing for the payment of commercial insurance premiums and life insurance premiums (“premium finance receivables”) on a national basis through our wholly owned subsidiary, First Insurance Funding Corporation (“FIFC”), and short-term accounts receivable financing (“Tricom finance receivables”) and outsourced administrative services through our wholly owned subsidiary, Tricom, Inc. of Milwaukee (“Tricom”). For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, the specialty finance segment had net revenues of $116 million, $104 million and $232 million, respectively, and net income of $46 million, $33 million and $120 million, respectively. The specialty finance segment had total assets of $3.3 billion, $2.9 billion and $2.2 billion as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. It accounted for 18% of our net revenues for the year ended December 31, 2011. All of these measurements are based on our reportable segments and do not reflect intersegment eliminations.

We provide a full range of wealth management services primarily to customers in our Market Area through three separate subsidiaries, including The Chicago Trust Company, N.A. (“CTC”), Wayne Hummer Investments, LLC (“WHI”) and Great Lakes Advisors, LLC (“Great Lakes Advisors”). For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, the wealth management segment had net revenues of $63 million, $58 million and $51 million, respectively, and net income of $7 million, $7 million and $6 million, respectively. The wealth management segment had total assets of $92 million, $65 million and $62 million as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. It accounted for 10% of our net revenues for the year ended December 31, 2011. All of these measurements are based on our reportable segments and do not reflect intersegment eliminations.

Our Business

Community Banking

Through our banks, we provide community-oriented, personal and commercial banking services to customers located in our Market Area. Our customers include individuals, small to mid-sized businesses, local governmental units and institutional clients residing primarily in the banks’ local service areas. The banks have a community banking and marketing strategy. In keeping with this strategy, the banks provide highly personalized and responsive service, a characteristic of locally-owned and managed institutions. As such, the banks compete for deposits principally by offering depositors a variety of deposit programs, convenient office locations, hours and other services, and for loan originations primarily through the interest rates and loan fees they charge, the efficiency and quality of services they provide to borrowers and the variety of their loan and cash management products. Using our decentralized corporate structure to our advantage, in 2008, we announced the creation of our MaxSafe® deposit accounts, which provide customers with expanded Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) insurance coverage by spreading a customer’s deposit across our fifteen banks. This product differentiates our banks from many of our competitors that have consolidated their bank charters into branches. In 2010, we opened a downtown Chicago office to work with each of our banks to capture core commercial and industrial business. Our commercial and industrial lenders in our downtown office operate in close partnership with lenders at our community banks. By combining our expertise in the commercial and industrial sector with our high level of personal service and full suite of banking products, we believe we create another point of differentiation from both our larger and smaller competitors. The banks also offer home equity, home mortgage, consumer, and real estate loans, safe deposit facilities, ATMs, internet banking and other innovative and traditional services specially tailored to meet the needs of customers in their market areas.

 

3


We developed our banking franchise through de novo organization of nine banks and the purchase of eight banks, two of which was merged into an existing Wintrust bank. The organizational efforts began in 1991, when a group of experienced bankers and local business people identified an unfilled niche in the Chicago metropolitan area retail banking market. As large banks acquired smaller ones and personal service was subjected to consolidation strategies, the opportunity increased for locally owned and operated, highly personal service-oriented banks. As a result, Lake Forest Bank and Trust Company (“Lake Forest Bank”) was founded in December 1991 to service the Lake Forest and Lake Bluff communities. As of December 31, 2011, we had 99 banking locations.

We now own fifteen banks, including nine Illinois-chartered banks, Lake Forest Bank, Hinsdale Bank and Trust Company (“Hinsdale Bank”), North Shore Community Bank and Trust Company (“North Shore Bank”), Libertyville Bank and Trust Company (“Libertyville Bank”), Northbrook Bank & Trust Company (“Northbrook Bank”), Village Bank & Trust (“Village Bank”), Wheaton Bank & Trust Company (“Wheaton Bank”), State Bank of The Lakes and St. Charles Bank & Trust Company (“St. Charles Bank”). In addition, we have one Wisconsin-chartered bank, Town Bank, and five nationally chartered banks, Barrington Bank, Crystal Lake Bank & Trust Company, N.A. (“Crystal Lake Bank”), Schaumburg Bank & Trust Company, N.A. (“Schaumburg Bank”), Beverly Bank & Trust Company, N.A. (“Beverly Bank”) and Old Plank Trail Community Bank, N.A. (“Old Plank Trail Bank”).

Each Bank is subject to regulation, supervision and regular examination by: (1) the Secretary of the Illinois Department of Financial and Professional Regulation (“Illinois Secretary”) and the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (“Federal Reserve”) for Illinois-chartered banks; (2) the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (“OCC”) for nationally-chartered banks or (3) the Wisconsin Department of Financial Institutions (“Wisconsin Department”) and the Federal Reserve for Town Bank.

We also engage in the origination and purchase of residential mortgages for sale into the secondary market through Wintrust Mortgage, and provide other loan closing services to a network of mortgage brokers. Mortgage banking operations are also performed within certain banks. Wintrust Mortgage, a division of Barrington Bank, sells many of its loans with servicing released. Some of our banks engage in loan servicing, as a portion of the loans sold by the banks into the secondary market are sold with the servicing of those loans retained. Wintrust Mortgage maintains principal origination offices in a number of states, including Illinois, and originates loans in states through correspondent channels. Wintrust Mortgage also established offices at several of the banks and provides the banks with the ability to use an enhanced loan origination and documentation system. This allows Wintrust Mortgage and the banks to better utilize existing operational capacity and improve the product offering for the banks’ customers.

We also offer several niche lending products through the banks. These include Barrington Bank’s Community Advantage program which provides lending, deposit and cash management services to condominium, homeowner and community associations, Hinsdale Bank’s mortgage warehouse lending program which provides loan and deposit services to mortgage brokerage companies located predominantly in the Chicago metropolitan area, Crystal Lake Bank’s North American Aviation Financing division which provides small aircraft lending, Lake Forest Bank’s franchise lending program which provides lending primarily to restaurant franchisees and Hinsdale Bank’s indirect auto lending program originates new and used automobile loans, generated through a network of automobile dealers located in the Chicago metropolitan area, secured by new and used vehicles and diversified among many individual borrowers. We did not originate indirect auto loans from the third quarter of 2008 through the third quarter of 2010, but restarted loans under this program as market conditions became more favorable. In aggregate, these other specialty loans generated through divisions of the banks comprised approximately 4.6% of our loan and lease portfolio at December 31, 2011.

Specialty Finance

We conduct our specialty finance businesses through indirect non-bank subsidiaries. Our wholly owned subsidiary, FIFC, engages in the premium finance receivables business, our most significant specialized lending niche, including commercial insurance premium finance and life insurance premium finance.

In its commercial insurance premium finance operations, FIFC makes loans to businesses to finance the insurance premiums they pay on their commercial insurance policies. Approved medium and large insurance agents and brokers located throughout the United States assist FIFC in arranging each commercial premium finance loan between the borrower and FIFC. FIFC evaluates each loan request according to its own underwriting criteria including the amount of the down payment on the insurance policy, the term of the loan, the credit quality of the insurance company providing the financed insurance policy, the interest rate, the borrower’s previous payment history, if any, and other factors deemed appropriate. Upon approval of the loan by FIFC, the borrower makes a down payment on the financed insurance policy, which is generally done by providing payment to the agent or broker, who then forwards it to the insurance company. FIFC may either forward the financed amount of the remaining policy premiums directly to the insurance carrier or to the agent or broker for remittance to the insurance carrier on FIFC’s behalf. In some cases the agent or broker may hold our collateral, in the form of the proceeds of the unearned insurance premium from the insurance company, and forward it to FIFC in the event of a default by the borrower. Because the agent or broker is the primary contact to the ultimate borrowers who are located nationwide and because proceeds and our collateral may be handled by the agent or brokers during the term of the loan, FIFC may be more susceptible to third party (i.e., agent or broker) fraud. The Company performs ongoing credit and other reviews of the agents and brokers, and performs various internal audit steps to mitigate against the risk of any fraud.

The commercial and property premium finance business is subject to regulation in the majority of states. Regulation typically governs notices to borrowers prior to cancellation of a policy, notices to insurance companies, maximum interest rates and late fees and approval of loan documentation. FIFC is licensed or otherwise qualified to provide financing of commercial insurance policies in all 50 states states and FIFC’s compliance department regularly monitors changes to regulations and updates policies and programs accordingly.

 

4


In 2007, FIFC began financing life insurance policy premiums generally used for estate planning purposes of high net-worth borrowers. These loans are originated directly with the borrowers with assistance from life insurance carriers, independent insurance agents, financial advisors and legal counsel. The cash surrender value of the life insurance policy is the primary form of collateral. In addition, these loans often are secured with a letter of credit, marketable securities or certificates of deposit. In some cases, FIFC may make a loan that has a partially unsecured position. In 2009, FIFC significantly expanded its life insurance premium finance business by purchasing a portfolio of domestic life insurance premium finance loans with an aggregate unpaid principal balance of approximately $1.0 billion and certain related assets from two affiliates of American International Group, Inc. (“AIG”), for an aggregate purchase price of $745.9 million.

The life insurance premium finance business is governed under banking regulations but is not subject to additional systemic regulation. FIFC’s compliance department regularly monitors the regulatory environment and the company’s compliance with existing regulations. FIFC maintains a policy prohibiting the knowing financing of stranger-originated life insurance and has established procedures to identify and prevent the company from financing such policies. While a carrier could potentially put at risk the cash surrender value of a policy, which serves as FIFC’s primary collateral, by challenging the validity of the insurance contract for lack of an insurable interest, FIFC believes it has strong counterclaims against any such claims by carriers, in addition to recourse to borrowers and guarantors as well as to additional collateral in certain cases.

FIFC’s premium finance loans are primarily secured by the insurance policies financed by the loans. These insurance policies are written by a large number of insurance companies geographically dispersed throughout the country. Our premium finance receivables balances finance insurance policies which are spread among a large number of insurers, however one of the insurers represents approximately 15% of such balances and two additional insurers each represent approximately 5% of such balances. FIFC consistently monitors carrier ratings and financial performance of our carriers. In the event ratings fall below certain levels, most of FIFC’s life insurance premium finance policies provide for an event of default and allow FIFC to have recourse to borrowers and guarantors as well as to additional collateral in certain cases. For the commercial premium finance business, the term of the loans is sufficiently short such that in the event of a decline in carrier ratings, FIFC can restrict or eliminate additional loans to finance premiums to such carriers.

Through our wholly owned subsidiary, Tricom, we provide high-yielding, short-term accounts receivable financing and value-added, outsourced administrative services, such as data processing of payrolls, billing and cash management services to the temporary staffing industry. Tricom’s clients, located throughout the United States, provide staffing services to businesses in diversified industries. During 2011, Tricom processed payrolls with associated client billings of approximately $415 million and contributed approximately $7.7 million to our revenue, net of interest expense. Net revenue is based on our reportable segments and does not reflect intersegment eliminations.

In 2011, our commercial premium finance operations, life insurance premium finance operations and accounts receivable finance operations accounted for 56%, 37% and 7%, respectively, of the total revenues of our specialty finance business.

Wealth Management Activities

We offer a full range of wealth management services through three separate subsidiaries, including trust and investment services, asset management and securities brokerage services. In February 2002, we acquired WHI and Wayne Hummer Asset Management Company which are headquartered in Chicago. Soon thereafter, in order to further expand our wealth management business, we acquired Lake Forest Capital Management Company, a registered investment advisor with approximately $300 million of assets under management at the time of acquisition and, in 2009, further added to our capabilities in this area with the purchase of certain assets and assumption of certain liabilities of Advanced Investment Partners, LLC which specializes in the active management of domestic equity investment strategies and expands our institutional investment business.

In July 2011, the Company acquired Great Lakes Advisors which merged with Wintrust’s existing asset management business. Great Lakes Advisors, our registered investment adviser, provides money management services and advisory services to individuals, mutual funds and institutional municipal and tax-exempt organizations. Great Lakes Advisors also provides portfolio management and financial supervision for a wide range of pension and profit-sharing plans as well as money management and advisory services to CTC. At December 31, 2011, the Company’s wealth management subsidiaries had approximately $13.8 billion of assets under administration, which includes $2.0 billion of assets owned by the Company and its subsidiary banks.

CTC, our trust subsidiary, offers trust and investment management services to clients through offices located in downtown Chicago and at various banking offices of our fifteen banks. CTC is subject to regulation, supervision and regular examination by the OCC.

WHI, our registered broker/dealer subsidiary, has been operating since 1931. Through WHI, we provide a full range of private client and securities brokerage services to clients located primarily in the Midwest. WHI is headquartered in downtown Chicago, operates an office in Appleton, Wisconsin, and as of December 31, 2011, established branch locations in offices at a majority of our banks. WHI also provides a full range of investment services to clients through a network of relationships with community-based financial institutions primarily located in Illinois.

 

5


Strategy and Competition

Historically, we have executed a growth strategy through branch openings and de novo bank formations, expansion of our wealth management and premium finance business, development of specialized earning asset niches and acquisitions of other community-oriented banks or specialty finance companies. However, beginning in 2006, we made a decision to slow our growth due to unfavorable credit spreads, loosened underwriting standards by many of our competitors, and intense price competition. In August 2008, we raised $50 million of private equity. This investment was followed shortly by an investment by the U.S. Department of Treasury (“Treasury”) of $250 million and a warrant to purchase 1,643,295 shares of Wintrust Common Stock through the Capital Purchase Program (“CPP”). The CPP investment was not necessary for our short-or long-term health. However, the CPP investment presented an opportunity for the Company. By providing us with a significant source of relatively inexpensive capital, the Treasury’s CPP investment allowed us to accelerate our growth cycle, expand lending and meet former Treasury Secretary Paulson’s stated purpose for the program, which was “designed to attract broad participation by healthy institutions” that “have plenty of capital to get through this period, but are not positioned to lend as widely as is necessary to support our economy.”

With this $300 million of additional capital, we began to increase our lending and deposits in late 2008. This additional capital allowed us to be in a position to take advantage of opportunities in a disrupted marketplace during 2009, 2010 and 2011 by:

 

   

Increasing our lending as other financial institutions pulled back;

 

   

Hiring quality lenders and other staff away from larger and smaller institutions that may have substantially deviated from a customer-focused approach or who may have substantially limited the ability of their staff to provide credit or other services to their customers;

 

   

Investing in dislocated assets such as the purchased life insurance premium finance portfolio and certain collateralized mortgage obligations; and

 

   

Purchasing banks and banking assets either directly or through the FDIC-assisted process in areas key to our geographic expansion.

In March 2010, we further strengthened our capital position through a public offering of 6,670,000 shares of our common stock at $33.25 per share. Our net proceeds totaled $210.3 million. In December 2010, we sold an additional 3,685,897 shares of our common stock at $30.00 per share and 4.6 million 7.5% tangible equity units at a public offering price of $50.00 per unit (“the concurrent offerings”). We received net proceeds of $327.5 million from the concurrent offerings. Together, our capital offerings aggregated nearly $540 million in net proceeds.

On December 22, 2010, we repurchased all 250,000 shares of our Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B (the “Series B Preferred Stock”) which we issued to the Treasury under the Troubled Asset Relief Program (“TARP”) CPP. The Series B Preferred Stock was repurchased at a price of $251.3 million, which included accrued and unpaid dividends of $1.3 million.

Management is committed to maintaining the Company’s capital levels above the “Well Capitalized” levels established by the Federal Reserve for bank holding companies. Our strategy and competitive position for each of our business segments is summarized in further detail, below.

Community Banking

We compete in the commercial banking industry through our banks in the communities they serve. The commercial banking industry is highly competitive and the banks face strong direct competition for deposits, loans and other financial related services. The banks compete with other commercial banks, thrifts, credit unions and stockbrokers. Some of these competitors are local, while others are statewide or nationwide.

As a mid-size financial services company, we expect to benefit from greater access to financial and managerial resources than our smaller local competitors while maintaining our commitment to local decision-making and to our community banking philosophy. In particular, we are able to provide a wider product selection and larger credit facilities than many of our smaller competitors, and we believe our service offerings help us in recruiting talented staff. Since the beginning of 2009, we have continued to add more lenders throughout the community banking organization, many of whom have joined us because of our ability to offer a range of products and level of services which compete effectively with both larger and smaller market participants. We have continued to expand our product delivery systems, including a wide variety of electronic banking options for our retail and commercial customers which allow us to provide a level of service typically associated with much larger banking institutions. Consequently, management views technology as a great equalizer to offset some of the inherent advantages of its significantly larger competitors. Additionally, we have access to public capital markets whereas many of our local competitors are privately held and may have limited capital raising capabilities.

 

6


We also believe we are positioned to compete effectively with other larger and more diversified banks, bank holding companies and other financial services companies due to the multi-chartered approach that pushes accountability for building a franchise and a high level of customer service down to each of our banking franchises. Additionally, we believe that we provide a relatively complete portfolio of products that is responsive to the majority of our customers’ needs through the retail and commercial operations supplied by our banks, and through our mortgage and wealth management operations. The breadth of our product mix allows us to compete effectively with our larger competitors while our multi-chartered approach with local and accountable management provides for what we believe is superior customer service relative to our larger and more centralized competitors.

Wintrust Mortgage, a division of Barrington Bank, as well as the mortgage banking functions within the banks, competes with large mortgage brokers as well as other banking organizations. Consolidation, on-going investor push-backs, enhanced regulatory guidance and the promise of equal oversight for both banks and independent lenders have created challenges for small and medium-sized independent mortgage lenders. Wintrust Mortgage’s size, bank affiliation, branding, technology, business development tools and reputation makes the firm well positioned to compete in this environment. While earnings will fluctuate with the rise and fall of long-term interest rates, mortgage banking revenue will be a continuous source of revenue for us and our mortgage lending relationships will continue to provide franchise value to our other financial service businesses.

In 2011, we furthered our growth strategy by purchasing, through certain of our banking subsidiaries, a number of additional banks and banking locations. In three FDIC-assisted transactions, we purchased a total of nine new banking locations, four in Chicago, one in Bloomingdale, Illinois, one in Itasca, Illinois, one in Norridge, Illinois, one in Park Ridge, Illlinois and one in Wood Dale, Illinois. Each of these acquisitions allowed us to expand our franchise into strategic locations on a cost-effective basis. In addition, we acquired three new banking locations in a non-FDIC-assisted transaction in Elgin, Illinois, that were merged into the Company’s wholly-owned subsidiary bank, St. Charles Bank. Also, in 2011, we acquired three closed banking facilities from the FDIC in Crystal Lake, Illinois, Schaumburg, Illinois and Des Plaines, Illinois that were re-opened for business by Wintrust in 2011. We believe that these strategic acquisitions will allow us to grow into contiguous markets which we do not currently service and expand our footprint.

Specialty Finance

FIFC encounters intense competition from numerous other firms, including a number of national commercial premium finance companies, companies affiliated with insurance carriers, independent insurance brokers who offer premium finance services and other lending institutions. Some of its competitors are larger and have greater financial and other resources. FIFC competes with these entities by emphasizing a high level of knowledge of the insurance industry, flexibility in structuring financing transactions, and the timely funding of qualifying contracts. We believe that our commitment to service also distinguishes us from our competitors. Additionally, we believe that FIFC’s acquisition of a large life insurance premium finance portfolio and related assets in 2009 enhanced our ability to market and sell life insurance premium finance products.

Tricom competes with numerous other firms, including a small number of similar niche finance companies and payroll processing firms, as well as various finance companies, banks and other lending institutions. Tricom’s management believes that its commitment to service distinguishes it from competitors. To the extent that other finance companies, financial institutions and payroll processing firms add greater programs and services to their existing businesses, Tricom’s operations could be negatively affected.

Wealth Management Activities

Our wealth management companies (CTC, WHI and Great Lakes Advisors) compete with larger wealth management subsidiaries of other larger bank holding companies as well as with other trust companies, brokerage and other financial service companies, stockbrokers and financial advisors. We believe we can successfully compete for trust, asset management and brokerage business by offering personalized attention and customer service to small to midsize businesses and affluent individuals. We continue to recruit and hire experienced professionals from the larger Chicago area wealth management companies, which is expected to help in attracting new customer relationships.

Supervision and Regulation

Bank holding companies, banks and investment firms are extensively regulated under federal and state law. References under this heading to applicable statutes or regulations are brief summaries or portions thereof which do not purport to be complete and which are qualified in their entirety by reference to those statutes and regulations and regulatory interpretations thereof. Any change in applicable laws or regulations may have a material effect on the business of commercial banks and bank holding companies, including the Company, the banks, FIFC, CTC, WHI, Great Lakes Advisors, Tricom and Wintrust Mortgage. The supervision, regulation and examination of banks and bank holding companies by bank regulatory agencies are intended primarily for the protection of depositors rather than stockholders of banks and bank holding companies. This section discusses recent regulatory developments impacting the Company and its subsidiaries, including the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act and the Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program (“TLGP”). Following that presentation, the discussion turns to the regulation and supervision of the Company and its subsidiaries under various federal and state rules and regulations applicable to bank holding companies, broker-dealer and investment advisors.

 

7


Extraordinary Government Programs

During the past three years, the federal government, the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (the “New York Fed”) and the FDIC have made a number of programs available to banks and other financial institutions in an effort to ensure a well-functioning U.S. financial system. The Company participated in three such programs. Two of these programs, the CPP of the Treasury and the New York Fed’s Term Asset-Backed Securities Loan Facility (“TALF”), have provided the Company with a significant amount of relatively inexpensive funding, which the Company used to accelerate its growth cycle and expand lending.

Capital Purchase Program. In October 2008, the Treasury announced that it intended to use a portion of the initial funds allocated to it pursuant to the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008, to invest directly in financial institutions through the newly-created CPP which was “designed to attract broad participation by healthy institutions” which “have plenty of capital to get through this period, but are not positioned to lend as widely as is necessary to support our economy.” In December 2008, the Company sold the Treasury $250 million in the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock, and warrants to purchase the Company’s common stock.

On December 22, 2010, the Company repurchased all the shares of Series B Preferred Stock. The Series B Preferred Stock was repurchased at a price of $251.3 million, which included accrued and unpaid dividends of $1.3 million. In addition, on February 14, 2011, the Treasury sold, through an underwritten public offering to purchasers other than the Company, all of the Company’s warrants that it had received in connection with the CPP investment.

Participation in the CPP placed a number of restrictions on the Company, including limitations on the ability to increase dividends and restrictions on the compensation of its employees and executives. Participation in the CPP also subjected the Company to increased oversight by the Treasury, banking regulators and Congress. As a result of the Company’s exit from the CPP, these restrictions have been terminated.

TALF-Eligible Issuance. In addition, in September 2009, one of the Company’s subsidiaries sold $600 million in aggregate principal amount of its asset-backed notes in a securitization transaction sponsored by FIFC. The asset backed notes are eligible collateral under TALF and certain investors therefore received non-recourse funding from the New York Fed in order to purchase the notes. As a result, FIFC believes it received greater proceeds at lower interest rates from the securitization than it otherwise would have received in non-TALF-eligible transactions.

Increased FDIC Insurance for Non-Interest-Bearing Transaction Accounts. Each of our bank subsidiaries have also benefited from federal programs which provide increased FDIC insurance coverage for certain deposit accounts. At present, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”) and implementing regulations issued by the FDIC provide unlimited federal insurance of the net amount of certain non-interest-bearing transaction accounts at all insured depository institutions, including our bank subsidiaries, through December 31, 2012. After December 31, 2012, depositors will receive federal insurance up to the standard maximum deposit insurance amount of $250,000, which increased amount was made permanent by the Dodd-Frank Act.

Bank Regulation; Bank Holding Company and Subsidiary Regulations

General. Lake Forest Bank, Hinsdale Bank, North Shore Bank, Libertyville Bank, Northbrook Bank, Village Bank, Wheaton Bank, State Bank of The Lakes and St. Charles Bank are Illinois-chartered banks and as such they and their subsidiaries are subject to supervision and examination by the Illinois Secretary. Each of these Illinois-chartered banks is a member of the Federal Reserve and, as such, is subject to additional examination by the Federal Reserve as their primary federal regulator. Barrington Bank, Crystal Lake Bank, Schaumburg Bank, Beverly Bank, Old Plank Trail Bank and CTC are federally-chartered and are subject to supervision and examination by the OCC pursuant to the National Bank Act and regulations promulgated thereunder. Town Bank is a Wisconsin-chartered bank and a member of the Federal Reserve, and as such is subject to supervision by the Wisconsin Department and the Federal Reserve.

Financial Holding Company Regulations. The Company is a bank holding company that has elected to be treated by the Federal Reserve as a financial holding company for purposes of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, including regulations promulgated by the Federal Reserve (the “BHC Act”), as augmented by the provisions of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (the “GLB Act”), which established a comprehensive framework to permit affiliations among commercial banks, insurance companies and securities firms. The Company became a financial holding company in 2002. Bank holding companies that elect to be treated as financial holding companies may engage in an expanded range of activities, including the businesses conducted by the wealth management subsidiaries. Financial holding companies, unlike traditional bank holding companies, can engage in certain activities without prior Federal Reserve approval, subject to certain post-commencement notice procedures. Effective July 2011, the Dodd- Frank Act requires a bank holding company that elects treatment as a financial holding company, including us, to be both well-capitalized and well-managed. This is in addition to the existing requirement that a financial holding company’s subsidiary banks be well-capitalized and well-managed as defined in the applicable regulatory standards. If these conditions are not maintained, and the financial holding company fails to correct any deficiency within 180 days, the Federal Reserve may require the Company to either divest control of its banking subsidiaries or, at the election of the Company, cease to engage in any activities not permissible for a bank holding company that is not a financial holding company. Moreover, during the period of non-compliance, the Federal Reserve

 

8


can place any limitations on the financial holding company that it believes to be appropriate. Furthermore, if the Federal Reserve determines that a financial holding company has not maintained at least a satisfactory rating under the Community Reinvestment Act (“CRA”) at all of its controlled banking subsidiaries, the Company will not be able to commence any new financial activities or acquire a company that engages in such activities, although the Company will still be allowed to engage in activities closely related to banking and make investments in the ordinary course of conducting merchant banking activities. In April 2008, the Company was notified that one of its bank subsidiaries received a “needs to improve” rating under the CRA, therefore, the Company is subject to restrictions on further expansion in certain situations.

Federal Reserve Regulations. The Company continues to be subject to supervision and regulation by the Federal Reserve under the BHC Act. The Company is required to file with the Federal Reserve periodic reports and such additional information as the Federal Reserve may require pursuant to the BHC Act. The Federal Reserve examines the Company and may examine the banks and the Company’s other subsidiaries.

The BHC Act requires prior Federal Reserve approval for, among other things, the acquisition by a bank holding company of direct or indirect ownership or control of more than 5% of the voting shares or substantially all the assets of any bank, or for a merger or consolidation of a bank holding company with another bank holding company. With certain exceptions, the BHC Act prohibits a financial holding company from acquiring direct or indirect ownership or control of voting shares of any company which is not a business that is financial in nature or incidental thereto, and from engaging directly or indirectly in any activity that is not financial in nature or incidental thereto. Also, as discussed below, the Federal Reserve expects bank holding companies to maintain strong capital positions while experiencing growth. The Federal Reserve, as a matter of policy, may require a bank holding company to be well-capitalized at the time of filing an acquisition application and upon consummation of the acquisition.

Under the BHC Act, the banks are prohibited from engaging in certain tying arrangements in connection with an extension of credit, lease, sale of property or furnishing of services. That means that, except with respect to traditional banking products (loans, deposits or trust services), the banks may not condition a customer’s purchase of services on the purchase of other services from any of the banks or other subsidiaries of the Company.

It has been the policy of the Federal Reserve that the Company is expected to act as a source of financial and managerial strength to its subsidiaries, and to commit resources to support the subsidiaries. The Federal Reserve has taken the position that in implementing this policy, it may require the Company to provide such support even when the Company otherwise would not consider itself able to do so. The Dodd-Frank Act codified the requirement of holding companies, like the Company, to serve as a source of financial strength to their subsidiary depository institutions, which statutory requirement was effective in July 2011.

Interstate Acquisitions. The Dodd-Frank Act amended the BHC Act to require that a bank holding company be well-capitalized and well-managed, not merely adequately capitalized and adequately managed, in order to acquire a bank located outside of the bank holding company’s home state. This amendment was effective in July 2011.

Federal Reserve Capital Requirements. The Federal Reserve has adopted risk-based capital requirements for assessing capital adequacy of all bank holding companies, including financial holding companies. These standards define regulatory capital and establish minimum capital ratios in relation to assets, both on an aggregate basis and as adjusted for credit risks and off-balance sheet exposures. Under the Federal Reserve’s risk-based guidelines, capital is classified into two categories. For bank holding companies, Tier 1 capital, or “core” capital, consists of common stockholders’ equity, qualifying noncumulative perpetual preferred stock including related surplus, qualifying cumulative perpetual preferred stock including related surplus (subject to certain limitations), minority interests in the common equity accounts of consolidated subsidiaries and qualifying trust preferred securities, and is reduced by goodwill, specified intangible assets and certain other items (“Tier 1 Capital”). Tier 2 capital, or “supplementary” capital, consists of the following items, all of which are subject to certain conditions and limitations: the allowance for credit losses; perpetual preferred stock and related surplus; hybrid capital instruments; unrealized holding gains on marketable equity securities; perpetual debt and mandatory convertible debt securities; term subordinated debt and intermediate-term preferred stock.

Under the Federal Reserve’s capital guidelines, bank holding companies are required to maintain a minimum ratio of qualifying total capital to risk-weighted assets of 8.0%, of which at least 4.0% must be in the form of Tier 1 Capital. The Federal Reserve also requires a minimum leverage ratio of Tier 1 Capital to total assets of 3.0% for strong bank holding companies (those rated a composite “1” under the Federal Reserve’s rating system). For all other bank holding companies, the minimum ratio of Tier 1 Capital to total assets is 4%. In addition, the Federal Reserve continues to consider the Tier 1 leverage ratio (Tier 1 capital to average quarterly assets) in evaluating proposals for expansion or new activities.

In its capital adequacy guidelines, the Federal Reserve emphasizes that the foregoing standards are supervisory minimums and that banking organizations generally are expected to operate well above the minimum ratios. These guidelines also provide that banking organizations experiencing growth, whether internally or through acquisition, are expected to maintain strong capital positions substantially above the minimum levels. In light of the recent financial turmoil, it is generally expected that capital requirements will be revisited on a national and international basis.

 

9


As of December 31, 2011, the Company’s total capital to risk-weighted assets ratio was 13.0%, its Tier 1 Capital to risk-weighted asset ratio was 11.8% and its leverage ratio was 9.4%. Capital requirements for the banks generally parallel the capital requirements previously noted for bank holding companies. Each of the banks is subject to applicable capital requirements on a separate company basis. The federal banking regulators must take prompt corrective action with respect to FDIC-insured depository institutions that do not meet minimum capital requirements. There are five capital tiers: “well capitalized,” “adequately capitalized,” “undercapitalized,” “significantly undercapitalized” and “critically undercapitalized.” As of December 31, 2011, each of the Company’s banks was categorized as “well capitalized.” In order to maintain the Company’s designation as a financial holding company, each of the banks is required to maintain capital ratios at or above the “well capitalized” levels.

Dividend Limitations. Because the Company’s consolidated net income consists largely of net income of the banks and its non-bank subsidiaries, the Company’s ability to pay dividends depends upon its receipt of dividends from these entities. Federal and state statutes and regulations impose restrictions on the payment of dividends by the Company, the banks and its non-bank subsidiaries. (See Bank Regulation; Additional Regulation of Dividends for further discussion of dividend limitations.)

Federal Reserve policy provides that a bank holding company should not pay dividends unless (i) the bank holding company’s net income over the last four quarters (net of dividends paid) is sufficient to fully fund the dividends, (ii) the prospective rate of earnings retention appears consistent with the capital needs, asset quality and overall financial condition of the bank holding company and its subsidiaries and (iii) the bank holding company will continue to meet minimum required capital adequacy ratios. The policy also provides that a bank holding company should inform the Federal Reserve reasonably in advance of declaring or paying a dividend that exceeds earnings for the period for which the dividend is being paid or that could result in a material adverse change to the bank holding company’s capital structure. Additionally, the Federal Reserve possesses enforcement powers over bank holding companies and their non-bank subsidiaries to prevent or remedy actions that represent unsafe or unsound practices or violations of applicable statutes and regulations. Among these powers is the ability to prohibit or limit the payment of dividends by bank holding companies.

Bank Regulation; Federal Deposit Insurance Act

General. The deposits of the banks are insured by the Deposit Insurance Fund (“DIF”) under the provisions of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, as amended (the “FDIA”), and the banks are, therefore, also subject to supervision and examination by the FDIC. The FDIA requires that the appropriate federal regulatory authority (the Federal Reserve in the case of Lake Forest Bank, North Shore Bank, Hinsdale Bank, Libertyville Bank, Northbrook Bank, Village Bank, Wheaton Bank, State Bank of The Lakes, Town Bank and St. Charles Bank and the OCC in the case of Barrington Bank, Crystal Lake Bank, Schaumburg Bank, Beverly Bank, Old Plank Trail Bank, and CTC) approve any merger and/or consolidation by or with an insured bank, as well as the establishment or relocation of any bank or branch office and any change-in-control of an insured bank that is not subject to review by the Federal Reserve as a holding company regulator. The FDIA also gives the Federal Reserve, the OCC and the FDIC power to issue cease and desist orders against banks, holding companies or persons regarded as “institution affiliated parties.” A cease and desist order can either prohibit such entities from engaging in certain unsafe and unsound bank activity or can require them to take certain affirmative action. The appropriate federal regulatory authority with respect to each bank also supervises compliance with the provisions of federal law and regulations which, in addition to other requirements, place restrictions on loans by FDIC-insured banks (and their affiliates’) to their directors, executive officers and principal shareholders.

Prompt Corrective Action. The FDIA requires the federal banking regulators to take prompt corrective action with respect to depository institutions that fall below minimum capital standards and prohibits any depository institution from making any capital distribution that would cause it to be undercapitalized. Institutions that are not adequately capitalized may be subject to a variety of supervisory actions including, but not limited to, restrictions on growth, investment activities, capital distributions and management fees and will be required to submit a capital restoration plan which, to be accepted by the regulators, must be guaranteed in part by any company having control of the institution (such as the Company). In other respects, the FDIA provides for enhanced supervisory authority, including authority for the appointment of a conservator or receiver for undercapitalized institutions. The capital-based prompt corrective action provisions of the FDIA and their implementing regulations generally apply to all FDIC-insured depository institutions. However, federal banking agencies have indicated that, in regulating bank holding companies, the agencies may take appropriate action at the holding company level based on their assessment of the effectiveness of supervisory actions imposed upon subsidiary insured depository institutions pursuant to the prompt corrective action provisions of the FDIA.

Standards for Safety and Soundness. The FDIA requires the federal bank regulatory agencies to prescribe standards of safety and soundness, by regulations or guidelines, relating generally to operations and management, asset growth, asset quality, earnings, stock valuation and compensation. The federal bank regulatory agencies have adopted a set of guidelines prescribing safety and soundness standards pursuant to the FDIA. The guidelines establish general standards relating to internal controls and information systems, informational security, internal audit systems, loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate exposure, asset growth, and compensation, fees and benefits. In general, the guidelines require, among other things, appropriate systems and practices to identify and manage the risks and exposures specified in the guidelines. The guidelines prohibit excessive compensation as an unsafe and unsound practice and describe compensation as excessive when the amounts paid are unreasonable or disproportionate to the services performed by an executive officer, employee, director or principal shareholder. Additional restrictions on compensation applied to the Company as a result of its participation in the CPP. As a result of the Company’s exit from the CPP, these restrictions have been

 

10


terminated. See “Extraordinary Government Programs — Capital Purchase Program.” However, the Dodd-Frank Act also imposes restrictions on and additional disclosure regarding incentive compensation. In addition, each of the Federal Reserve and the OCC adopted regulations that authorize, but do not require, the Federal Reserve or the OCC, as the case may be, to order an institution that has been given notice by the Federal Reserve or the OCC, as the case may be, that it is not satisfying any of such safety and soundness standards to submit a compliance plan. If, after being so notified, an institution fails to submit an acceptable compliance plan or fails in any material respect to implement an accepted compliance plan, the Federal Reserve or the OCC, as the case may be, must issue an order directing action to correct the deficiency and may issue an order directing other actions of the types to which an under-capitalized association is subject under the “prompt corrective action” provisions of the FDIA. If an institution fails to comply with such an order, the Federal Reserve or the OCC, as the case may be, may seek to enforce such order in judicial proceedings and to impose civil money penalties. The Federal Reserve, the OCC and the other federal bank regulatory agencies also adopted guidelines for asset quality and earnings standards.

Other FDIA Provisions. A range of other provisions in the FDIA include requirements applicable to: closure of branches; additional disclosures to depositors with respect to terms and interest rates applicable to deposit accounts; uniform regulations for extensions of credit secured by real estate; restrictions on activities of and investments by state-chartered banks; modification of accounting standards to conform to generally accepted accounting principles including the reporting of off-balance sheet items and supplemental disclosure of estimated fair market value of assets and liabilities in financial statements filed with the banking regulators; increased penalties in making or failing to file assessment reports with the FDIC; and increased reporting requirements on agricultural loans and loans to small businesses.

In addition, the federal banking agencies adopted a final rule, which modified the risk-based capital standards, to provide for consideration of interest rate risk when assessing the capital adequacy of a bank. Under this rule, federal regulators and the FDIC must explicitly include a bank’s exposure to declines in the economic value of its capital due to changes in interest rates as a factor in evaluating a bank’s capital adequacy. The federal banking agencies also have adopted a joint agency policy statement providing guidance to banks for managing interest rate risk. The policy statement emphasizes the importance of adequate oversight by management and a sound risk management process. The assessment of interest rate risk management made by the banks’ examiners will be incorporated into the banks’ overall risk management rating and used to determine the effectiveness of management.

Insurance of Deposit Accounts. Under the FDIA, as an FDIC-insured institution, each of the banks is required to pay deposit insurance premiums based on the risk it poses to the DIF. Each institution’s assessment rate depends on the capital category and supervisory category to which it is assigned. The FDIC has authority to raise or lower assessment rates on insured deposits in order to achieve statutorily required reserve ratios in the DIF and to impose special additional assessments. In light of the significant increase in depository institution failures in 2008, 2009 and 2010 and the temporary increase of general deposit insurance limits to $250,000 per depositor (made permanent by the Dodd-Frank Act), the DIF incurred substantial losses during recent years. The Dodd-Frank Act also contains several provisions that affect deposit insurance premiums, including a change in the assessment base for federal deposit insurance from the amount of insured deposits to average total consolidated assets less average tangible equity and an increase in the minimum reserve ratio of the DIF from 1.15% to 1.35% of insured deposits (with the FDIC having until September 30, 2020 to meet the new minimum) and the deletion of the statutory cap for the reserve ratio. On December 14, 2010, the FDIC released a final rule setting the designated reserve ratio at 2%, 65 basis points above the statutory minimum. On February 7, 2011, the FDIC adopted a final rule implementing the changes to the deposit assessment base under the Dodd-Frank Act. Under the final rule, which was effective on April 1, 2011, the change in the assessment base definition is accompanied by a change in assessment rates, which will initially range from 2.5 basis points to 45 basis points. The FDIC has indicated that these changes will generally not require an increase in the level of assessments, and may result in decreased assessments, for depository institutions (such as each of our bank subsidiaries) with less than $10 billion in assets. However, there is a risk that the banks’ deposit insurance premiums will continue to increase if failures of insured depository institutions continue to deplete the DIF.

In addition, the Deposit Insurance Fund Act of 1996 authorizes the Financing Corporation (“FICO”) to impose assessments on DIF assessable deposits in order to service the interest on FICO’s bond obligations. The amount assessed is in addition to the amount, if any, paid for deposit insurance under the FDIC’s risk-related assessment rate schedule. FICO assessment rates may be adjusted quarterly to reflect a change in assessment base. The FICO annualized assessment rate is 0.66 cents per $100 of deposits for the first quarter of 2012.

Deposit insurance may be terminated by the FDIC upon a finding that an institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, order or condition imposed by the FDIC. Such terminations can only occur, if contested, following judicial review through the federal courts. The management of each of the banks does not know of any practice, condition or violation that might lead to termination of deposit insurance.

Under the “cross-guarantee” provision of the FDIA, as augmented by the Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery and Enforcement Act of 1989 (“FIRREA”), insured depository institutions such as the banks may be liable to the FDIC with respect to any loss or reasonably anticipated loss incurred by the FDIC resulting from the default of, or FDIC assistance to, any commonly controlled insured depository institution. The banks are commonly controlled within the meaning of the FIRREA cross-guarantee provision.

 

11


De Novo Branching. The Dodd-Frank Act amended the FDIA and the National Bank Act to allow national banks and state banks, with the approval of their regulators, to establish de novo branches in states other than the bank’s home state as if such state was the bank’s home state.

Bank Regulation; Additional Regulation of Dividends

As Illinois state-chartered banks, Lake Forest Bank, North Shore Bank, Hinsdale Bank, Libertyville Bank, Northbrook Bank, Village Bank, Wheaton Bank, State Bank of The Lakes and St. Charles Bank, each may not pay dividends in an amount greater than its current net profits after deducting bad debts out of undivided profits provided that its surplus equals or exceeds its capital. For the purpose of determining the amount of dividends that an Illinois bank may pay, bad debts are defined as debts upon which interest is past due and unpaid for a period of six months or more unless such debts are well-secured and in the process of collection. As a Wisconsin state-chartered bank, Town Bank may declare dividends out of its undivided profits, after provision for payment of all expenses, losses, required reserves, taxes and interest. In addition, if Town Bank’s dividends declared and paid in either of the prior two years exceeded net income for such year, then the bank may not declare a dividend that exceeds year-to-date net income except with written consent of the Wisconsin Division of Financial Institutions. Furthermore, federal regulations also prohibit any Federal Reserve member bank, including each of the Company’s Illinois-chartered banks and Town Bank, from declaring dividends in any calendar year in excess of its net income for the year plus the retained net income for the preceding two years, less any required transfers to the surplus account unless there is approval by the Federal Reserve. Similarly, as national associations supervised by the OCC, each of Barrington Bank, Crystal Lake Bank, Beverly Bank, Schaumburg Bank, Old Plank Trail Bank and CTC may not declare dividends in any year in excess of its net income for the year plus the retained net income for the preceding two years, minus the sum of any transfers required by the OCC and any transfers required to be made to a fund for the retirement of any preferred stock, nor may any of them declare a dividend in excess of undivided profits. Furthermore, the OCC may, after notice and opportunity for hearing, prohibit the payment of a dividend by a national bank if it determines that such payment would constitute an unsafe or unsound practice or if it determines that the institution is undercapitalized.

In addition to the foregoing, the ability of the Company, the banks and CTC to pay dividends may be affected by the various minimum capital requirements and the capital and noncapital standards established under the FDIA, as described above. The right of the Company, its shareholders and its creditors to participate in any distribution of the assets or earnings of its subsidiaries is further subject to the prior claims of creditors of the respective subsidiaries. The Company’s ability to pay dividends is likely to be dependent on the amount of dividends paid by the banks. No assurance can be given that the banks will, in any circumstances, pay dividends to the Company.

Bank Regulation; Other Regulation of Financial Institutions

Anti-Money Laundering. On October 26, 2001, the USA PATRIOT Act of 2001 (the “PATRIOT Act”) was enacted into law, amending in part the Bank Secrecy Act (“BSA”). The BSA and the PATRIOT Act contain anti-money laundering (“AML”) and financial transparency laws as well as enhanced information collection tools and enforcement mechanics for the U.S. government, including: standards for verifying customer identification at account opening; rules to promote cooperation among financial institutions, regulators, and law enforcement entities in identifying parties that may be involved in terrorism or money laundering; reports by nonfinancial entities and businesses filed with the Treasury’s Financial Crimes Enforcement Network for transactions exceeding $10,000; and due diligence requirements for financial institutions that administer, maintain, or manage private bank accounts or correspondence accounts for non-U.S. persons. Each bank is subject to the PATRIOT Act and, therefore, is required to provide its employees with AML training, designate an AML compliance officer and undergo an annual, independent audit to assess the effectiveness of its AML Program. The Company has established policies, procedures and internal controls that are designed to comply with these AML requirements.

Protection of Client Information. Many aspects of the Company’s business are subject to increasingly comprehensive legal requirements concerning the use and protection of certain client information including those adopted pursuant to the GLB Act as well as the Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act of 2003 (the “FACT Act”), which amended the Fair Credit Reporting Act (“FCRA”). Provisions of the GLB Act require a financial institution to disclose its privacy policy to consumer-purpose customers and require that such customers be given a choice (through an opt-out notice) to forbid certain types of sharing of nonpublic personal information about them with certain nonaffiliated third persons. The Company and each of our banks and operating subsidiaries have a written privacy notice that is delivered to each of their customers when customer relationships begin, and annually thereafter, in compliance with the GLB Act. In accordance with that privacy notice, the Company and each of the banks protect the security of information about their customers, educate their employees about the importance of protecting customer privacy, and allow their customers to opt out of certain types of information sharing. The Company and each of the banks require business partners with whom they share such information to have adequate security safeguards and to abide by the redisclosure and reuse provisions of the GLB Act. The Company and each of the banks have developed and implemented programs to fulfill the expressed requests of customers and consumers to opt out of information sharing subject to the GLB Act. The federal banking regulators have interpreted the requirements of the GLB Act to require banks to take, and the Company and the banks are subject to state law requirements that require them to take, certain actions in the event that certain information about customers is compromised. If the federal or state regulators of the financial subsidiaries establish further guidelines for addressing customer privacy issues, the Company and/or each of the banks may need to amend their privacy policies and adapt their internal procedures. The Company and the banks may also be subject to additional requirements under state laws.

 

12


Moreover, like other lending institutions, the banks and certain other of our operating subsidiaries utilize credit bureau data in their underwriting activities. Use of such data is regulated under the FCRA, and the FCRA also regulates credit reporting, prescreening, sharing of information between affiliates, and the use of affiliate data for marketing purposes. The FCRA was amended by the FACT Act in 2003, which added a number of regulatory requirements. The Company, the banks and certain of our operating subsidiaries may also be subject to additional requirements under similar state laws.

Community Reinvestment. Under the CRA, a financial institution has a continuing and affirmative obligation, consistent with the safe and sound operation of such institution, to help meet the credit needs of its entire community, including low and moderate-income neighborhoods. The CRA does not establish specific lending requirements or programs for financial institutions nor does it limit an institution’s discretion to develop the types of products and services that it believes are best suited to its particular community, consistent with the CRA. However, institutions are rated on their performance in meeting the needs of their communities. Performance is judged in three areas: (a) a lending test, to evaluate the institution’s record of making loans in its assessment areas; (b) an investment test, to evaluate the institution’s record of investing in community development projects, affordable housing and programs benefiting low or moderate income individuals and business; and (c) a service test, to evaluate the institution’s delivery of services through its branches, ATMs and other offices. The CRA requires each federal banking agency, in connection with its examination of a financial institution, to assess and assign one of four ratings to the institution’s record of meeting the credit needs of its community and to take such record into account in its evaluation of certain applications by the institution, including applications for charters, branches and other deposit facilities, relocations, mergers, consolidations, acquisitions of assets or assumptions of liabilities, and bank and savings association acquisitions. An unsatisfactory record of performance may be the basis for denying or conditioning approval of an application by a financial institution or its holding company. The CRA also requires that all institutions make public disclosure of their CRA ratings. Each of the banks received a “satisfactory” or better rating from the Federal Reserve or the OCC on their most recent CRA performance evaluations except for North Shore which received a “needs improvement” rating. In response to this rating, North Shore has undertaken numerous efforts to improve the results of the next CRA evaluation, including, but not limited to, increased community development lending, investments and services, increased outreach, an enhanced marketing effort for low and moderate income communities and individuals, enhanced CRA training for bank staff and implementation of strong internal monitoring to proactively track progress. Because one of the banks received a “needs to improve” rating on its most recent CRA performance evaluation, and given the Company’s holding company status, the Company is now subject to restrictions on further expansion of the Company’s or the banks’ activities.

Federal Reserve System. The banks are subject to Federal Reserve regulations requiring depository institutions to maintain interest-bearing reserves against their transaction accounts (primarily NOW and regular checking accounts). As of December 31, 2011, the first $11.5 million of otherwise reservable balances (subject to adjustments by the Federal Reserve for each of the banks) are exempt from the reserve requirements. A 3% reserve ratio applies to balances over $11.5 million up to and including $71.0 million and a 10% reserve ratio applies to balances in excess of $71.0 million.

Brokered Deposits. Well capitalized institutions are not subject to limitations on brokered deposits, while adequately capitalized institutions are able to accept, renew or rollover brokered deposits only with a waiver from the FDIC and subject to certain restrictions on the rate paid on such deposits. Undercapitalized institutions are not permitted to accept brokered deposits. An adequately capitalized institution that receives a waiver is not permitted to offer interest rates on brokered deposits significantly exceeding the market rates in the institution’s home area or nationally, and undercapitalized institutions may not solicit any deposits by offering such rates. Each of the banks is eligible to accept brokered deposits (as a result of their capital levels) and may use this funding source from time to time when management deems it appropriate from an asset/liability management perspective.

Enforcement Actions. Federal and state statutes and regulations provide financial institution regulatory agencies with great flexibility to undertake enforcement action against an institution that fails to comply with regulatory requirements, particularly capital requirements. Possible enforcement actions include the imposition of a capital plan and capital directive to civil money penalties, cease and desist orders, receivership, conservatorship or the termination of deposit insurance.

Compliance with Consumer Protection Laws. The banks are also subject to many federal consumer protection statutes and regulations including the Truth in Lending Act, the Truth in Savings Act, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Credit Reporting Act, the Electronic Fund Transfer Act, the Consumer Financial Protection Act, the Federal Trade Commission Act and analogous state statutes, the Fair Housing Act, the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, the Servicemembers Civil Relief Act and the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act. Wintrust Mortgage, as a division of Barrington Bank, must also comply with many of these consumer protection statutes and regulations. Violation of these statutes can lead to significant potential liability, in litigation by consumers as well as enforcement actions by regulators. Among other things, these acts:

 

   

require creditors to disclose credit terms in accordance with legal requirements;

 

   

require banks to disclose deposit account terms and electronic fund transfer terms in accordance with legal requirements;

 

   

limit consumer liability for unauthorized transactions;

 

   

impose requirements and limitations on the users of credit reports and those who provide information to credit reporting agencies;

 

13


   

prohibit discrimination against an applicant in any consumer or business credit transaction;

 

   

prohibit unfair, deceptive or abusive acts or practices;

 

   

require banks to collect and report applicant and borrower data regarding loans for home purchases or improvement projects;

 

   

require lenders to provide borrowers with information regarding the nature and cost of real estate settlements;

 

   

prohibit certain lending practices and limit escrow amounts with respect to real estate transactions; and

 

   

prescribe possible penalties for violations of the requirements of consumer protection statutes and regulations.

During the past several years, federal regulators finalized a number of significant amendments to the regulations implementing these statutes. Among other things, the Federal Reserve, the FDIC and the OCC have adopted new rules applicable to the banks (and in some cases, Wintrust Mortgage, as a division of Barrington Bank) that govern various aspects of consumer credit and rules that govern practices and disclosures with respect to overdraft programs. These rules may affect the profitability of our consumer banking activities.

There are currently pending proposals to further amend some of these statutes and their implementing regulations, and there may be additional proposals or final amendments in 2011 or beyond. The Dodd-Frank Act established the Bureau within the Federal Reserve, and both transferred to the Bureau existing regulatory and supervisory authority with respect to many of these regulations, and gave the Bureau new authority under the Consumer Financial Protection Act. The Bureau may change existing regulations or issue new regulations or interpretations. In addition, other federal and state regulators have issued, and may in the future issue, guidance on these requirements, or other aspects of the Company’s business. The developments may impose additional burdens on the Company and its subsidiaries.

Transactions with Affiliates. Transactions between a bank and its holding company or other affiliates are subject to various restrictions imposed by state and federal regulatory agencies. Such transactions include loans and other extensions of credit, purchases of or investments in securities and other assets, and payments of fees or other distributions. In general, these restrictions limit the amount of transactions between an institution and an affiliate of such institution, as well as the aggregate amount of transactions between an institution and all of its affiliates, and require transactions with affiliates to be on terms comparable to those for transactions with unaffiliated entities. Transactions between banking affiliates may be subject to certain exemptions under applicable federal law.

Limitations on Ownership. Under the Illinois Banking Act, any person who acquires 25% or more of the Company’s stock may be required to obtain the prior approval of the Illinois Secretary. Similarly, under the Federal Change in Bank Control Act, a person must give 60 days written notice to the Federal Reserve and may be required to obtain the prior regulatory consent of the Federal Reserve before acquiring control of 10% or more of any class of the Company’s outstanding stock. Generally, an acquisition of more than

10% of the Company’s stock by a corporate entity, including a corporation, partnership or trust, and more than 5% of the Company’s stock by a bank holding company, would require prior Federal Reserve approval under the BHC Act.

Enhanced Supervisory Procedures for De Novo Banks. In August 2009, the FDIC adopted enhanced supervisory procedures for de novo banks, which extended the special supervisory period for such banks from three to seven years. Throughout the de novo period, newly chartered banks will be subject to higher capital requirements, more frequent examinations and other requirements.

Broker-Dealer and Investment Adviser Regulation

WHI and Great Lakes Advisors are subject to extensive regulation under federal and state securities laws. WHI is registered as a broker-dealer with the SEC and in all 50 states, the District of Columbia and the U.S. Virgin Islands. Both WHI and Great Lakes Advisors are registered as investment advisers with the SEC. In addition, WHI is a member of several self-regulatory organizations (“SROs”), including the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) and the Chicago Stock Exchange. Although WHI is required to be registered with the SEC, much of its regulation has been delegated to SROs that the SEC oversees, including FINRA and the national securities exchanges. In addition to SEC rules and regulations, the SROs adopt rules, subject to approval of the SEC, that govern all aspects of business in the securities industry and conduct periodic examinations of member firms. WHI is also subject to regulation by state securities commissions in states in which it conducts business. WHI and Great Lakes Advisors are registered only with the SEC as investment advisers, but certain of their advisory personnel are subject to regulation by state securities regulatory agencies.

As a result of federal and state registrations and SRO memberships, WHI is subject to over-lapping schemes of regulation which cover all aspects of its securities businesses. Such regulations cover, among other things, minimum net capital requirements; uses and safekeeping of clients’ funds; record-keeping and reporting requirements; supervisory and organizational procedures intended to assure compliance with securities laws and to prevent improper trading on material nonpublic information; personnel-related matters, including qualification and licensing of supervisory and sales personnel; limitations on extensions of credit in securities transactions; clearance and settlement procedures; “suitability” determinations as to certain customer transactions; limitations on the amounts and types of fees and commissions that may be charged to customers; and regulation of proprietary trading activities and affiliate

 

14


transactions. Violations of the laws and regulations governing a broker-dealer’s actions can result in censures, fines, the issuance of cease-and-desist orders, revocation of licenses or registrations, the suspension or expulsion from the securities industry of a broker-dealer or its officers or employees, or other similar actions by both federal and state securities administrators, as well as the SROs.

As a registered broker-dealer, WHI is subject to the SEC’s net capital rule as well as the net capital requirements of the SROs of which it is a member. Net capital rules, which specify minimum capital requirements, are generally designed to measure general financial integrity and liquidity and require that at least a minimum amount of net assets be kept in relatively liquid form. Rules of FINRA and other SROs also impose limitations and requirements on the transfer of member organizations’ assets. Compliance with net capital requirements may limit the Company’s operations requiring the intensive use of capital. These requirements restrict the Company’s ability to withdraw capital from WHI, which in turn may limit its ability to pay dividends, repay debt or redeem or purchase shares of its own outstanding stock. WHI is a member of the Securities Investor Protection Corporation (“SIPC”), which subject to certain limitations, serves to oversee the liquidation of a member brokerage firm, and to return missing cash, stock and other securities owed to the firm’s brokerage customers, in the event a member broker-dealer fails. The general SIPC protection for customers’ securities accounts held by a member broker-dealer is up to $500,000 for each eligible customer, including a maximum of $250,000 for cash claims. SIPC does not protect brokerage customers against investment losses.

The Wintrust Mortgage division of Barrington Bank and WHI in its capacity as an investment adviser, are subject to regulations covering matters such as transactions between clients, transactions between the adviser and clients, custody of client assets and management of mutual funds and other client accounts. The principal purpose of regulation and discipline of investment firms is the protection of customers, clients and the securities markets rather than the protection of creditors and stockholders of investment firms. Sanctions that may be imposed for failure to comply with laws or regulations governing investment advisers include the suspension of individual employees, limitations on an adviser’s engaging in various asset management activities for specified periods of time, the revocation of registrations, other censures and fines.

Monetary Policy and Economic Conditions. The earnings of banks and bank holding companies are affected by general economic conditions and also by the credit policies of the Federal Reserve. Through open market transactions, variations in the discount rate and the establishment of reserve requirements, the Federal Reserve exerts considerable influence over the cost and availability of funds obtainable for lending or investing. The Federal Reserve’s monetary policies and other government programs have affected the operating results of all commercial banks in the past and are expected to do so in the future. The Company and the banks cannot fully predict the nature or the extent of any effects which fiscal or monetary policies may have on their business and earnings.

Beginning in 2008 and continuing into 2011, there was significant disruption of credit markets on a national and global scale. Liquidity in credit markets was severely depressed. Major financial institutions sought bankruptcy protection, and a number of banks have failed and been placed into receivership or acquired. Other major financial institutions — including Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, and AIG — have been entirely or partially nationalized by the federal government. The economic conditions in 2008 and 2009 have also affected consumers and businesses, including their ability to repay loans. This has been particularly true in the mortgage area. Real estate values have decreased in many areas of the country. There has been a large increase in mortgage defaults and foreclosure filings on a nationwide basis.

In response to these events, there have also been an unprecedented number of governmental initiatives designed to respond to the stresses experienced in financial markets in 2008 and 2009. Treasury, the Federal Reserve, the FDIC and other agencies have taken a number of steps to enhance the liquidity support available to financial institutions. The Company and the banks have participated in some of these programs, such as the CPP under the TARP. There have been other initiatives that have had an effect on credit markets generally, even though the Company has not participated. Most of these programs were discontinued in 2010. Federal and state regulators have also issued guidance encouraging banks and other mortgage lenders to make accommodations and re-work mortgage loans in order to avoid foreclosure. Additional guidance and other modifications issued under these foreclosure mitigation programs may affect the Company in 2012.

Employees

At December 31, 2011, the Company and its subsidiaries employed a total of 2,933 full-time-equivalent employees. The Company provides its employees with comprehensive medical and dental benefit plans, life insurance plans, 401(k) plans and an employee stock purchase plan. The Company considers its relationship with its employees to be good.

Available Information

The Company’s Internet address is www.wintrust.com. The Company makes available at this address, free of charge, its annual report on Form 10-K, its annual reports to shareholders, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with, or furnished to, the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”).

 

15


Supplemental Statistical Data

The following statistical information is provided in accordance with the requirements of The Securities Act Industry Guide 3, Statistical Disclosure by Bank Holding Companies, which is part of Regulation S-K as promulgated by the SEC. This data should be read in conjunction with the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements and notes thereto, and Management’s Discussion and Analysis which are contained in this Form 10-K.

Investment Securities Portfolio

The following table presents the carrying value of the Company’s available-for-sale securities portfolio, by investment category, as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009:

 

(Dollars in thousands)    2011      2010      2009  

U.S. Treasury

   $ 16,173       $ 96,097       $ 110,816   

U.S. Government agencies

     765,916         884,055         576,176   

Municipal

     60,098         52,303         65,336   

Corporate notes and other:

        

Financial issuers

     142,644         187,007         41,746   

Retained subordinated securities

                     47,702   

Other

     27,292         74,908           

Mortgage-backed: (1)

        

Agency

     218,612         158,653         216,544   

Non-agency CMOs

     29,939         3,028         107,984   

Non-agency CMOs—Alt A

                     50,778   

Other equity securities

     31,123         40,251         37,984   

Total available-for-sale securities

   $ 1,291,797       $ 1,496,302       $ 1,255,066   

 

(1)

Consisting entirely of residential mortgage-backed securities, none of which are subprime.

Tables presenting the carrying amounts and gross unrealized gains and losses for securities available-for-sale at December 31, 2011 and 2010 are included by reference to Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in the 2011 Annual Report to Shareholders, which is incorporated herein by reference. The fair value of available-for-sale securities as of December 31, 2011, by maturity distribution, is as follows:

 

$000,000 $000,000 $000,000 $000,000 $000,000 $000,000 $000,000
(Dollars in thousands)    Within 1
year
     From 1 to
5 years
     From 5 to
10 years
     After 10
years
     Mortgage-
backed
     Other
Equities
     Total  

U.S. Treasury

   $ 10,019         6,154                                         16,173     

U.S. Government agencies

     71,188         423,043         33,401         238,284                         765,916     

Municipal

     16,244         19,735         11,431         12,688                         60,098     

Corporate notes and other:

                    

Financial issuers

     14,372         64,247         50,676         13,349                         142,644     

Other

     9,839         17,453                                         27,292     

Mortgage-backed: (1)

                    

Agency

                                     218,612                 218,612     

Non-agency CMOs

                                     29,939                 29,939     

Other equity securities

                                             31,123         31,123     

Total available-for-sale securities

   $ 121,662         530,632         95,508         264,321         248,551         31,123         1,291,797     

 

(1)

Consisting entirely of residential mortgage-backed securities, none of which are subprime.

The weighted average yield for each range of maturities of securities, on a tax-equivalent basis, is shown below as of December 31, 2011:

 

$000,000 $000,000 $000,000 $000,000 $000,000 $000,000 $000,000
      Within
1 year
    From 1
to 5 years
    From 5 to
10 years
    After
10 years
    Mortgage-
backed
    Other
Equities
    Total  

U.S. Treasury

     0.21     1.31                                 0.63

U.S. Government agencies

     0.44     0.62     3.84     3.54                   1.65

Municipal

     2.24     3.97     4.76     6.97                   4.29

Corporate notes and other:

              

Financial issuers

     4.00     1.75     3.50     5.77                   2.97

Other

     1.66     2.67                                 2.31

Mortgage-backed: (1)

              

Agency

                                 4.25            4.25

Non-agency CMOs

                                 1.63            1.63

Other equity securities

                                        3.98     3.98

Total available-for-sale securities

     1.18     0.96     3.77     3.82     3.93     3.98     2.42

 

(1)

Consisting entirely of residential mortgage-backed securities, none of which are subprime.

 

16


ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

An investment in our securities is subject to risks inherent to our business. The material risks and uncertainties that management believes affect Wintrust are described below. Before making an investment decision, you should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below together with all of the other information included or incorporated by reference in this report. Additional risks and uncertainties that management is not aware of or that management currently deems immaterial may also impair Wintrust’s business operations. This report is qualified in its entirety by these risk factors. If any of the following risks actually occur, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected. If this were to happen, the value of our securities could decline significantly, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Business and Operating Environment

Difficult economic conditions have adversely affected our company and the financial services industry in general and further deterioration in economic conditions may materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

The U.S. economy was in a recession from the third quarter of 2008 to the second quarter of 2009, and economic activity continues to be restrained. The housing and real estate markets have also been experiencing extraordinary slowdowns since 2007. Additionally, unemployment rates remained historically high during these periods. These factors have had a significant negative effect on us and other companies in the financial services industry. As a lending institution, our business is directly affected by the ability of our borrowers to repay their loans, as well as by the value of collateral, such as real estate, that secures many of our loans. Market turmoil has led to an increase in charge-offs and has negatively impacted consumer confidence and the level of business activity. However, net charge-offs decreased to $103.3 million in 2011 from $109.7 million in 2010 and non-performing loans decreased to $120.1 million as of December 31, 2011 from $142.0 million as of December 31, 2010. Our balance of other real estate owned (“OREO”) was

$86.5 million at December 31, 2011 and $71.2 million at December 31, 2010. Continued weakness or further deterioration in the economy, real estate markets or unemployment rates, particularly in the markets in which we operate, will likely diminish the ability of our borrowers to repay loans that we have given them, the value of any collateral securing such loans and may cause increases in delinquencies, problem assets, charge-offs and provision for credit losses, all of which could materially adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. Further, the underwriting and credit monitoring policies and procedures that we have adopted may not prevent losses that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Since our business is concentrated in the Chicago metropolitan area and southeast Wisconsin metropolitan areas, further declines in the economy of this region could adversely affect our business.

Except for our premium finance business and certain other niche businesses, our success depends primarily on the general economic conditions of the specific local markets in which we operate. Unlike larger national or other regional banks that are more geographically diversified, we provide banking and financial services to customers primarily in the Chicago metropolitan and southeast Wisconsin metropolitan areas. The local economic conditions in these areas significantly impact the demand for our products and services as well as the ability of our customers to repay loans, the value of the collateral securing loans and the stability of our deposit funding sources. Specifically, most of the loans in our portfolio are secured by real estate located in the Chicago metropolitan area. Our local market area has experienced recent negative changes in overall market conditions relating to real estate valuation. These market conditions are exacerbated by the liquidation of troubled assets into the market, which creates additional supply and drives appraised valuations of real estate lower. Further declines in economic conditions, including inflation, recession, unemployment, changes in securities markets or other factors impacting these local markets could, in turn, have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. Continued deterioration in the real estate markets where collateral for our mortgage loans is located could adversely affect the borrower’s ability to repay the loan and the value of the collateral securing the loan, and in turn the value of our assets.

If our allowance for loan losses is not sufficient to absorb losses that may occur in our loan portfolio, our financial condition and liquidity could suffer.

We maintain an allowance for loan losses that is intended to absorb credit losses that we expect to incur in our loan portfolio. At each balance sheet date, our management determines the amount of the allowance for loan losses based on our estimate of probable and reasonably estimable losses in our loan portfolio, taking into account probable losses that have been identified relating to specific borrowing relationships, as well as probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio and credit undertakings that are not specifically identified.

Because our allowance for loan losses represents an estimate of probable losses, there is no certainty that it will be adequate over time to cover credit losses in the portfolio, particularly if there is continued deterioration in general economic or market conditions or events that adversely affect specific customers. In 2011, we charged off $103.3 million in loans (net of recoveries) and decreased our allowance for loan losses from $113.9 million at December 31, 2010 to $110.4 million at December 31, 2011. Our allowance for loan losses, excluding covered loans, represents 1.05% of total loans outstanding at December 31, 2011, compared to 1.19% at December 31, 2010. Estimating loan loss allowances for our newer banks is more difficult because rapidly growing and de novo

 

17


bank loan portfolios are, by their nature, unseasoned. Therefore, our newer bank subsidiaries may be more susceptible to changes in estimates, and to losses exceeding estimates, than banks with more seasoned loan portfolios.

Although we believe our loan loss allowance is adequate to absorb probable and reasonably estimable losses in our loan portfolio, if our estimates are inaccurate and our actual loan losses exceed the amount that is anticipated, our financial condition and liquidity could be materially adversely affected.

For more information regarding our allowance for loan losses, see “Loan Portfolio and Asset Quality” under Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

A significant portion of our loan portfolio is comprised of commercial loans, the repayment of which is largely dependent upon the financial success and economic viability of the borrower.

The repayment of our commercial loans is dependent upon the financial success and viability of the borrower. If the economy remains weak for a prolonged period or experiences further deterioration or if the industry or market in which the borrower operates weakens, our borrowers may experience depressed or dramatic and sudden decreases in revenues that could hinder their ability to repay their loans. Our commercial loan portfolio totaled $2.5 billion, or 22% of our total loan portfolio, at December 31, 2011, compared to $2.0 billion, or 21% of our total loan portfolio, at December 31, 2010.

Commercial loans are secured by different types of collateral related to the underlying business, such as accounts receivable, inventory and equipment. Should a commercial loan require us to foreclose on the underlying collateral, the unique nature of the collateral may make it more difficult and costly to liquidate, thereby increasing the risk to us of not recovering the principal amount of the loan. Accordingly, our business, results of operation and financial condition may be materially adversely affected by defaults in this portfolio.

A substantial portion of our loan portfolio is secured by real estate, in particular commercial real estate. Continued deterioration in the real estate markets could lead to additional losses, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

As of December 31, 2011, approximately 31% of our total loan portfolio was secured by real estate, compared to approximately 34% as of December 31, 2010, the majority of which is commercial real estate. The commercial and residential real estate market continues to experience a variety of difficulties. In particular, market conditions in the Chicago metropolitan area, in which a majority of our real estate loans are concentrated, have declined significantly beginning in 2007. As a result of increased levels of commercial and consumer delinquencies and declining real estate values, which reduce the customer’s borrowing power and the value of the collateral securing the loan, for the last five years, we have experienced higher than normal levels of charge-offs and provisions for loan losses. Increases in commercial and consumer delinquency levels or continued declines in real estate market values would require increased net charge-offs and increases in the allowance for loan and lease losses, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Unanticipated changes in prevailing interest rates and the effects of changing regulation could adversely affect our net interest income, which is our largest source of income.

Wintrust is exposed to interest rate risk in its core banking activities of lending and deposit taking, since changes in prevailing interest rates affect the value of our assets and liabilities. Such changes may adversely affect our net interest income, which is the difference between interest income and interest expense. Our net interest income is affected by the fact that assets and liabilities reprice at different times and by different amounts as interest rates change. Net interest income represents our largest source of net income, and was $461.4 million and $415.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Each of our businesses may be affected differently by a given change in interest rates. For example, we expect that the results of our mortgage banking business in selling loans into the secondary market would be negatively impacted during periods of rising interest rates, whereas falling interest rates could have a negative impact on the net interest spread earned on deposits as we would be unable to lower the rates on many interest bearing deposit accounts of our customers to the same extent as many of our higher yielding asset classes.

Additionally, increases in interest rates may adversely influence the growth rate of loans and deposits, the quality of our loan portfolio, loan and deposit pricing, the volume of loan originations in our mortgage banking business and the value that we can recognize on the sale of mortgage loans in the secondary market.

We seek to mitigate our interest rate risk through several strategies, which may not be successful. With the relatively low interest rates that prevailed in recent years, we were able to augment the total return of our investment securities portfolio by selling call options on fixed-income securities that we own. We recorded fee income of approximately $13.6 million, $2.2 million and $2.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. We also mitigate our interest rate risk by entering into interest rate

 

18


swaps and other interest rate derivative contracts from time to time with counterparties. To the extent that the market value of any derivative contract moves to a negative market value, we are subject to loss if the counterparty defaults. In the future, there can be no assurance that such mitigation strategies will be available or successful.

Our liquidity position may be negatively impacted if economic conditions continue to suffer.

Liquidity is a measure of whether our cash flows and liquid assets are sufficient to satisfy current and future financial obligations, such as demand for loans, deposit withdrawals and operating costs. Our liquidity position is affected by a number of factors, including the amount of cash and other liquid assets on hand, payment of interest and dividends on debt and equity instruments that we have issued, capital we inject into our bank subsidiaries, proceeds we raise through the issuance of securities, our ability to draw upon our revolving credit facility and dividends received from our banking subsidiaries. Our future liquidity position may be adversely affected by multiple factors, including:

 

   

if our banking subsidiaries report net losses or their earnings are weak relative to our cash flow needs;

 

   

if it is necessary for us to make capital injections to our banking subsidiaries;

 

   

if changes in regulations require us to maintain a greater level of capital, as more fully described below;

 

   

if we are unable to access our revolving credit facility due to a failure to satisfy financial and other covenants; or

 

   

if we are unable to raise additional capital on terms that are satisfactory to us.

Continued weakness or worsening of the economy, real estate markets or unemployment levels may increase the likelihood that one or more of these events will occur. If our liquidity is adversely effected, it may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

The financial services industry is very competitive, and if we are not able to compete effectively, we may lose market share and our business could suffer.

We face competition in attracting and retaining deposits, making loans, and providing other financial services (including wealth management services) throughout our market area. Our competitors include national, regional and other community banks, and a wide range of other financial institutions such as credit unions, government-sponsored enterprises, mutual fund companies, insurance companies, factoring companies and other non-bank financial companies. Many of these competitors have substantially greater resources and market presence than Wintrust and, as a result of their size, may be able to offer a broader range of products and services as well as better pricing for those products and services than we can. The financial services industry could become even more competitive as a result of legislative, regulatory and technological changes and continued consolidation. Also, technology has lowered barriers to entry and made it possible for non-banks to offer products and services traditionally provided by banks, such as automatic transfer and payment systems, and for banks that do not have a physical presence in our markets to compete for deposits.

Our ability to compete successfully depends on a number of factors, including, among other things:

 

   

the ability to develop, maintain and build upon long-term customer relationships based on top quality service and high ethical standards;

 

   

the scope, relevance and pricing of products and services offered to meet customer needs and demands;

 

   

the ability to expand our market position;

 

   

the rate at which we introduce new products and services relative to our competitors;

 

   

customer satisfaction with our level of service; and

 

   

industry and general economic trends.

If we are unable to compete effectively, we will lose market share and income from deposits, loans and other products may be reduced. This could adversely affect our profitability and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

19


If we are unable to continue to identify favorable acquisitions or successfully integrate our acquisitions, our growth may be limited and our results of operations could suffer.

In the past several years, we have completed numerous acquisitions of banks, other financial service related companies and financial service related assets, including acquisitions of troubled financial institutions, as more fully described below. We expect to continue to make such acquisitions in the future. Wintrust seeks merger or acquisition partners that are culturally similar and have experienced management and possess either significant market presence or have potential for improved profitability through financial management, economies of scale or expanded services. Failure to successfully identify and complete acquisitions likely will result in Wintrust achieving slower growth. Acquiring other banks, businesses or branches involves various risks commonly associated with acquisitions, including, among other things:

 

   

potential exposure to unknown or contingent liabilities or asset quality issues of the target company;

 

   

difficulty and expense of integrating the operations and personnel of the target company;

 

   

potential disruption to our business, including diversion of our management’s time and attention;

 

   

the possible loss of key employees and customers of the target company;

 

   

difficulty in estimating the value of the target company; and

 

   

potential changes in banking or tax laws or regulations that may affect the target company.

Acquisitions typically involve the payment of a premium over book and market values, and, therefore, some dilution of Wintrust’s tangible book value and net income per common share may occur as a result of any future transaction. In addition, certain acquisitions may expose us to additional regulatory risks, including from foreign governments. Our ability to comply with any such regulations will impact the success of any such acquisitions. Furthermore, failure to realize the expected revenue increases, cost savings, increases in geographic or product presence, and/or other projected benefits from an acquisition could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Our participation in FDIC-assisted acquisitions may present additional risks to our financial condition and results of operations.

As part of our growth strategy, we have made opportunistic partial acquisitions of troubled financial institutions in transactions facilitated by the FDIC, including our recent acquisitions of Community First Bank, The Bank of Commerce and First Chicago Bank & Trust through our bank subsidiaries. These acquisitions, and any future FDIC-assisted transactions we may undertake, involve greater risk than traditional acquisitions because they are typically conducted on an accelerated basis, allowing less time for us to prepare for and evaluate possible transactions, or to prepare for integration of an acquired institution. These transactions also present risks of customer loss, strain on management resources related to collection and management of problem loans and problems related to the integration of operations and personnel of the acquired financial institutions. As a result, there can be no assurance that we will be able to successfully integrate the financial institutions we acquire, or that we will realize the anticipated benefits of the acquisitions. Additionally, while the FDIC may agree to assume certain losses in transactions that it facilitates, there can be no assurances that we would not be required to raise additional capital as a condition to, or as a result of, participation in an FDIC-assisted transaction. Any such transactions and related issuances of stock may have dilutive effect on earnings per share. Furthermore, we may face competition from other financial institutions with respect to proposed FDIC-assisted transactions.

We are also subject to certain risks relating to our loss sharing agreements with the FDIC. Under a loss sharing agreement, the FDIC generally agrees to reimburse the acquiring bank for a portion of any losses relating to covered assets of the acquired financial institution. This is an important financial term of any FDIC-assisted transaction, as troubled financial institutions often have poorer asset quality. As a condition to reimbursement, however, the FDIC requires the acquiring bank to follow certain servicing procedures. A failure to follow servicing procedures or any other breach of a loss sharing agreement by us could result in the loss of FDIC reimbursement. While we have established a group dedicated to servicing the loans covered by the FDIC loss sharing agreements, there can be no assurance that we will be able to comply with the FDIC servicing procedures. In addition, reimbursable losses and recoveries under loss sharing agreements are based on the book value of the relevant loans and other assets as determined by the FDIC as of the effective dates of the acquisitions. The amount that the acquiring banks realize on these assets could differ materially from the carrying value that will be reflected in our financial statements, based upon the timing and amount of collections on the covered loans in future periods. Any failure to receive reimbursement, or any material differences between the amount of reimbursements that we do receive and the carrying value reflected in our financial statements, could have a material negative effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

20


An actual or perceived reduction in our financial strength may cause others to reduce or cease doing business with us, which could result in a decrease in our net interest income.

Our customers rely upon our financial strength and stability and evaluate the risks of doing business with us. If we experience diminished financial strength or stability, actual or perceived, including due to market or regulatory developments, announced or rumored business developments or results of operations, or a decline in stock price, customers may withdraw their deposits or otherwise seek services from other banking institutions and prospective customers may select other service providers. The risk that we may be perceived as less creditworthy relative to other market participants is increased in the current market environment, where the consolidation of financial institutions, including major global financial institutions, is resulting in a smaller number of much larger counterparties and competitors. If customers reduce their deposits with us or select other service providers for all or a portion of the services that we provide them, net interest income and fee revenues will decrease accordingly, and could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

If our growth requires us to raise additional capital, that capital may not be available when it is needed or the cost of that capital may be very high.

We are required by regulatory authorities to maintain adequate levels of capital to support our operations (see “-Risks Related to Our Regulatory Environment-If we fail to meet our regulatory capital ratios, we may be forced to raise capital or sell assets”) and as we grow, internally and through acquisitions, the amount of capital required to support our operations grows as well. We may need to raise additional capital to support continued growth both internally and through acquisitions. Any capital we obtain may result in the dilution of the interests of existing holders of our common stock.

Our ability to raise additional capital, if needed, will depend on conditions in the capital markets at that time which are outside our control and on our financial condition and performance. If we cannot raise additional capital when needed, or on terms acceptable to us, our ability to further expand our operations through internal growth and acquisitions could be materially impaired and our financial condition and liquidity could be materially and negatively affected.

Disruption in the financial markets could result in lower fair values for our investment securities portfolio.

The Company’s available-for-sale securities are carried at fair value. Major disruptions in the capital markets experienced in the past three years have adversely affected investor demand for all classes of securities and resulted in volatility in the fair values of the Company’s investment securities.

Accounting standards require the Company to categorize these according to a fair value hierarchy. Over 96% of the Company’s available-for-sale securities were categorized in level 2 of the fair value hierarchy (meaning that their fair values were determined by quoted prices for similar assets or other observable inputs). Significant prolonged reduced investor demand could manifest itself in lower fair values for these securities and may result in recognition of an other-than-temporary or permanent impairment of these assets, which could lead to accounting charges and have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.

The remaining securities in our investment securities portfolio were categorized as level 3 (meaning that their fair values were determined by inputs that are unobservable in the market and therefore require a greater degree of management judgment). The determination of fair value for securities categorized in level 3 involves significant judgment due to the complexity of factors contributing to the valuation, many of which are not readily observable in the market. The current market disruptions make valuation of such securities even more difficult and subjective. In addition, the nature of the business of the third party source that is valuing the securities at any given time could impact the valuation of the securities. Consequently, the ultimate sales price for any of these securities could vary significantly from the recorded fair value at December 31, 2011, especially if the security is sold during a period of illiquidity or market disruption or as part of a large block of securities under a forced transaction.

There can be no assurance that decline in market value associated with these disruptions will not result in other-than-temporary or permanent impairments of these assets, which would lead to accounting charges which could have a material negative effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

New lines of business and new products and services are essential to our ability to compete but may subject us to additional risks.

We continually implement new lines of business and offer new products and services within existing lines of business to offer our customers a competitive array of products and services. The financial services industry is continually undergoing rapid technological change with frequent introductions of new technology-driven products and services. The effective use of technology can increase efficiency and enable financial institutions to better serve customers and to reduce costs. However, some new technologies needed to compete effectively result in incremental operating costs. Our future success depends, in part, upon our ability to address the needs of our customers by using technology to provide products and services that will satisfy customer demands, as well as to create additional efficiencies in operations. Many of our competitors, because of their larger size and available capital, have substantially greater resources to invest in technological improvements. We may not be able to effectively implement new technology-driven products and services or be successful in marketing these products and services to our customers. Failure to successfully keep pace with technological change affecting the financial services industry could cause a loss of customers and have a material adverse effect on our business.

 

21


At the same time, there can be substantial risks and uncertainties associated with these efforts, particularly in instances where the markets for such services are still developing. In developing and marketing new lines of business and/or new products or services, we may invest significant time and resources. Initial timetables for the introduction and development of new lines of business and/or new products or services may not be achieved, and price and profitability targets may not prove feasible. External factors, such as compliance with regulations, competitive alternatives, and shifting market preferences, may also impact the successful implementation of a new line of business or a new product or service. Furthermore, any new line of business and/or new product or service could have a significant impact on the effectiveness of our system of internal controls. Failure to successfully manage these risks in the development and implementation of new lines of business or new products or services could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Failures of our information technology systems may adversely effect our operations.

We are increasingly depending upon computer and other information technology systems to manage our business. We rely upon information technology systems to process, record and monitor and disseminate information about our operations. In some cases, we depend on third parties to provide or maintain these systems. While we perform a review of controls instituted by our critical vendors in accordance with industry standards, we must rely on the continued maintenance of these controls by the outside party, including safeguards over the security of customer data. If any of our financial, accounting or other data processing systems fail or have other significant shortcomings, we could be materially adversely affected. Security breaches in our online banking systems could also have an adverse effect on our reputation and could subject us to possible liability. Our systems may also be affected by events that are beyond our control, which may include, for example, computer viruses, electrical or telecommunications outages or other damage to our property or assets. Although we take precautions against malfunctions and security breaches, our efforts may not be adequate to prevent problems that could materially adversely effect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We depend on the accuracy and completeness of information we receive about our customers and counterparties to make credit decisions.

We rely on information furnished by or on behalf of customers and counterparties in deciding whether to extend credit or enter into other transactions. This information could include financial statements, credit reports, and other financial information. We also rely on representations of those customers, counterparties, or other third parties, such as independent auditors, as to the accuracy and completeness of that information. Reliance on inaccurate or misleading financial statements, credit reports, or other financial information could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If we are unable to attract and retain experienced and qualified personnel, our ability to provide high quality service will be diminished and our results of operations may suffer.

We believe that our future success depends, in part, on our ability to attract and retain experienced personnel, including our senior management and other key personnel. Our business model is dependent upon our ability to provide high quality, personal service at our community banks. In addition, as a holding company that conducts its operations through our subsidiaries, we are focused on providing entrepreneurial-based compensation to the chief executives of each our business units. As a Company with start-up and growth oriented operations, we are cognizant that to attract and retain the managerial talent necessary to operate and grow our businesses we often have to compensate our executives with a view to the business we expect them to manage, rather than the size of the business they currently manage. Accordingly, executive compensation restrictions such as those we were subject to during our participation in the CPP, as well any restrictions we may subject to in the future, may negatively impact our ability to retain and attract senior management. The loss of any of our senior managers or other key personnel, or our inability to identify, recruit and retain such personnel, could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We are subject to environmental liability risk associated with lending activities.

A significant portion of the Company’s loan portfolio is secured by real property. In the ordinary course of business, the Company may foreclose on and take title to properties securing certain loans. In doing so, there is a risk that hazardous or toxic substances could be found on these properties. If hazardous or toxic substances are found, the Company may be liable for remediation costs, as well as for personal injury and property damage. In addition, we own and operate a number of properties that may be subject to similar environmental liability risks.

Environmental laws may require the Company to incur substantial expenses and could materially reduce the affected property’s value or limit the Company’s ability to use or sell the affected property. The costs associated with investigation and remediation activities could be substantial. In addition, if we are the owner or former owner of a contaminated site, we may be subject to common law claims by third parties based on damages and costs resulting from environmental contamination emanating from the property. Although the Company has policies and procedures to perform an environmental review before initiating any foreclosure action on real property, these reviews may not be sufficient to detect all potential environmental hazards. The remediation costs and any other financial liabilities associated with an environmental hazard could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

22


Losses incurred in connection with actual or projected repurchases and indemnification payments related to mortgages that we have sold into the secondary market may exceed our financial statement reserves and we may be required to increase such reserves in the future. Increases to our reserves and losses incurred in connection with actual loan repurchases and indemnification payments could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operation or cash flows.

We engage in the origination and purchase of residential mortgages for sale into the secondary market. In connection with such sales, we make certain representations and warranties, which, if breached, may require us to repurchase such loans, substitute other loans or indemnify the purchasers of such loans for actual losses incurred in respect of such loans. Due, in part, to recent increased mortgage payment delinquency rates and declining housing prices, we have been receiving such requests for loan repurchases and indemnification payments relating to the representations and warranties with respect to such loans. We have been able to reach settlements with a number of purchasers, and believe that we have established appropriate reserves with respect to indemnification requests. While we have recently received fewer requests for indemnification, it is possible that the number of such requests will increase or that we will not be able to reach settlements with respect to such requests in the future. Accordingly, it is possible that losses incurred in connection with loan repurchases and indemnification payments may be in excess of our financial statement reserves, and we may be required to increase such reserves and may sustain additional losses associated with such loan repurchases and indemnification payments in the future. Increases to our reserves and losses incurred by us in connection with actual loan repurchases and indemnification payments in excess of our reserves could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Consumers may decide not to use banks to complete their financial transactions, which could adversely affect our business and results of operations.

Technology and other changes are allowing parties to complete financial transactions that historically have involved banks through alternative methods. For example, consumers can now maintain funds that would have historically been held as bank deposits in brokerage accounts or mutual funds. Consumers can also complete transactions such as paying bills and transferring funds directly without the assistance of banks. The process of eliminating banks as intermediaries could result in the loss of fee income, as well as the loss of customer deposits and the related income generated from those deposits. The loss of these revenue streams and the lower cost deposits as a source of funds could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may be adversely impacted by the soundness of other financial institutions.

Financial services institutions are interrelated as a result of trading, clearing, counterparty or other relationships. We have exposure to many different industries and counterparties and routinely execute transactions with counterparties in the financial services industry, including the Federal home Loan bank, commercial banks, brokers and dealers, investment banks and other institutional clients. Many of these transactions expose us to credit risk in the event of a default by a counterparty or client. In addition our credit risk may be exacerbated when collateral held by us cannot be realized or is liquidated at prices not sufficient to recover the full amount due to us. Any such losses could have material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Europe’s debt crisis could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and liquidity.

The possibility that certain European Union (“EU”) member states will default on their debt obligations have negatively impacted economic conditions and global markets. The continued uncertainty over the outcome of international and the EU’s financial support programs and the possibility that other EU member states may experience similar financial troubles could further disrupt global markets. The negative impact on economic conditions and global markets could also have a material adverse effect on our liquidity, financial condition and results of operations.

De novo operations and branch openings often involve significant expenses and delayed returns and may negatively impact Wintrust’s profitability.

Our financial results have been and will continue to be impacted by our strategy of de novo bank formations and branch openings. While the recent financial crisis and interest rate environment has caused us to open fewer de novo banks, we expect to undertake additional de novo bank formations or branch openings when market conditions improve. Based on our experience, we believe that it generally takes over 13 months for de novo banks to first achieve operational profitability, depending on the number of banking facilities opened, the impact of organizational and overhead expenses, the start-up phase of generating deposits and the time lag typically involved in redeploying deposits into attractively priced loans and other higher yielding earning assets. However, it may take longer than expected or than the amount of time Wintrust has historically experienced for new banks and/or banking facilities to reach profitability, and there can be no guarantee that these new banks or branches will ever be profitable. Moreover, the FDIC’s recent issuance extending the enhanced supervisory period for de novo banks from three to seven years, including higher capital requirements during this period, could also delay a new bank’s ability to contribute to the Company’s earnings and impact the Company’s willingness to expand through de novo bank formation. To the extent we undertake additional de novo bank, branch and business formations, our level of reported net income, return on average equity and return on average assets will be impacted by startup costs associated with such operations, and it is likely to continue to experience the effects of higher expenses relative to operating income from the new operations. These expenses may be higher than we expected or than our experience has shown, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

23


We are subject to examinations and challenges by tax authorities, and changes in federal and state tax laws and changes in interpretation of existing laws can impact our financial results.

In the normal course of business, we, as well as our subsidiaries, are routinely subject to examinations from federal and state tax authorities regarding the amount of taxes due in connection with investments we have made and the businesses in which we have engaged. Recently, federal and state tax authorities have become increasingly aggressive in challenging tax positions taken by financial institutions. These tax positions may relate to among other things tax compliance, sales and use, franchise, gross receipts, payroll, property and income tax issues, including tax base, apportionment and tax credit planning. The challenges made by tax authorities may result in adjustments to the timing or amount of taxable income or deductions or the allocation of income among tax jurisdictions. If any such challenges are made and are not resolved in our favor, they could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. Given the current economic and political environment and ongoing budgetary pressures, the enactment of new federal or state tax legislation may occur. The enactment of such legislation, or changes in the interpretation of existing law, including provisions impacting tax rates, apportionment, consolidation or combination, income, expenses and credits may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Changes in accounting policies or accounting standards could materially adversely affect how we report our financial results and financial condition.

Our accounting policies are fundamental to understanding our financial results and financial condition. Some of these policies require use of estimates and assumptions that affect the value of our assets or liabilities and financial results. Some of our accounting policies are critical because they require management to make difficult, subjective and complex judgments about matters that are inherently uncertain and because it is likely that materially different amounts would be reported under different conditions or using different assumptions. If such estimates or assumptions underlying our financial statements are incorrect, we may experience material losses. From time to time, the Financial Accounting Standards Board and the SEC change the financial accounting and reporting standards that govern the preparation of our financial statements. These changes can be hard to predict and can materially impact how we record and report our financial condition and results of operations. In some cases, we could be required to apply a new or revised standard retroactively, resulting in the restatement of prior period financial statements.

We are a bank holding company, and our sources of funds, including to pay dividends, are limited.

We are a bank holding company and our operations are primarily conducted by and through our 15 operating banks, which are subject to significant federal and state regulation. Cash available to pay dividends to our stockholders, repurchase our shares or repay our indebtedness is derived primarily from dividends received from our banks and our ability to receive dividends from our subsidiaries is restricted. Various statutory provisions restrict the amount of dividends our banks can pay to us without regulatory approval. The banks may not pay cash dividends if that payment could reduce the amount of their capital below that necessary to meet the “adequately capitalized” level in accordance with regulatory capital requirements. It is also possible that, depending upon the financial condition of the banks and other factors, regulatory authorities could conclude that payment of dividends or other payments, including payments to us, is an unsafe or unsound practice and impose restrictions or prohibit such payments. Our inability to receive dividends from the banks could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Anti-takeover provisions could negatively impact our stockholders.

Certain provisions of our articles of incorporation, by-laws and Illinois law may have the effect of impeding the acquisition of control of Wintrust by means of a tender offer, a proxy fight, open-market purchases or otherwise in a transaction not approved by our board of directors. For example, our board of directors may issue additional authorized shares of our capital stock to deter future attempts to gain control of Wintrust, including the authority to determine the terms of any one or more series of preferred stock, such as voting rights, conversion rates and liquidation preferences. As a result of the ability to fix voting rights for a series of preferred stock, the board has the power, to the extent consistent with its fiduciary duty, to issue a series of preferred stock to persons friendly to management in order to attempt to block a merger or other transaction by which a third party seeks control, and thereby assist the incumbent board of directors and management to retain their respective positions. In addition, our articles of incorporation expressly elect to be governed by the provisions of Section 7.85 of the Illinois Business Corporation Act, which would make it more difficult for another party to acquire us without the approval of our board of directors.

The ability of a third party to acquire us is also limited under applicable banking regulations. The Bank Holding Company Act of

1956 requires any “bank holding company” (as defined in that Act) to obtain the approval of the Federal Reserve prior to acquiring more than 5% of our outstanding common stock. Any person other than a bank holding company is required to obtain prior approval of the Federal Reserve to acquire 10% or more of our outstanding common stock under the Change in Bank Control Act of 1978. Any holder of 25% or more of our outstanding common stock, other than an individual, is subject to regulation as a bank holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act. For purposes of calculating ownership thresholds under these banking regulations, bank regulators would likely at least take the position that the minimum number of shares, and could take the position that the maximum number of shares, of Wintrust common stock that a holder is entitled to receive pursuant to securities convertible into or settled in Wintrust common stock, including pursuant to Wintrust’s tangible equity units or warrants to purchase Wintrust common stock held by such holder, must be taken into account in calculating a stockholder’s aggregate holdings of Wintrust common stock.

 

24


These provisions may have the effect of discouraging a future takeover attempt that is not approved by our board of directors but which our individual shareholders may deem to be in their best interests or in which our shareholders may receive a substantial premium for their shares over then-current market prices. As a result, shareholders who might desire to participate in such a transaction may not have an opportunity to do so. Such provisions will also render the removal of our current board of directors or management more difficult.

Risks Related to Our Regulatory Environment

If we fail to meet our regulatory capital ratios, we may be forced to raise capital or sell assets.

As a banking institution, we are subject to regulations that require us to maintain certain capital ratios, such as the ratio of our Tier

1 capital to our risk-based assets. If our regulatory capital ratios decline, as a result of decreases in the value of our loan portfolio or otherwise, we will be required to improve such ratios by either raising additional capital or by disposing of assets. If we choose to dispose of assets, we cannot be certain that we will be able to do so at prices that we believe to be appropriate, and our future operating results could be negatively affected. If we choose to raise additional capital, we may accomplish this by selling additional shares of common stock, or securities convertible into or exchangeable for common stock, which could significantly dilute the ownership percentage of holders of our common stock and cause the market price of our common stock to decline. Additionally, events or circumstances in the capital markets generally may increase our capital costs and impair our ability to raise capital at any given time.

Legislative and regulatory actions taken now or in the future regarding the financial services industry may significantly increase our costs or limit our ability to conduct our business in a profitable manner.

We are already subject to extensive federal and state regulation and supervision. The cost of compliance with such laws and regulations can be substantial and adversely affect our ability to operate profitably. While we are unable to predict the scope or impact of any potential legislation or regulatory action, bills that would result in significant changes to financial institutions have been introduced in Congress and it is possible that such legislation or implementing regulations could significantly increase our regulatory compliance costs, impede the efficiency of our internal business processes, negatively impact the recoverability of certain of our recorded assets, require us to increase our regulatory capital, interfere with our executive compensation plans, or limit our ability to pursue business opportunities in an efficient manner including our plan for de novo growth and growth through acquisitions.

President Obama signed into law the Dodd-Frank Act on July 21, 2010. This law will significantly change the current bank regulatory structure and affect the lending, deposit, investment, trading and operating activities of financial institutions and their holding companies. The Dodd-Frank Act requires various federal agencies to adopt a broad range of new rules and regulations, including heightened capital requirements, and to prepare numerous studies and reports for Congress. Although the impact of the Dodd-Frank Act will depend, in part, on the form of these rules and regulations, we expect compliance with the new law to increase our cost of doing business, and may reduce our ability to generate revenue-producing assets.

The Dodd-Frank Act changes federal preemption available for national banks and eliminates federal preemption for subsidiaries of national banks, which may subject the Company’s national banks and their subsidiaries, including Wintrust Mortgage, to additional state regulation. With regard to mortgage lending, the Dodd-Frank Act imposes new requirements regarding the origination and servicing of residential mortgage loans. The law creates a variety of new consumer protections, including limitations on the manner by which loan originators may be compensated and an obligation of the part of lenders to assess and verify a borrower’s “ability to repay” a residential mortgage loan.

The Dodd-Frank Act also enhances provisions relating to affiliate and insider lending restrictions and loans-to-one-borrower limitations. Federal banking law currently limits a national bank’s ability to extend credit to one person (or group of related persons) in an amount exceeding certain thresholds. The Dodd-Frank Act expands the scope of these restrictions to include credit exposure arising from derivative transactions, repurchase agreements, and securities lending and borrowing transactions. It also eventually will prohibit state-chartered banks (including certain of the Company’s banking subsidiaries) from engaging in derivative transactions unless the state lending limit laws take into account credit exposure to such transactions.

Additional provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act are described in this report under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Overview and Strategy—Financial Regulatory Reform.”

Given the uncertainty associated with the manner in which the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act will be implemented by the various regulatory agencies, the full extent of the impact that its requirements will have on our operations is unclear. However, its requirements may, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect upon the Company’s business, results of operations, cash flows and financial position.

 

25


Financial reform legislation may reduce our ability to market our products to consumers and may limit our ability to profitably operate our mortgage business.

The Dodd-Frank Act also establishes the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection (the “Bureau”) within the Federal Reserve, which will regulate consumer financial products and services. On July 21, 2011, the consumer financial protection functions currently assigned to the federal banking and other designated agencies shifted to the Bureau. The Bureau now has broad rulemaking authority over a wide range of consumer protection laws that apply to banks and thrifts, including the authority to prohibit “unfair, deceptive or abusive acts or practices,” and to enact regulations to ensure that all consumers have access to markets for consumer financial products and services, and that such markets are fair, transparent and competitive. In particular, the Bureau may enact sweeping reforms in the mortgage broker industry which may increase the costs of engaging in these activities for all market participants, including our subsidiaries. Additionally, the Bureau has broad supervisory, examination and enforcement authority. State attorneys general and other state officials will also be authorized to enforce consumer protection rules issued by the Bureau.

Recently enacted financial reform legislation will result in increased capital requirements and is expected to increase our costs of doing business.

The Dodd-Frank Act requires the issuance of new banking regulations regarding the establishment of minimum leverage and risk-based capital requirements for bank holding companies and banks. These regulations, which are required to be effective within 18 months from the enactment of the Dodd-Frank Act, are required to be no less stringent than current capital requirements applied to insured depository institutions and may, in fact, be higher when established by the agencies. Although Wintrust’s outstanding trust preferred securities will remain eligible for Tier 1 capital treatment, any future issuances of trust preferred securities will not be Tier 1 capital. The Dodd-Frank Act also requires the regulatory agencies to seek to make capital requirements for bank holding companies and insured institutions countercyclical, so that capital requirements increase in times of economic expansion and decrease in times of economic contraction. In December 2011, the Federal Reserve issued proposed rules requiring annual stress tests. If implemented as proposed, these rules will result in increased compliance costs.

International initiatives regarding bank capital requirements may require heightened capital

In December 2010 and January 2011, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision published reforms regarding changes to bank capital, leverage and liquidity requirements, commonly referred to as “Basel III.” The Basel III rules are intended to apply to large, internationally active banking organizations, and are not generally expected to apply to us. If implemented without change by U.S. banking regulators, the provisions of Basel III may have significant impact on requirements applicable to such large organizations including heightened requirements regarding Tier 1 common equity, and alterations to bank liquidity standards. In addition, while we do not expect to be subject to Basel III, in implementing Basel III, the U.S. federal banking agencies may decide to make similar changes to the capital requirements applicable to other banking organizations, including us.

We are not able to predict at this time the content of capital and liquidity guidelines or regulations that may be adopted by regulatory agencies having authority over us and our subsidiaries or the impact that any changes in regulation would have on us. If new standards require us or our banking subsidiaries to maintain more capital, with common equity as a more predominant component, or manage the configuration of our assets and liabilities in order to comply with formulaic liquidity requirements, such regulation could significantly impact our return on equity, financial condition, operations, capital position and ability to pursue business opportunities.

Our FDIC insurance premiums may increase, which could negatively impact our results of operations.

Recent insured institution failures, as well as deterioration in banking and economic conditions, have significantly increased FDIC loss provisions, resulting in a decline of its deposit insurance fund to historical lows. In addition, the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008, as amended, increased the limit on FDIC coverage to $250,000 per depositor through December 31, 2013 (made permanent by the Dodd-Frank Act). These developments have caused our FDIC insurance premiums to increase, and may cause additional increases. Certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act may further affect our FDIC insurance premiums. The Dodd- Frank Act includes provisions that change the assessment base for federal deposit insurance from the amount of insured deposits to average total consolidated assets less average tangible capital, eliminate the maximum size of the DIF, eliminate the requirement that the FDIC pay dividends to depository institutions when the reserve ratio exceeds certain thresholds, and increase the minimum reserve ratio of the DIF from 1.15% to 1.35%. Beginning in late 2010, the FDIC has issued regulations implementing some of these changes. The FDIC has indicated that the changes to the assessment base, and accompanying changes to the assessment rates, will generally not require an increase in the level of assessments, and may result in decreased assessments, for depository institutions with less than $10 billion in assets (such as each of our bank subsidiaries). However, there is a risk that the banks’ deposit insurance premiums will continue to increase if failures of insured depository institutions continue to deplete the DIF. Any such increase may negatively impact our financial condition and results of operations.

 

26


Risks Related to Our Niche Businesses

Our premium finance business may involve a higher risk of delinquency or collection than our other lending operations, and could expose us to losses.

We provide financing for the payment of commercial insurance premiums and life insurance premiums on a national basis through our wholly owned subsidiary, FIFC. Commercial insurance premium finance loans involve a different, and possibly higher, risk of delinquency or collection than life insurance premium finance loans and the loan portfolios of our bank subsidiaries because these loans are issued primarily through relationships with a large number of unaffiliated insurance agents and because the borrowers are located nationwide. As a result, risk management and general supervisory oversight may be difficult. As of December 31, 2011, we had $1.4 billion of commercial insurance premium finance loans outstanding, which represented 13% of our total loan portfolio as of such date.

FIFC may also be more susceptible to third party fraud with respect to commercial insurance premium finance loans because these loans are originated and many times funded through relationships with unaffiliated insurance agents and brokers. In the second quarter of 2010, fraud perpetrated against a number of premium finance companies in the industry, including the property and casualty division of FIFC, increased both the Company’s net charge-offs and provision for credit losses by $15.7 million. Acts of fraud are difficult to detect and deter, and we cannot assure investors that FIFC’s risk management procedures and controls will prevent losses from fraudulent activity.

FIFC may be exposed to the risk of loss in our life insurance premium finance business because of fraud. While FIFC maintains a policy prohibiting the knowing financing of stranger-originated life insurance and has established procedures to identify and prevent the company from financing such policies, FIFC cannot be certain that it will never provide loans with respect to such a policy. In the event such policies were financed, a carrier could potentially put at risk the cash surrender value of a policy, which serves as FIFC’s primary collateral, by challenging the validity of the insurance contract for lack of an insurable interest.

See the below risk factor “Widespread financial difficulties or credit downgrades among commercial and life insurance providers could lessen the value of the collateral securing our premium finance loans and impair the financial condition and liquidity of FIFC” for a discussion of further risks associated with our insurance premium finance activities.

While FIFC is licensed as required and carefully monitors compliance with regulation of each of its businesses, there can be no assurance that FIFC will not be negatively impacted by material changes in the regulatory environment.

Additionally, to the extent that affiliates of insurance carriers, banks, and other lending institutions add greater service and flexibility to their financing practices in the future, our competitive position and results of operations could be adversely affected. FIFC’s life insurance premium finance business could be materially negatively impacted by changes in the federal or state estate tax provisions. There can be no assurance that FIFC will be able to continue to compete successfully in its markets.

Widespread financial difficulties or credit downgrades among commercial and life insurance providers could lessen the value of the collateral securing our premium finance loans and impair the financial condition and liquidity of FIFC.

FIFC’s premium finance loans are primarily secured by the insurance policies financed by the loans. These insurance policies are written by a large number of insurance companies geographically dispersed throughout the country. Our premium finance receivables balances finance insurance policies which are spread among a large number of insurers; however, one of the insurers represents approximately 15% of such balances and one additional insurer represents approximately 5% of such balances. FIFC consistently monitors carrier ratings and financial performance of our carriers. While FIFC can mitigate its risks as a result of this monitoring to the extent that commercial or life insurance providers experience widespread difficulties or credit downgrades, the value of our collateral will be reduced. FIFC is also subject to the possibility of insolvency of insurance carriers in the commercial and life insurance businesses that are in possession of our collateral. If one or more large nationwide insurers were to fail, the value of our portfolio could be significantly negatively impacted. A significant downgrade in the value of the collateral supporting our premium finance business could impair our ability to create liquidity for this business, which, in turn could negatively impact our ability to expand.

If we fail to comply with certain of our covenants under our securitization facility, the holders of the related notes could declare a rapid amortization event, which would require us to repay any outstanding amounts immediately, which could significantly impair our liquidity.

In September 2009, our indirect subsidiary, FIFC Premium Funding I, LLC, sold $600 million in aggregate principal amount of its Series 2009-A Premium Finance Asset Backed Notes, Class A (the “Notes”), which were issued in a securitization transaction sponsored by FIFC. The related indenture contains certain financial and other covenants that must be met in order to continue to sell notes into the facility. In addition, if any of these covenants are breached, the holders of the Notes may, under certain circumstances, declare a rapid amortization event, which would require us to repay any outstanding notes immediately. Such an event could significantly impair our liquidity.

 

27


Our Wealth Management Business in general, and WHI’s brokerage operation, in particular, exposes us to certain risks associated with the securities industry.

Our wealth management business in general, and WHI’s brokerage operations in particular, present special risks not borne by community banks that focus exclusively on community banking. For example, the brokerage industry is subject to fluctuations in the stock market that may have a significant adverse impact on transaction fees, customer activity and investment portfolio gains and losses. Likewise, additional or modified regulations may adversely affect our wealth management operations. Each of our wealth management operations is dependent on a small number of professionsals whose departure could result in the loss of a significant number of customer accounts. A significant decline in fees and commissions or trading losses suffered in the investment portfolio could adversely affect our results of operations. In addition, we are subject to claim arbitration risk arising from customers who claim their investments were not suitable or that their portfolios were too actively traded. These risks increase when the market, as as a whole, declines. The risks associated with retail brokerage may not be supported by the income generated by our wealth management operations.

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

The Company’s executive offices are located in the banking facilities of Lake Forest Bank. Certain corporate functions are also located at the various bank subsidiaries and as well as an office building complex in Rosemont, Illinois acquired by the Company in June 2011. The Company is in the process of occupying the Rosemont building and anticipates that during 2012 the Company’s corporate headquarters will relocate to the Rosemont building.

The Company’s banks operate through 99 banking facilities, the majority of which are owned. The Company owns 154 automatic teller machines, the majority of which are housed at banking locations. The banking facilities are located in communities throughout the Chicago metropolitan area and southern Wisconsin. Excess space in certain properties is leased to third parties.

The Company’s wealth management subsidiaries have one location in downtown Chicago, one in Appleton, Wisconsin, and one in Florida, all of which are leased, as well as office locations at various of our banks. Wintrust Mortgage, a division of Barrington Bank, has 37 locations in ten states, all of which are leased, as well as office locations at various of our banks. FIFC has one location in Northbrook, Illinois which is owned and locations in Jersey City, New Jersey and Long Island, New York which are leased. Tricom has one location in Menomonee Falls, Wisconsin which is owned. Wintrust Information Technology Services Company (“WITS”) has office locations in Villa Park, Illinois and Wood Dale, Illinois, both of which are owned. In addition, the Company owns other real estate acquired for further expansion that, when considered in the aggregate, is not material to the Company’s financial position.

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

The Company and its subsidiaries, from time to time, are subject to pending and threatened legal action and proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business. Any such litigation currently pending against the Company or its subsidiaries is incidental to the Company’s business and, based on information currently available to management, management believes the outcome of such actions or proceedings will not have a material adverse effect on the operations or financial position of the Company.

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable.

 

28


PART II

 

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

The Company’s common stock is traded on The NASDAQ Global Select Stock Market under the symbol WTFC. The following table sets forth the high and low sales prices reported on NASDAQ for the common stock by fiscal quarter during 2011 and 2010.

 

     2011        2010  
   High        Low        High        Low  

Fourth Quarter

   $ 30.34             $ 24.30             $ 33.97             $ 28.40   

Third Quarter

     34.87           25.68           37.25           27.79   

Second Quarter

     37.34           30.08           44.93           33.05   

First Quarter

     36.97           31.13           38.47           29.86   

Performance Graph

The following performance graph compares the five-year percentage change in the Company’s cumulative shareholder return on common stock compared with the cumulative total return on composites of (1) all NASDAQ Global Select Market stocks for United States companies (broad market index) and (2) all NASDAQ Global Select Market bank stocks (peer group index). Cumulative total return is computed by dividing the sum of the cumulative amount of dividends for the measurement period and the difference between the Company’s share price at the end and the beginning of the measurement period by the share price at the beginning of the measurement period. The NASDAQ Global Select Market for United States companies’ index comprises all domestic common shares traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market and the NASDAQ Small-Cap Market. The NASDAQ Global Select Market bank stocks index comprises all banks traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market and the NASDAQ Small-Cap Market.

This graph and other information furnished in the section titled “Performance Graph” under this Part II, Item 5 of this Form 10-K shall not be deemed to be “soliciting” materials or to be “filed” with the Securities and Exchange Commission or subject to Regulation 14A or 14C, or to the liabilities of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Total Return Performance Comparison

(in percent)

 

LOGO

 

         2006            2007            2008            2009            2010            2011  

Wintrust Financial Corporation

         100.00               69.66               44.25               66.10               71.14               61.15   

NASDAQ — Total US

     100.00         108.47         66.35         95.38         113.19         113.81   

NASDAQ — Bank Index

     100.00         79.26         57.79         48.42         57.29         51.19   

 

 

29


Approximate Number of Equity Security Holders

As of February 22, 2012 there were approximately 1,514 shareholders of record of the Company’s common stock.

Dividends on Common Stock

The Company’s Board of Directors approved the first semiannual dividend on the Company’s common stock in January 2000 and has continued to approve a semi-annual dividend since that time. The payment of dividends is subject to statutory restrictions and restrictions arising under the terms of our 8.00% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Convertible Preferred Stock, Series A (the “Series A Preferred Stock”), the Company’s Trust Preferred Securities offerings, the Company’s 7.5% tangible equity units and under certain financial covenants in the Company’s credit agreement. Under the terms of the Company’s revolving credit facility amended on October 28, 2011, the Company is prohibited from paying dividends on any equity interests, including its common stock and preferred stock, if such payments would cause the Company to be in default under its credit facility.

Following is a summary of the cash dividends paid in 2011 and 2010:

 

Record Date    Payable Date           

Dividend  

per Share  

February 11, 2010

   February 25, 2010         $0.09  

August 12, 2010

   August 26, 2010         $0.09  

February 10, 2011

   February 24, 2011         $0.09  

August 11, 2011

   August 25, 2011         $0.09  

In January 2012, the Company’s Board of Directors approved a semi-annual dividend of $0.09 per share. The dividend was paid on February 23, 2012 to shareholders of record as of February 9, 2012.

Because the Company’s consolidated net income consists largely of net income of the banks and certain wealth management subsidiaries, the Company’s ability to pay dividends generally depends upon its receipt of dividends from these entities. The banks’ ability to pay dividends is regulated by banking statutes. See “Bank Regulation; Additional Regulation of Dividends” on page 12 of this Form 10-K. During 2011, 2010 and 2009, the banks paid $27.8 million, $11.5 million and $100.0 million, respectively, in dividends to the Company.

Reference is also made to Note 20 to the Consolidated Financial Statements and “Liquidity and Capital Resources” contained in this Form 10-K for a description of the restrictions on the ability of certain subsidiaries to transfer funds to the Company in the form of dividends.

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

None.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

No purchases of the Company’s common shares were made by or on behalf of the Company or any “affiliated purchaser” as defined in Rule 10b-18(a)(3) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, during the year ended December 31, 2011. There is currently no authorization to repurchase shares of outstanding common stock.

 

30


ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)    2011     2010     2009     2008     2007  
  

 

 

 

Selected Financial Condition Data (at end of period):

          

Total assets

   $ 15,893,808      $ 13,980,156      $ 12,215,620      $ 10,658,326      $ 9,368,859   

Total loans, excluding covered loans

     10,521,377        9,599,886        8,411,771        7,621,069        6,801,602   

Total deposits

     12,307,267        10,803,673        9,917,074        8,376,750        7,471,441   

Junior subordinated debentures

     249,493        249,493        249,493        249,515        249,662   

Total shareholders’ equity

     1,543,533        1,436,549        1,138,639        1,066,572        739,555   

Selected Statements of Income Data:

          

Net interest income

   $ 461,377      $ 415,836      $ 311,876      $ 244,567      $ 261,550   

Net revenue (1)

     651,075        607,996        629,523        344,245        341,493   

Pre-tax adjusted earnings (2)

     225,451        199,033        124,696        97,008        100,791   

Net income

     77,575        63,329        73,069        20,488        55,653   

Net income per common share – Basic

     2.08        1.08        2.23        0.78        2.31   

Net income per common share – Diluted

     1.67        1.02        2.18        0.76        2.24   

Selected Financial Ratios and Other Data:

          

Performance Ratios:

          

Net interest margin (2)

     3.42     3.37     3.01     2.81     3.11

Non-interest income to average assets

     1.27     1.42     2.78     1.02     0.85

Non-interest expense to average assets

     2.82     2.82     3.01     2.63     2.57

Net overhead ratio (3)

     1.55     1.40     0.23     1.60     1.72

Efficiency ratio (2) (4)

     64.58     63.77     54.44     73.00     71.05

Return on average assets

     0.52     0.47     0.64     0.21     0.59

Return on average common equity

     5.11     3.01     6.70     2.44     7.64

Average total assets

   $ 14,920,160      $ 13,556,612      $ 11,415,322      $ 9,753,220      $ 9,422,277   

Average total shareholders’ equity

     1,484,720        1,352,135        1,081,792        779,437        727,972   

Average loans to average deposits ratio (excluding covered loans)

     88.3     91.1     90.5     94.3     90.1

Average loans to average deposits ratio (including covered loans)

     92.8        93.4        90.5        94.3        90.1   

Common Share Data at end of period:

          

Market price per common share

   $ 28.05      $ 33.03      $ 30.79      $ 20.57      $ 33.13   

Book value per common share (2)

   $ 34.23      $ 32.73      $ 35.27      $ 33.03      $ 31.56   

Tangible common book value per share (2)

   $ 26.72      $ 25.80      $ 23.22      $ 20.78      $ 19.02   

Common shares outstanding

     35,978,349        34,864,068        24,206,819        23,756,674        23,430,490   

Other Data at end of period: (7)

          

Leverage Ratio

     9.4     10.1     9.3     10.6     7.7

Tier 1 Capital to risk-weighted assets

     11.8     12.5     11.0     11.6     8.7

Total capital to risk-weighted assets

     13.0     13.8     12.4     13.1     10.2

Tangible Common Equity ratio (TCE) (2) (6)

     7.5     8.0     4.7     4.8     4.9

Allowance for credit losses (5)

   $ 123,612      $ 118,037      $ 101,831      $ 71,353      $ 50,882   

Non-performing loans

     120,084        141,958        131,804        136,094        71,854   

Allowance for credit losses(5) to total loans, excluding covered loans

     1.17     1.23     1.21     0.94     0.75

Non-performing loans to total loans, excluding covered loans

     1.14     1.48     1.57     1.79     1.06

Number of:

          

Bank subsidiaries

     15        15        15        15        15   

Non-bank subsidiaries

     7        8        8        7        8   

Banking offices

     99        86        78        79        77   

 

(1)

Net revenue includes net interest income and non-interest income

 

(2)

See Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Non-GAAP Financial Measures/Ratios,” for a reconciliation of this performance measure/ratio to GAAP.

 

(3)

The net overhead ratio is calculated by netting total non-interest expense and total non-interest income, annualizing this amount, and dividing by that period’s total average assets. A lower ratio indicates a higher degree of efficiency.

 

(4)

The efficiency ratio is calculated by dividing total non-interest expense by tax-equivalent net revenue (less securities gains or losses). A lower ratio indicates more efficient revenue generation.

 

(5)

The allowance for credit losses includes both the allowance for loan losses and the allowance for unfunded lending-related commitments, but excluding the allowance for covered loan losses.

 

(6)

Total shareholders’ equity minus preferred stock and total intangible assets divided by total assets minus total intangible assets

 

(7)

Asset quality ratios exclude covered loans.

 

31


ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Forward Looking Statements

This document contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of federal securities laws. Forward-looking information can be identified through the use of words such as “intend,” “plan,” “project,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “contemplate,” “possible,” “point,” “will,” “may,” “should,” “would” and “could.” Forward-looking statements and information are not historical facts, are premised on many factors and assumptions, and represent only management’s expectations, estimates and projections regarding future events. Similarly, these statements are not guarantees of future performance and involve certain risks and uncertainties that are difficult to predict, which may include, but are not limited to, those listed below and the Risk Factors discussed in Item 1A on page 18 of this Form 10-K. The Company intends such forward-looking statements to be covered by the safe harbor provisions for forward-looking statements contained in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, and is including this statement for purposes of invoking these safe harbor provisions. Such forward-looking statements may be deemed to include, among other things, statements relating to the Company’s future financial performance, the performance of its loan portfolio, the expected amount of future credit reserves and charge-offs, delinquency trends, growth plans, regulatory developments, securities that the Company may offer from time to time, and management’s long-term performance goals, as well as statements relating to the anticipated effects on financial condition and results of operations from expected developments or events, the Company’s business and growth strategies, including future acquisitions of banks, specialty finance or wealth management businesses, internal growth and plans to form additional de novo banks or branch offices. Actual results could differ materially from those addressed in the forward-looking statements as a result of numerous factors, including the following:

 

   

negative economic conditions that adversely affect the economy, housing prices, the job market and other factors that may affect the Company’s liquidity and the performance of its loan portfolios, particularly in the markets in which it operates;

 

   

the extent of defaults and losses on the Company’s loan portfolio, which may require further increases in its allowance for credit losses;

 

   

estimates of fair value of certain of the Company’s assets and liabilities, which could change in value significantly from period to period;

 

   

the financial success and economic viability of the borrowers of our commercial loans;

 

   

the extent of commercial and consumer delinquencies and declines in real estate values, which may require further increases in the Company’s allowance for loan and lease losses;

 

   

changes in the level and volatility of interest rates, the capital markets and other market indices that may affect, among other things, the Company’s liquidity and the value of its assets and liabilities;

 

   

competitive pressures in the financial services business which may affect the pricing of the Company’s loan and deposit products as well as its services (including wealth management services);

 

   

failure to identify and complete favorable acquisitions in the future or unexpected difficulties or developments related to the integration of recent or future acquisitions;

 

   

unexpected difficulties and losses related to FDIC-assisted acquisitions, including those resulting from our loss-sharing arrangements with the FDIC;

 

   

any negative perception of the Company’s reputation or financial strength;

 

   

ability to raise additional capital on acceptable terms when needed;

 

   

disruption in capital markets, which may lower fair values for the Company’s investment portfolio;

 

   

ability to use technology to provide products and services that will satisfy customer demands and create efficiencies in operations;

 

   

adverse effects on our information technology systems resulting from failures, human error or tampering;

 

   

accuracy and completeness of information the Company receives about customers and counterparties to make credit decisions;

 

   

the ability of the Company to attract and retain senior management experienced in the banking and financial services industries;

 

   

environmental liability risk associated with lending activities;

 

   

losses incurred in connection with repurchases and indemnification payments related to mortgages;

 

   

the loss of customers as a result of technological changes allowing consumers to complete their financial transactions without the use of a bank;

 

   

the soundness of other financial institutions;

 

   

the possibility that certain European Union member states will default on their debt obligations, which may affect the Company’s liquidity, financial conditions and results of operations;

 


   

unexpected difficulties or unanticipated developments related to the Company’s strategy of de novo bank formations and openings, which typically require over 13 months of operations before becoming profitable due to the impact of organizational and overhead expenses, startup phase of generating deposits and the time lag typically involved in redeploying deposits into attractively priced loans and other higher yielding earning assets;

 

   

examinations and challenges by tax authorities;

 

   

changes in accounting standards, rules and interpretations and the impact on the Company’s financial statements;

 

   

the ability of the Company to receive dividends from its subsidiaries;

 

   

a decrease in the Company’s regulatory capital ratios, including as a result of further declines in the value of its loan portfolios, or otherwise;

 

   

legislative or regulatory changes, particularly changes in regulation of financial services companies and/or the products and services offered by financial services companies, including those resulting from the Dodd-Frank Act;

 

   

restrictions upon our ability to market our products to consumers and limitations on our ability to profitably operate our mortgage business resulting from the Dodd-Frank Act;

 

   

increased costs of compliance, heightened regulatory capital requirements and other risks associated with changes in regulation and the current regulatory environment, including the Dodd-Frank Act;

 

   

changes in capital requirements resulting from Basel II and III initiatives;

 

   

increases in the Company’s FDIC insurance premiums, or the collection of special assessments by the FDIC;

 

   

delinquencies or fraud with respect to the Company’s premium finance business;

 

   

credit downgrades among commercial and life insurance providers that could negatively affect the value of collateral securing the Company’s premium finance loans;

 

   

the Company’s ability to comply with covenants under its securitization facility and credit facility;

 

   

fluctuations in the stock market, which may have an adverse impact on the Company’s wealth management business and brokerage operation; and

 

   

significant litigation involving the Company.

Therefore, there can be no assurances that future actual results will correspond to these forward-looking statements. The reader is cautioned not to place undue reliance on any forward-looking statement made by or on behalf of Wintrust. Any such statement speaks only as of the date the statement was made or as of such date that may be referenced within the statement. The Company undertakes no obligation to release revisions to these forward-looking statements or reflect events or circumstances after the date of this Form 10-K. Persons are advised, however, to consult further disclosures management makes on related subjects in its reports filed with the SEC and in its press releases.

 

33


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion highlights the significant factors affecting the operations and financial condition of Wintrust for the three years ended December 31, 2011. This discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereto, and Selected Financial Highlights appearing elsewhere within this Form 10-K.

OPERATING SUMMARY

Wintrust’s key measures of profitability and balance sheet changes are shown in the following table:

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
    

% or

Basis Point

(bp)change

    

% or

Basis Point

(bp)change

 
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)    2011      2010      2009      2010 to 2011      2009 to 2010  

Net income

   $ 77,575           $ 63,329           $ 73,069           22%         (13)%   

Net income per common share — Diluted

     1.67             1.02             2.18             64             (53)     

Pre-tax adjusted earnings (1)

     225,451             199,033             124,696             13             60       

Net revenue (2)

     651,075             607,996             629,523             7             (3)     

Net interest income

     461,377             415,836             311,876               11             33       

Net interest margin (1)

     3.42%         3.37%         3.01%         5bp             36bp       

Net overhead ratio (3)

     1.55             1.40             0.23             15             117       

Efficiency ratio (1) (4)

     64.58             63.77             54.44             81             933       

Return on average assets

     0.52             0.47             0.64             5             (17)     

Return on average common equity

     5.11             3.01             6.70             210             (369)     

At end of period

              

Total assets

   $ 15,893,808           $ 13,980,156           $ 12,215,620             14 %         14%   

Total loans, excluding loans held-for-sale, excluding covered loans

     10,521,377             9,599,886         8,411,771             10             14       

Total loans, including loans held-for-sale, excluding covered loans

     10,841,901             9,971,333             8,687,486             9             15       

Total deposits

     12,307,267             10,803,673             9,917,074             14             9       

Total shareholders’ equity

     1,543,533             1,436,549             1,138,639             7             26       

Tangible common equity ratio (TCE) (2)

     7.5 %         8.0%         4.7 %         (50)bp             330 bp       

Book value per common share (1)

     34.23             32.73             35.27             5 %         (7)%   

Tangible common book value per common share (1)

     26.72             25.80             23.22             4             11       

Market price per common share

     28.05             33.03             30.79             (15)           7       

 

 

(1)

See “Non-GAAP Financial Measures/Ratios” for additional information on this performance measure/ratio

 

(2)

Net revenue is net interest income plus non-interest income

 

(3)

The net overhead ratio is calculated by netting total non-interest expense and total non-interest income, annualizing this amount, and dividing by that period’s total average assets. A lower ratio indicates a higher degree of efficiency.

 

(4)

The efficiency ratio is calculated by dividing total non-interest expense by tax-equivalent net revenues (less securities gains or losses). A lower ratio indicates more efficient revenue generation.

Please refer to the Consolidated Results of Operations section later in this discussion for an analysis of the Company’s operations for the past three years.

NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES/RATIOS

The accounting and reporting policies of Wintrust conform to generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) in the United States and prevailing practices in the banking industry. However, certain non-GAAP performance measures and ratios are used by management to evaluate and measure the Company’s performance. These include taxable-equivalent net interest income (including its individual components), net interest margin (including its individual components), the efficiency ratio, tangible common equity ratio, tangible common book value per share and pre-tax adjusted earnings. Management believes that these measures and ratios provide users of the Company’s financial information a more meaningful view of the performance of the interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities and of the Company’s operating efficiency. Other financial holding companies may define or calculate these measures and ratios differently.

Management reviews yields on certain asset categories and the net interest margin of the Company and its banking subsidiaries on a fully taxable-equivalent (“FTE”) basis. In this non-GAAP presentation, net interest income is adjusted to reflect tax-exempt interest income on an equivalent before-tax basis. This measure ensures comparability of net interest income arising from both taxable and tax-exempt sources. Net interest income on a FTE basis is also used in the calculation of the Company’s efficiency ratio. The efficiency ratio, which is calculated by dividing non-interest expense by total taxable-equivalent net revenue (less securities gains or losses), measures how much it costs to produce one dollar of revenue. Securities gains or losses are excluded from this calculation to better match revenue from daily operations to operational expenses. Management considers the tangible common equity ratio and tangible book value per common share as useful measurements of the Company’s equity. Pre-tax adjusted earnings is a significant metric in assessing the Company’s operating performance. Pre-tax adjusted earnings is adjusted to exclude the provision for credit losses and certain significant items.

 

34


The following table presents a reconciliation of certain non-GAAP performance measures and ratios used by the Company to evaluate and measure the Company’s performance to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measures for the last 5 years.

 

    Years Ended December 31,  
(Dollars and shares in thousands, except per share data)   2011     2010     2009     2008     2007  
 

 

 

 

Calculation of Net Interest Margin and Efficiency Ratio

         

(A) Interest Income (GAAP)

  $ 605,793      $ 593,107      $ 527,614      $ 514,723      $ 611,557       

Taxable-equivalent adjustment:

         

-Loans

    458        334        462        645        826       

-Liquidity management assets

    1,224        1,377        1,720        1,795        2,388       

-Other earning assets

    12        17        38        47        13       
 

 

 

 

Interest Income — FTE

  $ 607,487      $ 594,835      $ 529,834      $ 517,210      $ 614,784       

(B) Interest Expense (GAAP)

    144,416        177,271        215,738        270,156        350,007       
 

 

 

 

Net interest income — FTE

  $ 463,071      $ 417,564      $ 314,096      $ 247,054      $ 264,777       
 

 

 

 

(C) Net Interest Income (GAAP) (A minus B)

  $ 461,377      $ 415,836      $ 311,876      $ 244,567      $ 261,550       
 

 

 

 

(D) Net interest margin (GAAP)

    3.41     3.35     2.99     2.78     3.07%   

Net interest margin — FTE

    3.42     3.37     3.01     2.81     3.11%   

(E) Efficiency ratio (GAAP)

    64.75     63.95     54.64     73.52     71.74%   

Efficiency ratio — FTE

    64.58     63.77     54.44     73.00     71.05%   

Calculation of Tangible Common Equity ratio (at period end)

         

Total shareholders' equity

  $ 1,543,533      $ 1,436,549      $ 1,138,639      $ 1,066,572      $ 739,555       

Less: Preferred stock

    (49,768     (49,640     (284,824     (281,873     —       

Less: Intangible assets

    (327,538     (293,765     (291,649     (290,918     (293,941)     
 

 

 

 

(F) Total tangible common shareholders’ equity

  $ 1,166,227      $ 1,093,144      $ 562,166      $ 493,781      $ 445,614       
 

 

 

 

Total assets

  $ 15,893,808      $ 13,980,156      $ 12,215,620      $ 10,658,326      $ 9,368,859       

Less: Intangible assets

    (327,538     (293,765     (291,649     (290,918     (293,941)     
 

 

 

 

(G) Total tangible assets

  $ 15,566,270      $ 13,686,391      $ 11,923,971      $ 10,367,408      $ 9,074,918       
 

 

 

 

Tangible common equity ratio (F/G)

    7.5     8.0     4.7     4.8     4.9%   

Calculation of Pre-Tax Adjusted Earnings

         

Income before taxes

  $ 128,033      $ 100,807      $ 117,504      $ 30,641      $ 83,824       

Add: Provision for credit losses

    102,638        124,664        167,932        57,441        14,879       

Add: OREO expenses, net

    26,340        19,331        18,963        2,023        111       

Add: Recourse obligation on loans previously sold

    439        10,970        937               4,210       

Add: Covered loan expense

    2,831        689                      —       

Add: Mortgage servicing rights fair value adjustments

    4,673        2,955        2,031        2,364        1,029       

Less: Loss (gain) from investment partnerships

    600        (1,155     (138     234        —       

Less: Gain on bargain purchases

    (37,974     (44,231     (156,013            —       

Less: Trading (gains) losses

    (337     (5,165     (26,788     134        (265)     

Less: (Gains) losses on available-for-sale securities, net

    (1,792     (9,832     268        4,171        (2,997)     
 

 

 

 

Pre-tax adjusted earnings

  $ 225,451      $ 199,033      $ 124,696      $ 97,008      $ 100,791       
 

 

 

 

Calculation of book value per share

         

Total shareholders’ equity

  $ 1,543,533      $ 1,436,549      $ 1,138,639      $ 1,066,572      $ 739,555       

Less: Preferred stock

    (49,768     (49,640     (284,824     (281,873     —       
 

 

 

 

(H) Total common equity

  $ 1,493,765      $ 1,386,909      $ 853,815      $ 784,699      $ 739,555       
 

 

 

 

Actual common shares outstanding

    35,978        34,864        24,207        23,757        23,430       

Add: TEU conversion shares

    7,666        7,512                      —       
 

 

 

 

(I) Common shares used for book value calculation

    43,644        42,376        24,207        23,757        23,430       
 

 

 

 

Book value per share (H/I)

  $ 34.23      $ 32.73      $ 35.27      $ 33.03      $ 31.56       

Tangible common book value per share (F/I)

  $ 26.72      $ 25.80      $ 23.22      $ 20.78      $ 19.02       

 

35


OVERVIEW AND STRATEGY

Wintrust is a financial holding company that provides traditional community banking services, primarily in the Chicago metropolitan area and southeastern Wisconsin, and operates other financing businesses on a national basis through several non-bank subsidiaries. Additionally, Wintrust offers a full array of wealth management services primarily to customers in our Market Area.

2011 Highlights

The Company recorded net income of $77.6 million for the year of 2011 compared to $63.3 million and $73.1 million for the years of 2010 and 2009, respectively. The results for 2011 demonstrate continued operating strengths as credit related costs remain at levels similar to previous years, loans outstanding increased, demand deposits related to this loan growth increased, and the beneficial shift in our deposit mix away from single-product CD customers continued. The Company also continues to take advantage of the opportunities that have resulted from distressed credit markets – specifically, a dislocation of assets, banks and people in the overall market. For more information, see “Overview and Strategy—Acquisition Transactions.”

The Company increased its loan portfolio, excluding covered loans, from $9.6 billion at December 31, 2010 to $10.5 billion at December 31, 2011. This increase was primarily a result of the Company’s commercial banking initiative, loans obtained in the acquisition of Elgin State Bank, as well as growth in the premium finance receivables – life insurance portfolio. The Company continues to make new loans, including in the commercial and commercial real estate sector, where opportunities that meet our underwriting standards exist. The withdrawal of many banks in our area from active lending combined with our strong local relationships has presented us with opportunities to make new loans to well qualified borrowers who have been displaced from other institutions. For more information regarding changes in the Company’s loan portfolio, see “Analysis of Financial Condition – Interest Earning Assets” and Note 4 “Loans” of the Financial Statements presented under Item 1 of this report.

Management considers the maintenance of adequate liquidity to be important to the management of risk. Accordingly, during 2011, the Company continued its practice of maintaining appropriate funding capacity to provide the Company with adequate liquidity for its ongoing operations. In this regard, the Company benefited from its strong deposit base, a liquid short-term investment portfolio and its access to funding from a variety of external funding sources. At December 31, 2011, the Company had overnight liquid funds and interest-bearing deposits with banks of $919.0 million compared to $1.0 billion at December 31, 2010.

The Company experienced a 32% decline in mortgage origination volumes in 2011 compared to the previous year. This decline in originations resulted from an industry-wide fall-off in residential real-estate loan originations as well as our exit from our wholesale mortgage origination channel in late 2010. Additionally, despite a continued low rate environment in 2011, many borrowers refinanced mortgages in 2010. Interest rates did not decrease significantly enough for borrowers to pursue another refinancing in 2011.

The Company recorded net interest income of $461.4 million in 2011 compared to $415.8 million and $311.9 million in 2010 and 2009, respectively. The higher level of net interest income recorded in 2011 compared to 2010 resulted from an increase in average earning assets of $1.1 billion. This average earning asset growth was primarily a result of the $671.9 million increase in average loans, $288.3 million of average covered loan growth from the FDIC-assisted bank acquisitions and a $169.7 million increase in liquidity management and other earning assets. Growth in the commercial and industrial portfolio of $330.8 million, in the life insurance premium finance portfolio of $266.8 million and in the commercial insurance premium finance loan portfolio of $145.4 accounted for the majority of the total average loan growth over the past 12 months. The average earning asset growth of $1.1 billion over the past 12 months was primarily funded by a $602.6 million increase in the average balances of interest-bearing deposits and an increase in the average balance of net free funds of $354.7 million.

Non-interest income totaled $189.7 million in 2011, decreasing $2.5 million, or 1%, compared to 2010. The change was primarily attributable to lower bargain purchase gains recorded during the current period relating to the FDIC-assisted transactions than during the comparable period as well as lower net gains on available-for-sale securities in 2011, partially offset by higher wealth management revenues and fees from covered call options in the current period. Non-interest income totaled $192.2 million in 2010, decreasing $125.5 million, or 40%, compared to 2009. The decrease in 2010 compared to 2009 was primarily attributable to the $156.0 million of bargain purchase gains recorded during 2009 related to the life insurance premium finance loan acquisition in 2009.

Non-interest expense totaled $420.4 million in 2011, increasing $37.9 million, or 10%, compared to 2010. The increase compared to 2010 was primarily attributable to a $22.0 million increase in salaries and employee benefits. The increase in salaries and employee benefits was, in turn, attributable to an $18.2 million increase in salaries resulting from additional employees from acquisitions and larger staffing as the company grows and a $6.2 million increase in employee benefits (primarily health plan and payroll taxes related), partially offset by a $2.4 million decrease in bonus expense and commissions attributable to variable pay based revenue. Non-interest expense totaled $382.5 million in 2010, increasing $38.4 million, or 11%, compared to 2009. The increase compared to 2009 was primarily attributable to a $28.9 million increase in salaries and employee benefits. The increase in salaries and employee benefits was, in turn, attributable to a $12.6 million increase in bonus expense and commissions as variable pay based revenue increased (primarily wealth management revenue and mortgage banking revenue), an $11.4 million increase in salaries resulting from additional employees from the three FDIC-assisted transactions in 2010 and larger staffing as the company grows, and a $4.9 million increase in employee benefits (primarily health plan and payroll taxes related).

 

36


The Current Economic Environment

The Company’s results during 2011 continued to be impacted by the existing stressed economic environment and depressed real estate valuations that affected both the U.S. economy, generally, and the Company’s local markets, specifically. In response to these conditions, Management continued to carefully monitor the impact on the Company of the financial markets, the depressed values of real property and other assets, loan performance, default rates and other financial and macro-economic indicators in order to navigate the challenging economic environment. In particular:

 

   

The Company’s 2011 provision for credit losses, excluding covered loans, totaled $97.9 million, a decrease of $26.8 million when compared to 2010 and a decrease of $70.0 million when compared to 2009. Net charge-offs, excluding covered loans, decreased to $103.3 million in 2011 (of which $92.0 million related to commercial and commercial real estate loans), compared to $109.7 million in 2010 (of which $78.4 million related to commercial and commercial real estate loans) and $137.4 million in 2009 (of which $122.9 million related to commercial and commercial real estate loans).

 

   

The Company decreased its allowance for loan losses, excluding covered loans to $110.4 million at December 31, 2011, reflecting a decrease of $3.5 million, or 3%, when compared to 2010. At December 31, 2011, approximately $56.4 million, or 51%, of the allowance for loan losses, excluding covered loans, was associated with commercial real estate loands and another $31.2 million, or 28%, was associated with commercial loans.

 

   

Wintrust has significant exposure to commercial real estate. At December 31, 2011, $3.5 billion, or 31%, of our loan portfolio was commercial real estate, with more than 92% located in our Market Area. The commercial real estate loan portfolio was comprised of $414.2 million related to land, residential and commercial construction, $554.4 million related to office buildings loans, $536.7 million related to retail loans, $555.8 million related to industrial use loans, $314.6 million related to multi-family loans and $1.1 billion related to mixed use and other use types. In analyzing the commercial real estate market, the Company does not rely upon the assessment of broad market statistical data, in large part because the Company’s market area is diverse and covers many communities, each of which is impacted differently by economic forces affecting the Company’s general market area. As such, the extent of the decline in real estate valuations can vary meaningfully among the different types of commercial and other real estate loans made by the Company. The Company uses its multi-chartered structure and local management knowledge to analyze and manage the local market conditions at each of its banks. Despite these efforts, as of December 31, 2011, the Company had approximately $66.5 million of non-performing commercial real estate loans representing approximately 2% of the total commercial real estate loan portfolio. $35.7 million, or 54%, of the total non-performing commercial real estate loan portfolio related to the land, residential and commercial construction sector which remains under stress due to the significant oversupply of new homes in certain portions of our market area.

 

   

Total non-performing loans (loans on non-accrual status and loans more than 90 days past due and still accruing interest), excluding covered loans, were $120.1 million (of which $66.5 million, or 55%, was related to commercial real estate) at December 31, 2011, a decrease of $21.9 million compared to December 31, 2010. Non-performing loans decreased as a result of the Company’s efforts to resolve problem loans through liquidation.

 

   

The Company’s other real estate owned, excluding covered other real estate owned, increased by $15.3 million, to $86.5 million during 2011, from $71.2 million at December 31, 2010. The increase in other real estate owned included $7.4 million of properties acquired in the acquisition of Elgin State Bank. The $86.5 million of other real estate owned as of December 31, 2011 was comprised of $19.9 million of residential real estate development property, $59.3 million of commercial real estate property and $7.3 million of residential real estate property.

During 2011, Management continued its efforts to aggressively resolve problem loans through liquidation, rather than retention, of loans or real estate acquired as collateral through the foreclosure process. This strategic effort was implemented in 2009. Management believes that some financial institutions have taken a longer term view of problem loan situations, hoping to realize higher values on acquired collateral through extended marketing efforts or an improvement in market conditions. Management believed that the distressed macro-economic conditions would continue to exist in 2011 and that the banking industry’s continued elevated levels in non-performing loans would lead to many properties being sold by financial institutions, thus saturating the market and possibly driving fair values of non-performing loans and foreclosed collateral further downwards. Accordingly, since 2009 the Company has attempted to liquidate as many non-performing loans and assets as possible. Management believes these actions will serve the Company well in the future by providing some protection for the Company from further valuation deterioration and permitting Management to spend less time on resolution of problem loans and more time on growing the Company’s core business and the evaluation of other opportunities presented by this volatile economic environment. The Company continues to take advantage of the opportunities that many times result from distressed credit markets — specifically, a dislocation of assets, banks and people in the overall market.

The level of loans past due 30 days or more and still accruing interest, excluding covered loans, totaled $147.9 million as of December 31, 2011, increasing $1.0 million compared to the balance of $146.9 million as of December 31, 2010. Management is very cognizant of the volatility in and the fragile nature of the national and local economic conditions and that some borrowers can

 

37


experience severe difficulties and default suddenly even if they have never previously been delinquent in loan payments. Accordingly, Management believes that the current economic conditions will continue to apply stress to the quality of the Company’s loan portfolio. Accordingly, Management plans to continue to direct significant attention toward the prompt identification, management and resolution of problem loans.

Additionally in 2011, the Company restructured certain loans by providing economic concessions to borrowers to better align the terms of their loans with their current ability to pay. At December 31, 2011, approximately $130.5 million in loans had terms modified, with $119.9 million of these modified loans in accruing status. These actions helped financially stressed borrowers maintain their homes or businesses and kept these loans in an accruing status for the Company. The Company considers restructuring loans when it appears that both the borrower and the Company can benefit and preserve a solid and sustainable relationship. See Note 5 – Allowance for Loan Losses, Allowance for Losses on Lending-Related Commitments and Impaired Loans for additional discussion of restructured loans.

An acceleration or continuation of real estate valuation and macroeconomic deterioration could result in higher default levels, a significant increase in foreclosure activity, and a material decline in the value of the Company’s assets.

Mortgage loan originations were lower in 2011 compared to 2010 and 2009, resulting in a decrease in gains on sales of loans in the current year. The Company enters into residential mortgage loan sale agreements with investors in the normal course of business. The Company’s practice is generally not to retain long-term fixed rate mortgages on its balance sheet in order to mitigate interest rate risk, and consequently sells most of such mortgages into the secondary market. These agreements provide recourse to investors through certain representations concerning credit information, loan documentation, collateral and insurability. Investors request the Company to indemnify them against losses on certain loans or to repurchase loans which the investors believe do not comply with applicable representations. An increase in requests for loss indemnification can negatively impact mortgage banking revenue as additional recourse expense. The Company recognized $439,000 of expense related to loss indemnification claims in 2011 for loans previously sold, a decrease of $10.5 million compared to 2010 primarily from lower recourse obligations adjustments as the number of indemnification requests from investors declined as well as lower loss estimates on future indemnification requests. The Company has established a $2.5 million estimated liability, as of December 31, 2011, on loans expected to be repurchased from loans sold to investors, which is based on trends in repurchase and indemnification requests, actual loss experience, known and inherent risks in the loan and current economic conditions.

Community Banking

As of December 31, 2011, our community banking franchise consisted of 15 community banks with 99 locations. Through these banks, we provide banking and financial services primarily to individuals, small to mid-sized businesses, local governmental units and institutional clients residing primarily in the banks’ local service areas. These services include traditional deposit products such as demand, NOW, money market, savings and time deposit accounts, as well as a number of unique deposit products targeted to specific market segments. The banks also offer home equity, home mortgage, consumer, real estate and commercial loans, safe deposit facilities, ATMs, internet banking and other innovative and traditional services specially tailored to meet the needs of customers in their market areas. Profitability of our community banking franchise is primarily driven by our net interest income and margin, our funding mix and related costs, the level of non-performing loans and other real estate owned, the amount of mortgage banking revenue and our history of establishing de novo banks.

Net interest income and margin. The primary source of our revenue is net interest income. Net interest income is the difference between interest income and fees on earning assets, such as loans and securities, and interest expense on liabilities to fund those assets, including deposits and other borrowings. Net interest income can change significantly from period to period based on general levels of interest rates, customer prepayment patterns, the mix of interest-earning assets and the mix of interest-bearing and non-interest bearing deposits and borrowings.

Funding mix and related costs. Our most significant source of funding is core deposits, which are comprised of non-interest bearing deposits, non-brokered interest-bearing transaction accounts, savings deposits and domestic time deposits. Our branch network is our principal source of core deposits, which generally carry lower interest rates than wholesale funds of comparable maturities. Our profitability has been bolstered in recent quarters as fixed term certificates of deposit have been renewing at lower rates given the historically low interest rate levels in the marketplace recently and growth in non-interest bearing deposits as a result of the Company’s commercial banking initiative.

Level of non-performing loans and other real estate owned. The level of non-performing loans and other real estate owned can significantly impact our profitability as these loans and other real estate owned do not accrue any income, can be subject to charge-offs and write-downs due to deteriorating market conditions and generally result in additional legal and collections expenses. Given the current economic conditions, these costs, specifically problem loan expenses, have been at elevated levels in recent years.

Mortgage banking revenue. Our community banking franchise is also influenced by the level of fees generated by the origination of residential mortgages and the sale of such mortgages into the secondary market. 2011 was characterized by the continuation of an

 

38


industry wide decline in real-estate loan originations which resulted in a decrease in the Company’s real-estate loan originations in

2011 as compared to 2010. The decrease in mortgage banking revenue in the 2011 as compared to 2010 resulted primarily from a decrease in gain on sales of loans and other fees, which was driven by lower origination volumes in the current year. Partially offsetting the decrease in gains on sales of loans and other fees was a $10.5 million positive impact from lower recourse obligation adjustments as the number of indemnification requests from investors declined as well as lower loss estimates on future indemnification requests.

Establishment of de novo operations. Our historical financial performance has been affected by costs associated with growing market share in deposits and loans, establishing and acquiring banks, opening new branch facilities and building an experienced management team. Our financial performance generally reflects the improved profitability of our banking subsidiaries as they mature, offset by the costs of establishing and acquiring banks and opening new branch facilities. From our experience, it generally takes over 13 months for new banks to achieve operational profitability depending on the number and timing of branch facilities added.

In determining the timing of the formation of de novo banks, the opening of additional branches of existing banks, and the acquisition of additional banks, we consider many factors, particularly our perceived ability to obtain an adequate return on our invested capital driven largely by the then existing cost of funds and lending margins, the general economic climate and the level of competition in a given market. We began to slow the rate of growth of new locations in 2007 due to tightening net interest margins on new business which, in the opinion of management, did not provide enough net interest spread to be able to garner a sufficient return on our invested capital. From the second quarter of 2008 to the first quarter of 2010, we did not establish a new banking location either through a de novo opening or through an acquisition, due to the financial system crisis and recessionary economy and our decision to utilize our capital to support our existing franchise rather than deploy our capital for expansion through new locations which tend to operate at a loss in the early months of operation. Thus, while expansion activity from 2007 through 2009 had been at a level below earlier periods in our history, we have resumed the formation of additional branches and acquisitions of additional banks. See discussion of 2010 and 2011 acquisition activity in the “Overview and Strategy – Acquisition Transactions” section below.

In addition to the factors considered above, before we engage in expansion through de novo branches or banks we must first make a determination that the expansion fulfills our objective of enhancing shareholder value through potential future earnings growth and enhancement of the overall franchise value of the Company. Generally, we believe that, in normal market conditions, expansion through de novo growth is a better long-term investment than acquiring banks because the cost to bring a de novo location to profitability is generally substantially less than the premium paid for the acquisition of a healthy bank. Each opportunity to expand is unique from a cost and benefit perspective. FDIC-assisted acquisitions offer a unique opportunity for the Company to expand into new and existing markets in a non-traditional manner. Potential FDIC-assisted acquisitions are reviewed in a similar manner as a de novo branch or bank opportunities, however, FDIC-assisted acquisitions have the ability to immediately enhance shareholder value. Factors including the valuation of our stock, other economic market conditions, the size and scope of the particular expansion opportunity and competitive landscape all influence the decision to expand via de novo growth or through acquisition.

Specialty Finance

Through our specialty finance segment, we offer financing of insurance premiums for businesses and individuals; accounts receivable financing, value-added, out-sourced administrative services; and other specialty finance businesses. Our wholly owned subsidiary, FIFC, engages in the premium finance receivables business, our most significant specialized lending niche, including commercial insurance premium finance and life insurance premium finance. We conduct the remainder of our specialty finance businesses through indirect subsidiaries, which are subsidiaries of our banks.

Financing of Commercial Insurance Premiums

FIFC originated approximately $3.5 billion in commercial insurance premium finance receivables in 2011. FIFC makes loans to businesses to finance the insurance premiums they pay on their commercial insurance policies. The loans are originated by FIFC working through independent medium and large insurance agents and brokers located throughout the United States. The insurance premiums financed are primarily for commercial customers’ purchases of liability, property and casualty and other commercial insurance. This lending involves relatively rapid turnover of the loan portfolio and high volume of loan originations. Because of the indirect nature of this lending and because the borrowers are located nationwide, this segment is more susceptible to third party fraud than relationship lending. In the second quarter of 2010, fraud perpetrated against a number of premium finance companies in the industry, including the property and casualty division of our premium financing subsidiary, increased both the Company’s net charge-offs and provision for credit losses by $15.7 million. Actions have been taken by the Company to decrease the likelihood of this type of loss from recurring in this line of business for the Company by the enhancement of various control procedures to mitigate the risks associated with this lending. The Company has conducted a thorough review of the premium finance — commercial portfolio and found no signs of similar situations. In the second quarter of 2011, the Company recovered $5.0 million from insurance coverage of the $15.7 million fraud loss. The Company continues to pursue additional recoveries, but does not anticipate any significant additional recoveries.

The majority of these loans are purchased by the banks in order to more fully utilize their lending capacity as these loans generally

provide the banks with higher yields than alternative investments. Historically, FIFC originations that were not purchased by the banks

 

39


were sold to unrelated third parties with servicing retained. However, during the third quarter of 2009, FIFC sold $695 million in commercial premium finance receivables to our indirect subsidiary, FIFC Premium Funding I, LLC, which in turn sold $600 million in aggregate principal amount of notes backed by such premium finance receivables in a securitization transaction sponsored by FIFC. Subsequent to December 31, 2009, this securitization transaction has been accounted for as a secured borrowing and the securitization entity is treated as a consolidated subsidiary of the Company. Accordingly, beginning on January 1, 2010, all of the assets and liabilities of the securitization entity have been included directly on the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Condition.

The primary driver of profitability related to the financing of commercial insurance premiums is the net interest spread that FIFC can produce between the yields on the loans generated and the cost of funds allocated to the business unit. The commercial insurance premium finance business is a competitive industry and yields on loans are influenced by the market rates offered by our competitors. We fund these loans either through the securitization facility described above or through our deposits, the cost of which is influenced by competitors in the retail banking markets in the Chicago and Milwaukee metropolitan areas.

Financing of Life Insurance Premiums

In 2007, FIFC began financing life insurance policy premiums generally used for estate planning purposes of high net-worth borrowers. In 2009, FIFC expanded this niche lending business segment when it purchased a portfolio of domestic life insurance premium finance loans for an aggregate purchase price of $745.9 million.

FIFC originated approximately $469.7 million in life insurance premium finance receivables in 2011. These loans are originated directly with the borrowers with assistance from life insurance carriers, independent insurance agents, financial advisors and/or legal counsel. The cash surrender value of the life insurance policy is the primary form of collateral. In addition, these loans often are secured with a letter of credit, marketable securities or certificates of deposit. In some cases, FIFC may make a loan that has a partially unsecured position. Similar to the commercial insurance premium finance receivables, the majority of life insurance premium finance receivables are purchased by the banks in order to more fully utilize their lending capacity as these loans generally provide the banks with higher yields than alternative investments.

The Company believes that its life insurance premium finance loans have a lower level of risk and delinquency than the Company’s commercial and residential real estate loans because of the nature of the collateral. The life insurance policy is the primary form of collateral. If cash surrender value is not sufficient, then letters of credit, marketable securities or certificates of deposit are used to provide additional security. Since the collateral is highly liquid and generally has a value in excess of the loan amount, any defaults or delinquencies are generally cured relatively quickly by the borrower or the collateral is generally liquidated in an expeditious manner to satisfy the loan obligation. Greater than 95% of loans are fully secured. However, less than 5% of the loans are partially unsecured and in those cases, a greater risk exists for default. No loans are originated on a fully unsecured basis.

As with the commercial premium finance business, the primary driver of profitability related to the financing of life insurance premiums is the net interest spread that FIFC can produce between the yields on the loans generated and the cost of funds allocated to the business unit. Profitability of financing both commercial and life insurance premiums is also meaningfully impacted by leveraging information technology systems, maintaining operational efficiency and increasing average loan size, each of which allows us to expand our loan volume without significant capital investment.

Wealth Management Activities

We currently offer a full range of wealth management services including trust and investment services, asset management services and securities brokerage services, through three separate subsidiaries including WHI, CTC and Great Lakes Advisors. In October 2010, the Company changed the name of its trust and investment services subsidiary, Wayne Hummer Trust Company, N.A., to the Chicago Trust Company, N.A. Additionally, in July 2011, the Company’s asset management company, Wayne Hummer Asset Management Company, changed its name to Great Lakes Advisors, LLC.

The primary influences on the profitability of the wealth management business can be associated with the level of commission received related to the trading performed by the brokerage customers for their accounts and the amount of assets under management for which asset management and trust units receive a management fee for advisory, administrative and custodial services. As such, revenues are influenced by a rise or fall in the debt and equity markets and the resulting increase or decrease in the value of our client accounts on which our fees are based. The commissions received by the brokerage unit are not as directly influenced by the directionality of the debt and equity markets but rather the desire of our customers to engage in trading based on their particular situations and outlooks of the market or particular stocks and bonds. Profitability in the brokerage business is impacted by commissions which fluctuate over time.

Federal Government, Federal Reserve and FDIC Programs

During the past three years, the federal government, the New York Fed and the FDIC have made a number of programs available to banks and other financial institutions in an effort to ensure a well-functioning U.S. financial system. The Company participated in

 

40


three such programs. Two of these programs, the CPP of the Treasury and the New York Fed’s TALF, have provided the Company with a significant amount of relatively inexpensive funding, which the Company used to accelerate its growth cycle and expand lending.

Capital Purchase Program. In October 2008, the Treasury announced that it intended to use a portion of the initial funds allocated to it pursuant to the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008, to invest directly in financial institutions through the newly-created CPP which was “designed to attract broad participation by healthy institutions” which “have plenty of capital to get through this period, but are not positioned to lend as widely as is necessary to support our economy.” In December 2008, the Company sold the Treasury $250 million in the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock, and warrants to purchase the Company’s common stock.

On December 22, 2010, the Company repurchased all the shares of Series B Preferred Stock. The Series B Preferred Stock was repurchased at a price of $251.3 million, which included accrued and unpaid dividends of $1.3 million. In addition, on February 14,

2011, the Treasury sold, through an underwritten public offering to purchasers other than the Company, all of the Company’s warrants that it had received in connection with the CPP investment.

Participation in the CPP placed a number of restrictions on the Company, including limitations on the ability to increase dividends and restrictions on the compensation of its employees and executives. Participation in the CPP also subjected the Company to increased oversight by the Treasury, banking regulators and Congress. As a result of the Company’s exit from the CPP, these restrictions have been terminated.

TALF-Eligible Issuance. In addition, in September 2009, one of the Company’s subsidiaries sold $600 million in aggregate principal amount of its asset-backed notes in a securitization transaction sponsored by FIFC. The asset backed notes are eligible collateral under TALF and certain investors therefore received non-recourse funding from the New York Fed in order to purchase the notes. As a result, FIFC believes it received greater proceeds at lower interest rates from the securitization than it otherwise would have received in non-TALF-eligible transactions.

Increased FDIC Insurance for Non-Interest-Bearing Transaction Accounts. Each of our bank subsidiaries have also benefited from federal programs which provide increased FDIC insurance coverage for certain deposit accounts. At present, the Dodd-Frank Act and implementing regulations issued by the FDIC provide unlimited federal insurance of the net amount of certain non-interest-bearing transaction accounts at all insured depository institutions, including our bank subsidiaries, through December 31, 2012. After December 31, 2012, depositors will receive federal insurance up to the standard maximum deposit insurance amount of $250,000, which increased amount was made permanent by the Dodd-Frank Act.

Financial Regulatory Reform

In July 2010, the President signed into law the Dodd-Frank Act, which contains a comprehensive set of provisions designed to govern the practices and oversight of financial institutions and other participants in the financial markets. While final rulemaking under the Dodd-Frank Act will occur over the course of several years, changes mandated by the Dodd-Frank Act, as well as other legislative and regulatory changes, could have a significant impact on us by, for example, requiring us to change our business practices, requiring us to meet more stringent capital, liquidity and leverage ratio requirements, limiting our ability to pursue business opportunities, imposing additional costs on us, limiting fees we can charge for services, impacting the value of our assets, or otherwise adversely affecting our businesses. These changes may also require us to invest significant management attention and resources in order to comply with new statutory and regulatory requirements. Given the uncertainty associated with the manner in which the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act will be implemented by the various regulatory agencies, the full extent of the impact that such requirements will have on our operations is unclear.

The Dodd-Frank Act also addresses risks to the economy and the financial system. It contemplates enhanced regulation of derivatives, restrictions on and additional disclosure of executive compensation, additional corporate governance requirements, and oversight of credit rating agencies. It also strengthens the ability of the regulatory agencies to supervise and examine bank holding companies and their subsidiaries. The Dodd-Frank Act requires a bank holding company that elects treatment as a financial holding company, including us, to be both well-capitalized and well-managed in addition to the existing requirement that a financial holding company’s subsidiary banks be well-capitalized and well-managed. Bank holding companies and banks must also be both well-capitalized and well-managed in order to engage in interstate bank acquisitions.

Among other things, the Dodd-Frank Act requires the issuance of new banking regulations regarding the establishment of minimum leverage and risk-based capital requirements for bank holding companies and banks. These regulations, which are required to be effective within 18 months from the enactment of the Dodd-Frank Act, are required to be no less stringent than current capital requirements applied to insured depository institutions and may, in fact, be higher when established by the agencies. Although Wintrust’s outstanding trust preferred securities will remain eligible for Tier 1 capital treatment, any future issuances of trust preferred securities will not be Tier 1 capital. The Dodd-Frank Act also requires the regulatory agencies to seek to make capital requirements for bank holding companies and insured institutions countercyclical, so that capital requirements increase in times of economic expansion and decrease in times of economic contraction. In December, 2011, the Federal Reserve issued proposed rules requiring annual stress tests and the establishment of a risk committee. If implemented as proposed, these rules will result in increased compliance costs.

 

41


Certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act have near-term effect on the Company. In particular, effective one year from the date of enactment, the Dodd-Frank Act eliminated U.S. federal prohibitions on paying interest on demand deposits, thus allowing businesses to have interest bearing checking accounts. Depending upon market response, this change could have an adverse impact on our interest expense. In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act includes provisions that changed the assessment base for federal deposit insurance from the amount of insured deposits to average total consolidated assets less average tangible capital, eliminated the maximum size of the DIF eliminated the requirement that the FDIC pay dividends to depository institutions when the reserve ratio exceeds certain thresholds, and increased the minimum reserve ratio of the DIF from 1.15% to 1.35%. On December 14, 2010, the FDIC released a final rule setting the designated reserve ratio at 2%, 65 basis points above the statutory minimum. On February 7, 2011, the FDIC adopted a final rule implementing the changes to the deposit assessment base under the Dodd-Frank Act. The FDIC has indicated that these changes will generally not require an increase in the level of assessments, and may result in decreased assessments, for depository institutions (such as each of our bank subsidiaries) with less than $10 billion in assets.

In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act gave the Federal Reserve Board the authority to establish rules regarding interchange fees charged for electronic debit transactions by payment card issuers, such as our bank subsidiaries, and to enforce a new statutory requirement that such fees be reasonable and proportional to the actual cost of a transaction to the issuer. The Federal Reserve issued final regulations that were effective in October 2011, and that limit interchange fees for electronic debit transactions to 21 cents plus .05% of the transaction, plus an additional 1 cent per transaction fraud adjustment. The rule also imposes requirements regarding routing and exclusivity of electronic debit transactions.

Additionally, the Dodd-Frank Act established the Bureau within the Federal Reserve, which will regulate consumer financial products and services. On July 21, 2011, many of the consumer financial protection functions currently assigned to the federal banking and other designated agencies shifted to the Bureau. The Bureau now has broad rulemaking authority over a wide range of consumer protection laws that apply to banks and thrifts, including the authority to prohibit “unfair, deceptive or abusive practices” to ensure that all consumers have access to markets for consumer financial products and services, and that such markets are fair, transparent and competitive. In particular, the Bureau may enact sweeping reforms in the mortgage broker industry which may increase the costs of engaging in these activities for all market participants, including our subsidiaries. Additionally, the Bureau has broad supervisory, examination and enforcement authority. In addition, state attorneys general and other state officials will be authorized to enforce consumer protection rules issued by the Bureau.

The Dodd-Frank Act changes federal preemption available for national banks and eliminates federal preemption for subsidiaries of national banks, which may subject the Company’s national banks and their subsidiaries, including Wintrust Mortgage, to additional state regulation. With regard to mortgage lending, the Dodd-Frank Act imposes new requirements regarding the origination and servicing of residential mortgage loans. The law creates a variety of new consumer protections, including limitations on the manner by which loan originators may be compensated and an obligation on the part of lenders to assess and verify a borrower’s “ability to repay” a residential mortgage loan.

The Dodd-Frank Act also enhanced provisions relating to affiliate and insider lending restrictions and loans to one borrower limitations. Federal banking law limits a national bank’s ability to extend credit to one person (or group of related persons) in an amount exceeding certain thresholds. The Dodd-Frank Act expanded the scope of these restrictions to include credit exposure arising from derivative transactions, repurchase agreements, and securities lending and borrowing transactions. It also eventually will prohibit state-chartered banks (including certain of the Company’s banking subsidiaries) from engaging in derivative transactions unless the state lending limit laws take into account credit exposure to such transactions.

In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act added a new Section 13 to the Bank Holding Company Act, the so-called “Volcker Rule,” which generally restricts certain banking entities, and their subsidiaries or affiliates, from engaging in proprietary trading activities and owning equity in or sponsoring any private equity or hedge fund. The Volcker Rule becomes effective July 21, 2012. The draft implementing regulations for the Volcker Rule were issued by various regulatory agencies on October 11 and 12, 2011. Under the proposed regulations, we (or our affiliates) may be restricted from engaging in proprietary trading, investing in third party hedge or private equity funds or sponsoring new funds unless we qualify for an exemption from the rule. We will not know the full impact of the Volcker Rule on our operations or financial condition until the final implementing regulations are adopted sometime in 2012.

Recent Actions Related to Capital and Liquidity

In December 2010 and January 2011, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision published reforms regarding changes to bank capital, leverage and liquidity requirements, commonly referred to as “Basel III.” The Basel III rules are intended to apply to large, internationally active banking organizations, and should not apply to us. If implemented without change by U.S. banking regulators, the provisions of Basel III may have significant impact on requirements including heightened requirements applicable to such organizations regarding Tier 1 common equity, and alterations to bank liquidity standards. In addition, while we do not expect to be subject to Basel III, in implementing Basel III, the U.S. Federal banking agencies may decide to make similar changes to the capital requirements applicable to other banking organizations, including us.

 

42


We are not able to predict at this time the content of capital and liquidity guidelines or regulations that may be adopted by regulatory agencies having authority over us and our subsidiaries or the impact that any changes in regulation would have on us. If new standards require us or our banking subsidiaries to maintain more capital, with common equity as a more predominant component, or manage the configuration of our assets and liabilities in order to comply with formulaic liquidity requirements, such regulation could significantly impact our return on equity, financial condition, operations, capital position and ability to pursue business opportunities.

Recent Acquisition Transactions

FDIC-Assisted Transactions

On July 8, 2011, the Company announced that its wholly-owned subsidiary bank, Northbrook Bank, acquired certain assets and liabilities and the banking operations of First Chicago Bank & Trust (“First Chicago”) in an FDIC-assisted transaction. First Chicago operated seven locations in Illinois: three in Chicago, one each in Bloomingdale, Itasca, Norridge and Park Ridge, and had approximately $768.9 million in total assets and $667.8 million in total deposits as of the acquisition date. Northbrook Bank acquired substantially all of First Chicago’s assets at a discount of approximately 12% and assumed all of the non-brokered deposits at a premium of approximately 0.5%.

On March 25, 2011, the Company announced that its wholly-owned subsidiary bank, Advantage National Bank Group (“Advantage”), acquired certain assets and liabilities and the banking operations of The Bank of Commerce (“TBOC”) in an FDIC-assisted transaction. TBOC operated one location in Wood Dale, Illinois and had approximately $174.0 million in total assets and $164.7 million in total deposits as of the acquisition date. Advantage acquired substantially all of TBOC’s assets at a discount of approximately 14% and assumed all of the non-brokered deposits at a premium of approximately 0.1%. Advantage subsequently changed its name to Schaumburg Bank and Trust Company, N.A.

On February 4, 2011, the Company announced that its wholly-owned subsidiary bank, Northbrook Bank, acquired certain assets and liabilities and the banking operations of Community First Bank-Chicago (“CFBC”) in an FDIC-assisted transaction. CFBC operated one location in Chicago and had approximately $50.9 million in total assets and $48.7 million in total deposits as of the acquisition date. Northbrook Bank acquired substantially all of CFBC’s assets at a discount of approximately 8% and assumed all of the non-brokered deposits at a premium of approximately 0.5%.

On August 6, 2010, the Company announced that its wholly-owned subsidiary bank, Northbrook Bank, acquired the banking operations of Ravenswood Bank (“Ravenswood”) in an FDIC-assisted transaction. Northbrook Bank acquired assets with a fair value of approximately $174 million, and assumed liabilities with a fair value of approximately $123 million. Additionally, on April 23, 2010, the Company acquired the banking operations of two entities in FDIC-assisted transactions. Northbrook Bank acquired assets with a fair value of approximately $157 million and assumed liabilities with a fair value of approximately $192 million of Lincoln Park Savings Bank (“Lincoln Park”). Wheaton Bank acquired assets with a fair value of approximately $344 million and assumed liabilities with a fair value of approximately $416 million of Wheatland Bank (“Wheatland”).

Loans comprise the majority of the assets acquired in FDIC-assisted transactions and are subject to loss sharing agreements with the FDIC where the FDIC has agreed to reimburse the Company for 80% of losses incurred on the purchased loans, other real estate owned, and certain other assets. Additionally, the loss share agreements with the FDIC require the Company to reimburse the FDIC in the event that actual losses on covered assets are lower than the original loss estimates agreed upon with the FDIC with respect to such assets in the loss share agreements. We refer to the loans subject to these loss-sharing agreements as “covered loans.” We use the term “covered assets” to refer to the total of covered loans, covered OREO and certain other covered assets. At their respective acquisition dates, the Company estimated the fair value of the reimbursable losses, which were approximately $273.3 million, $48.9 million and $6.7 million related to the First Chicago, TBOC and CFBC acquisitions, respectively. The agreements with the FDIC require that the Company follow certain servicing procedures or risk losing the FDIC reimbursement of losses related to covered assets.

The loans covered by the loss sharing agreements are classified and presented as covered loans and the estimated reimbursable losses are recorded as FDIC indemnification assets, both in the Consolidated Statements of Condition. The Company recorded the acquired assets and liabilities at their estimated fair values at the acquisition date. The fair value for loans reflected expected credit losses at the acquisition date, therefore the Company will only recognize a provision for credit losses and charge-offs on the acquired loans for any further credit deterioration. The FDIC-assisted transactions resulted in bargain purchase gains of $27.4 million for First Chicago, $8.6 million for TBOC and $2.0 million for CFBC, which are shown as a component of non-interest income on the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Income.

In 2010, the Company created the Purchased Assets Division comprised of experienced lenders and finance staff. The Purchased Asset Division is responsible for managing the loan portfolios acquired in FDIC-assisted transactions in addition to managing the financial and regulatory reporting of these transactions. For operations acquired in FDIC-assisted transactions, detailed reporting needs to be submitted to the FDIC on at least a quarterly basis for any assets which are subject to the loss-sharing agreements mentioned above. Reporting on the status of covered assets may continue for five to ten years from the date of acquisition depending on the type of assets acquired.

 

43


Other Transactions

On September 30, 2011, the Company completed its acquisition of Elgin State Bancorp, Inc. (“ESBI”). ESBI was the parent company of Elgin State Bank, which operated three banking locations in Elgin, Illinois. As part of the transaction, Elgin State Bank merged into the Company’s wholly-owned subsidiary bank, St. Charles, and the three acquired banking locations are operating as branches of St. Charles under the brand name Elgin State Bank. Elgin State Bank had approximately $263.2 million in assets and $241.1 million in deposits as of September 30, 2011.

On July 1, 2011, the Company acquired Great Lakes Advisors, a Chicago-based investment manager with approximately $2.4 billion in assets under management. Great Lakes Advisors merged with Wintrust’s existing asset management business, Wintrust Capital Management, LLC and operates as “Great Lakes Advisors, LLC, a Wintrust Wealth Management Company”.

On April 13, 2011, the Company announced the acquisition of certain assets and the assumption of certain liabilities of the mortgage banking business of River City Mortgage, LLC (“River City”) of Bloomington, Minnesota. With offices in Minnesota, Nebraska and North Dakota, River City originated nearly $500 million in mortgage loans in 2010.

On February 3, 2011, the Company acquired certain assets and assumed certain liabilities of the mortgage banking business of Woodfield Planning Corporation (“Woodfield”) of Rolling Meadows, Illinois. With offices in Rolling Meadows, Illinois and Crystal Lake, Illinois, Woodfield originated approximately $180 million in mortgage loans in 2010.

On October 22, 2010, the Company’s wholly-owned subsidiary bank, Wheaton Bank, acquired a branch of First National Bank of Brookfield that is located in Naperville, Illinois. Through this transaction, Wheaton Bank acquired approximately $23 million of deposits, approximately $11 million of performing loans, the property, bank facility and various other assets. This branch operates as Naperville Bank & Trust.

 

44


SUMMARY OF CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements are prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States and prevailing practices of the banking industry. Application of these principles requires management to make estimates, assumptions, and judgments that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Certain policies and accounting principles inherently have a greater reliance on the use of estimates, assumptions and judgments, and as such have a greater possibility that changes in those estimates and assumptions could produce financial results that are materially different than originally reported. Estimates, assumptions and judgments are necessary when assets and liabilities are required to be recorded at fair value, when a decline in the value of an asset not carried on the financial statements at fair value warrants an impairment write-down or valuation reserve to be established, or when an asset or liability needs to be recorded contingent upon a future event, are based on information available as of the date of the financial statements; accordingly, as information changes, the financial statements could reflect different estimates and assumptions.

A summary of the Company’s significant accounting policies is presented in Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. These policies, along with the disclosures presented in the other financial statement notes and in this Management’s Discussion and Analysis section, provide information on how significant assets and liabilities are valued in the financial statements and how those values are determined. Management views critical accounting policies to be those which are highly dependent on subjective or complex judgments, estimates and assumptions, and where changes in those estimates and assumptions could have a significant impact on the financial statements. Management currently views critical accounting policies to include the determination of the allowance for loan losses, allowance for covered loan losses and the allowance for losses on lending-related commitments, loans acquired with evidence of credit quality deterioration since origination, estimations of fair value, the valuations required for impairment testing of goodwill, the valuation and accounting for derivative instruments and income taxes as the accounting areas that require the most subjective and complex judgments, and as such could be most subject to revision as new information becomes available.

Allowance for Loan Losses, Allowance for Covered Loan Losses and Allowance for Losses on Lending-Related Commitments

The allowance for loan losses and the allowance for covered loan losses represent management’s estimate of probable credit losses inherent in the loan portfolio. Determining the amount of the allowance for loan losses is considered a critical accounting estimate because it requires significant judgment and the use of estimates related to the amount and timing of expected future cash flows on impaired loans, estimated losses on pools of homogeneous loans based on historical loss experience, and consideration of current economic trends and conditions, all of which are susceptible to significant change. The loan portfolio also represents the largest asset type on the consolidated balance sheet. The Company also maintains an allowance for lending-related commitments, specifically unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit, which relates to certain amounts the Company is committed to lend but for which funds have not yet been disbursed. See Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements and the section titled “Loan Portfolio and Asset Quality” later in this report for a description of the methodology used to determine the allowance for loan losses, allowance for covered loan losses and the allowance for lending-related commitments.

Loans Acquired with Evidence of Credit Quality Deterioration since Origination

Under accounting guidance applicable to loans acquired with evidence of credit quality deterioration since origination, the excess of cash flows expected at acquisition over the estimated fair value is referred to as the accretable yield and is recognized in interest income over the remaining estimated life of the loans, using the effective-interest method. The difference between contractually required payments at acquisition and the cash flows expected to be collected at acquisition is referred to as the nonaccretable difference. Changes in the expected cash flows from the date of acquisition will either impact the accretable yield or result in a charge to the provision for credit losses. Subsequent decreases to expected principal cash flows will result in a charge to provision for credit losses and a corresponding increase to allowance for loan losses. Subsequent increases in expected principal cash flows will result in recovery of any previously recorded allowance for loan losses, to the extent applicable, and a reclassification from nonaccretable difference to accretable yield for any remaining increase. All changes in expected interest cash flows, including the impact of prepayments, will result in reclassifications to/from nonaccretable differences.

Estimations of Fair Value

A portion of the Company’s assets and liabilities are carried at fair value on the Consolidated Statements of Condition, with changes in fair value recorded either through earnings or other comprehensive income in accordance with applicable accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. These include the Company’s trading account securities, available-for-sale securities, derivatives, mortgage loans held-for-sale, mortgage servicing rights and retained interests from the sale of premium finance receivables. The estimation of fair value also affects certain other mortgage loans held-for-sale, which are not recorded at fair value but at the lower of cost or market. The determination of fair value is important for certain other assets, including goodwill and other intangible assets, impaired loans, and other real estate owned that are periodically evaluated for impairment using fair value estimates.

 

45


Fair value is generally defined as the amount at which an asset or liability could be exchanged in a current transaction between willing, unrelated parties, other than in a forced or liquidation sale. Fair value is based on quoted market prices in an active market, or if market prices are not available, is estimated using models employing techniques such as matrix pricing or discounting expected cash flows. The significant assumptions used in the models, which include assumptions for interest rates, discount rates, prepayments and credit losses, are independently verified against observable market data where possible. Where observable market data is not available, the estimate of fair value becomes more subjective and involves a high degree of judgment. In this circumstance, fair value is estimated based on management’s judgment regarding the value that market participants would assign to the asset or liability. This valuation process takes into consideration factors such as market illiquidity. Imprecision in estimating these factors can impact the amount recorded on the balance sheet for a particular asset or liability with related impacts to earnings or other comprehensive income. See Note 23 to the Consolidated Financial Statements later in this report for a further discussion of fair value measurements.

Impairment Testing of Goodwill

The Company performs impairment testing of goodwill on an annual basis or more frequently when events warrant. Valuations are estimated in good faith by management through the use of publicly available valuations of comparable entities or discounted cash flow models using internal financial projections in the reporting unit’s business plan.

The goodwill impairment analysis involves a two-step process. The first step is a comparison of the reporting unit’s fair value to its carrying value. If the carrying value of a reporting unit was determined to have been higher than its fair value, the second step would have to be performed to measure the amount of impairment loss. The second step allocates the fair value to all of the assets and liabilities of the reporting unit, including any unrecognized intangible assets, in a hypothetical analysis that would calculate the implied fair value of goodwill. If the implied fair value of goodwill is less than the recorded goodwill, the Company would record an impairment charge for the difference.

The goodwill impairment analysis requires management to make subjective judgments in determining if an indicator of impairment has occurred. Events and factors that may significantly affect the analysis include: a significant decline in the Company’s expected future cash flows, a substantial increase in the discount factor, a sustained, significant decline in the Company’s stock price and market capitalization, a significant adverse change in legal factors or in the business climate. Other factors might include changing competitive forces, customer behaviors and attrition, revenue trends, cost structures, along with specific industry and market conditions. Adverse change in these factors could have a significant impact on the recoverability of intangible assets and could have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

As of December 31, 2011, the Company had three reporting units; Community Banking, Specialty Finance and Wealth Management. Based on the Company’s 2011 goodwill impairment testing, the fair values for all three reporting units were in excess of their carrying value. The Company used a discounted cash flow analysis for these reporting units, using projected cash flows that were based on growth and terminal value assumptions, among other factors. No goodwill impairment was indicated for any of the reporting units.

Derivative Instruments

The Company utilizes derivative instruments to manage risks such as interest rate risk or market risk. The Company’s policy prohibits using derivatives for speculative purposes.

Accounting for derivatives differs significantly depending on whether a derivative is designated as a hedge, which is a transaction intended to reduce a risk associated with a specific asset or liability or future expected cash flow at the time it is purchased. In order to qualify as a hedge, a derivative must be designated as such by management. Management must also continue to evaluate whether the instrument effectively reduces the risk associated with that item. To determine if a derivative instrument continues to be an effective hedge, the Company must make assumptions and judgments about the continued effectiveness of the hedging strategies and the nature and timing of forecasted transactions. If the Company’s hedging strategy were to become ineffective, hedge accounting would no longer apply and the reported results of operations or financial condition could be materially affected.

Income Taxes

The Company is subject to the income tax laws of the U.S., its states and other jurisdictions where it conducts business. These laws are complex and subject to different interpretations by the taxpayer and the various taxing authorities. In determining the provision for income taxes, management must make judgments and estimates about the application of these inherently complex laws, related regulations and case law. In the process of preparing the Company’s tax returns, management attempts to make reasonable interpretations of the tax laws. These interpretations are subject to challenge by the tax authorities upon audit or to reinterpretation based on management’s ongoing assessment of facts and evolving case law. Management reviews its uncertain tax positions and recognition of the benefits of such positions on a regular basis.

On a quarterly basis, management assesses the reasonableness of its effective tax rate based upon its current best estimate of net income and the applicable taxes expected for the full year. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are reassessed on a quarterly basis, if business events or circumstances warrant.

 

46


CONSOLIDATED RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion of Wintrust’s results of operations requires an understanding that a majority of the Company’s bank subsidiaries have been started as new banks since December 1991. Wintrust is still a relatively young company that has a strategy of continuing to build its customer base and securing broad product penetration in each marketplace that it serves. The Company has expanded its banking franchise from three banks with five offices in 1994 to 15 banks with 99 offices at the end of 2011. FIFC has matured from its limited operations in 1991 to a company that generated, on a national basis, $4.0 billion in premium finance receivables in 2011. In addition, the wealth management companies have been building a team of experienced professionals who are located within a majority of the banks. These expansion activities have understandably suppressed faster, opportunistic earnings. However, as the Company matures and its existing banks become more profitable, the start-up costs associated with bank and branch openings and other new financial services ventures will not have as significant an impact on earnings as in prior periods.

Earnings Summary

Net income for the year ended December 31, 2011, totaled $77.6 million, or $1.67 per diluted common share, compared to $63.3 million, or $1.02 per diluted common share, in 2010, and $73.1 million, or $2.18 per diluted common share, in 2009. During 2011, net income increased by $14.3 million while earnings per diluted common share increased by $0.65. During 2010, net income decreased by $9.8 million while earnings per diluted common share decreased by $1.16. Financial results in 2011 increased from 2010 as a result of decreases in both interest expense on deposits and the provision for credit losses partially offset by increased salary and employee benefit costs. Financial results in 2010 decreased from 2009 as a result of fewer bargain purchase gains in 2010 partially offset by increases in interest income on loans as well as decreases in the provision for credit losses.

Net Interest Income

The primary source of the Company’s revenue is net interest income. Net interest income is the difference between interest income and fees on earning assets, such as loans and securities, and interest expense on the liabilities to fund those assets, including interest bearing deposits and other borrowings. The amount of net interest income is affected by both changes in the level of interest rates and the amount and composition of earning assets and interest bearing liabilities. Net interest margin represents tax-equivalent net interest income as a percentage of the average earning assets during the period.

Tax-equivalent net interest income in 2011 totaled $463.1 million, up from $417.6 million in 2010 and $314.1 million in 2009, representing an increase of $45.5 million, or 11%, in 2011 and an increase of $103.5 million, or 33%, in 2010. The table presented later in this section, titled “Changes in Interest Income and Expense,” presents the dollar amount of changes in interest income and expense, by major category, attributable to changes in the volume of the balance sheet category and changes in the rate earned or paid with respect to that category of assets or liabilities for 2011 and 2010. Average earning assets increased $1.1 billion, or 9%, in 2011 and $2.0 billion, or 19%, in 2010. Loans are the most significant component of the earning asset base as they earn interest at a higher rate than the other earning assets, excluding covered loans. Average loans, excluding covered loans, increased $671.9 million, or 7%, in 2011 and $1.1 billion, or 14%, in 2010. Total average loans, excluding covered loans, as a percentage of total average earning assets were 75%, 76% and 80% in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The average yield on loans, excluding covered loans, was 5.03% in 2011, 5.67% in 2010 and 5.59% in 2009, reflecting a decrease of 64 basis points in 2011 and an increase of eight basis points in 2010. The lower loan yield in 2011 compared to 2010 was due to the negative impact of both competitive and economic pricing pressures. The higher loan yield in 2010 compared to 2009 resulted primarily from higher accretion on the purchased life insurance portfolio as more prepayments occurred in 2010. The average rate paid on interest bearing deposits, the largest component of the Company’s interest bearing liabilities, was 0.88% in 2011, 1.32% in 2010 and 2.03% in 2009, representing a decrease of 44 basis points in 2011 and 71 basis points in 2010. The lower level of interest bearing deposits rates in 2011 compared to 2010 and 2010 compared to 2009 was due to continued downward re-pricing of retail deposits in recent years. In 2008, the Company also expanded its MaxSafe® suite of products (primarily certificates of deposit and money market accounts) which, due to the Company’s fifteen individual bank charters, offer a customer higher FDIC insurance than a customer can achieve at a single charter bank. These MaxSafe® products can typically be priced at lower rates than other certificates of deposit or money market accounts due to the convenience of obtaining the higher FDIC insurance coverage by visiting only one location.

Net interest margin increased to 3.42% in 2011 compared to 3.37% in 2010. The increase in net interest margin in 2011 compared to 2010 was primarily caused by lower costs for interest-bearing deposits and increased balances and higher yields on covered loans, partially offset by lower yields on loans and a lower contribution from net free funds.

Net interest income and net interest margin were also affected by amortization of valuation adjustments to earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities of acquired businesses. Under the acquisition method of accounting, assets and liabilities of acquired businesses are required to be recognized at their estimated fair value at the date of acquisition. These valuation adjustments represent the difference between the estimated fair value and the carrying value of assets and liabilities acquired. These adjustments are amortized into interest income and interest expense based upon the estimated remaining lives of the assets and liabilities acquired, typically on an accelerated basis.

 

47


Average Balance Sheets, Interest Income and Expense, and Interest Rate Yields and Costs

The following table sets forth the average balances, the interest earned or paid thereon, and the effective interest rate, yield or cost for each major category of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009. The yields and costs include loan origination fees and certain direct origination costs that are considered adjustments to yields. Interest income on non-accruing loans is reflected in the year that it is collected, to the extent it is not applied to principal. Such amounts are not material to net interest income or the net change in net interest income in any year. Non-accrual loans are included in the average balances. Net interest income and the related net interest margin have been adjusted to reflect tax-exempt income, such as interest on municipal securities and loans, on a tax-equivalent basis. This table should be referred to in conjunction with this analysis and discussion of the financial condition and results of operations:

 

    Years Ended December 31,  
    2011     2010     2009  

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Average

Balance

    Interest     Average
Yield/
Rate
   

Average

Balance

    Interest     Average
Yield/
Rate
   

Average

Balance

    Interest     Average
Yield/
Rate
 

Assets

                 

Interest bearing deposits with banks

  $ 898,967      $ 3,419        0.38   $ 1,202,750      $ 5,171        0.43   $ 605,644      $ 3,574        0.59 %   

Securities

    1,895,566        49,740        2.62        1,402,255        40,211        2.87        1,392,346        59,091        4.24   

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements

    45,624        116        0.25        49,008        157        0.32        88,663        271        0.31   

Total liquidity management assets (1) (6)

    2,840,157        53,275        1.88        2,654,013        45,539        1.72        2,086,653        62,936        3.02   

Other earning assets (1) (2) (6)

    28,570        816        2.86        45,021        1,067        2.37        23,979        659        2.75   

Loans, net of unearned income (1) (3) (6)

    10,145,462        509,870        5.03        9,473,589        537,534        5.67        8,335,421        466,239        5.59   

Covered loans

    520,550        43,526        8.36        232,206        10,695        4.61                        

Total earning assets (6)

    13,534,739        607,487        4.49        12,404,829        594,835        4.80        10,446,053        529,834        5.07   

Allowance for loan losses

    (127,660         (111,503         (82,029    

Cash and due from banks

    138,795            137,547            108,471       

Other assets

    1,374,286                        1,125,739                        942,827                   

Total assets

  $ 14,920,160                      $ 13,556,612                      $ 11,415,322                   

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

                 

Deposits — interest bearing:

                 

NOW accounts

  $ 1,568,151      $ 5,614        0.36   $ 1,508,063      $ 8,840        0.59   $ 1,136,008      $ 8,168        0.72 %   

Wealth management deposits

    705,736        740        0.10        734,837        2,263        0.31        907,013        6,301        0.69   

Money market accounts

    1,985,881        8,639        0.44        1,666,554        12,196        0.73        1,375,767        17,779        1.29   

Savings accounts

    795,828        2,188        0.27        619,024        3,655        0.59        457,139        4,385        0.96   

Time deposits

    4,956,926        70,757        1.43        4,881,472        96,825        1.98        4,543,154        134,626        2.96   

Total interest bearing deposits

    10,012,522        87,938        0.88        9,409,950        123,779        1.32        8,419,081        171,259        2.03   

Federal Home Loan Bank advances

    449,874        16,320        3.63        418,981        16,520        3.94        434,520        18,002        4.14   

Notes payable and other borrowings

    384,256        11,023        2.87        229,569        5,943        2.59        258,322        7,064        2.73   

Secured borrowings — owed to securitization investors

    600,000        12,113        2.02        600,000        12,365        2.06                        

Subordinated notes

    43,411        750        1.70        56,370        995        1.74        66,205        1,627        2.42   

Junior subordinated notes

    249,493        16,272        6.43        249,493        17,668        6.98        249,497        17,786        7.03   

Total interest-bearing liabilities

  $ 11,739,556      $ 144,416        1.23   $ 10,964,363      $ 177,270        1.61   $ 9,427,625      $ 215,738        2.29

Non-interest bearing deposits

    1,481,594            984,416            788,034       

Other liabilities

    214,290            255,698            117,871       

Equity

    1,484,720                        1,352,135                        1,081,792                   

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

  $ 14,920,160                      $ 13,556,612                      $ 11,415,322                   

Interest rate spread (4) (6)

        3.26         3.19         2.78 %   

Net free funds/contribution (5)

  $ 1,795,183                0.16   $ 1,440,466                0.18   $ 1,018,428                0.23 %   

Net interest income/Net interest margin(6)

          $ 463,071        3.42           $ 417,565        3.37           $ 314,096        3.01 %   

 

(1)

Interest income on tax-advantaged loans, trading securities and securities reflects a tax-equivalent adjustment based on a marginal federal corporate tax rate of 35%. The total adjustments for both of the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 were $1.7 million, respectively. The total adjustments for the year ended December 31, 2009 were $2.2 million.

 

(2)

Other earning assets include brokerage customer receivables and trading account securities.

 

(3)

Loans, net of unearned income, include loans held-for-sale and non-accrual loans.

 

(4)

Interest rate spread is the difference between the yield earned on earning assets and the rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities.

 

(5)

Net free funds are the difference between total average earning assets and total average interest-bearing liabilities. The estimated contribution to net interest margin from net free funds is calculated using the rate paid for total interest-bearing liabilities.

 

(6)

See “Supplemental Financial Measures/Ratios” for additional information on this performance ratio.

 

48


Changes In Interest Income and Expense

The following table shows the dollar amount of changes in interest income (on a tax-equivalent basis) and expense by major categories of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities attributable to changes in volume or rate for the periods indicated:

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2011 Compared to 2010     2010 Compared to 2009  
(Dollars in thousands)    Change
Due to
Rate
    Change
Due to
Volume
    Total
Change
    Change
Due to
Rate
    Change
Due to
Volume
    Total
Change
 

Interest income:

            

Interest bearing deposits with banks

   $ (553     (1,199     (1,752   $ (1,176     2,773        1,597    

Securities

     (3,663     13,192        9,529        (19,188     308        (18,880 )   

Federal funds sold and securities

purchased under resale agreements

     (31     (10     (41     8        (122     (114 )   

Total liquidity management assets

     (4,247     11,983        7,736        (20,356     2,959        (17,397 )   

Other earning assets

     191        (442     (251     (102     510        408    

Loans, net of unearned income

     (63,796     36,132        (27,664     6,758        64,537        71,295    

Covered loans

     13,001        19,830        32,831               10,695        10,695    

Total interest income

     (54,851     67,503        12,652        (13,700     78,701        65,001    

Interest Expense:

            

Deposits — interest bearing:

            

NOW accounts

     (3,701     475        (3,226     (1,822     2,494        672    

Wealth management deposits

     (963     (560     (1,523     (1,982     (2,056     (4,038 )   

Money market accounts

     (5,545     1,988        (3,557     (8,806     3,223        (5,583 )   

Savings accounts

     (2,328     861        (1,467     (2,000     1,270        (730 )   

Time deposits

     (26,165     97        (26,068     (48,078     10,277        (37,801 )   

Total interest expense — deposits

     (38,702     2,861        (35,841     (62,688     15,208        (47,480 )   

Federal Home Loan Bank advances

     (1,360     1,160        (200     (851     (631     (1,482 )   

Notes payable and other borrowings

     703        4,377        5,080        (398     (723     (1,121 )   

Secured borrowings — owed to securitization investors

     (252            (252            12,365        12,365    

Subordinated notes

     (22     (223     (245     (413     (219     (632 )   

Junior subordinated notes

     (1,396            (1,396     (118            (118 )   

Total interest expense

     (41,029     8,175        (32,854     (64,468     26,000        (38,468 )   

Net interest income

   $ (13,822     59,328        45,506      $ 50,768        52,701        103,469     

The changes in net interest income are created by changes in both interest rates and volumes. In the table above, volume variances are computed using the change in volume multiplied by the previous year’s rate. Rate variances are computed using the change in rate multiplied by the previous year’s volume. The change in interest due to both rate and volume has been allocated between factors in proportion to the relationship of the absolute dollar amounts of the change in each.

 

49


Non-Interest Income

Non-interest income totaled $189.7 million in 2011, $192.2 million in 2010 and $317.6 million in 2009, reflecting a decrease of 1% in 2011 compared to 2010 and a decrease of 40% in 2010 compared to 2009.

The following table presents non-interest income by category for 2011, 2010 and 2009:

 

     Years ended December 31,     2011 compared to 2010     2010 compared to 2009  
(Dollars in thousands)    2011      2010      2009     $ Change     % Change     $ Change     % Change  

Brokerage

   $ 24,601         23,713         17,726      $ 888        4   $ 5,987        34 %   

Trust and asset management

     19,916         13,228         10,631        6,688        51        2,597        24   

Total wealth management

     44,517         36,941         28,357        7,576        21        8,584        30   

Mortgage banking

     56,942         61,378         68,527        (4,436     (7     (7,149     (10 )   

Service charges on deposit accounts

     14,963         13,433         13,037        1,530        11        396        3   

Gain on sales of commercial premium finance receivables

                     8,576                      (8,576     (100 )   

Gains (losses) on available-for - sale securities

     1,792         9,832         (268     (8,040     (82     10,100        NM   

Fees from covered call options

     13,570         2,235         1,998        11,335        NM        237        12   

Gain on bargain purchases

     37,974         44,231         156,013        (6,257     (14     (111,782     (72 )   

Trading gains

     337         5,165         26,788        (4,828     (93     (21,623     (81 )   

Other:

                

Bank Owned Life Insurance

     2,569         2,404         2,044        165        7        360        18   

Administrative services

     3,071         2,749         1,975        322        12        774        39   

Miscellaneous

     13,963         13,792         10,600        171        1        3,192        30   

Total Other

     19,603         18,945         14,619        658        3        4,326        30   

Total Non-Interest Income

   $ 189,698         192,160         317,647      $ (2,462     (1 )%    $ (125,487     (40 )%   

 

NM—Not Meaningful

Wealth management revenue is comprised of the trust and asset management revenue of the CTC and Great Lakes Advisors and the brokerage commissions, managed money fees and insurance product commissions at WHI.

Brokerage revenue is directly impacted by trading volumes. In 2011, brokerage revenue totaled $24.6 million, reflecting an increase of $888,000, or 4%, compared to 2010. The increase in brokerage revenue can be attributed to increased customer trading activity. In 2010, brokerage revenue totaled $23.7 million, reflecting an increase of $6.0 million, or 34%, compared to 2009. The increase in brokerage revenue in 2010 can be attributed to the improvement in equity markets resulting in increased customer trading activity.

Trust and asset management revenue totaled $19.9 million in 2011, an increase of $6.7 million, or 51%, compared to 2010. Trust and asset management revenue totaled $13.2 million in 2010, an increase of $2.6 million, or 24%, compared to 2009. Trust and asset management fees are based primarily on the market value of the assets under management or administration. Higher asset levels associated with growth in the wealth management customer base, including those added as a result of the Great Lakes Advisors acquisition, have helped drive revenue growth in 2011. Increased asset valuations due to equity market improvements helped growth from trust and asset management activities in 2010 as compared to 2009.

Mortgage banking revenue includes revenue from activities related to originating, selling and servicing residential real estate loans for the secondary market. Mortgage banking revenue totaled $56.9 million in 2011, $61.4 million in 2010, and $68.5 million in 2009, reflecting a decrease of $4.4 million, or 7%, in 2011, and a decrease of $7.1 million, or 10%, in 2010. Mortgages originated and sold totaled $2.5 billion in 2011 compared to $3.7 billion in 2010 and $4.7 billion in 2009. The decrease in mortgage banking revenue in

2011 compared to 2010 can be primarily attributed to lower origination volumes resulting in fewer gains on sales of loans and other fees, partially offset by decreased recourse expense in 2011. The decrease in mortgage banking revenue in 2010 compared to 2009 resulted primarily from an increase in loss indemnification claims and lower origination volumes, partially offset by higher margins on sales of loans primarily driven by utilizing mandatory execution of forward commitments with investors in 2010. Additionally, the Company enters into residential mortgage loan sale agreements with investors in the normal course of business. These agreements provide recourse to investors through certain representations concerning credit information, loan documentation, collateral and insurability. Investors request the Company to indemnify them against losses on certain loans or to repurchase loans which the investors believe do not comply with applicable representations. An increase in requests for loss indemnification can negatively impact mortgage banking revenue as additional recourse expense. The Company recognized an additional $439,000 of recourse expense related to loss indemnification claims in 2011 for loans previously sold, a decrease of $10.5 million compared to the $11.0 million of such expense recorded in 2010. This liability for loans expected to be repurchased is based on trends in repurchase and indemnification requests, actual loss experience, known and inherent risks in the loans that have been sold, and current economic conditions.

 

50


A summary of mortgage banking activities is shown below:

 

(Dollars in thousands)    Years Ended December 31,  
   2011      2010      2009  
  

 

 

 

Mortgage loans originated and sold

   $ 2,545,385           $ 3,746,127           $ 4,666,506       

Mortgage loans serviced for others

     958,749             942,224             738,372       

Fair value of mortgage servicing rights (MSRs)

     6,700             8,762             6,745       

MSRs as a percentage of loans serviced

     0.70%         0.93%         0.91%   

Gain on sales of loans and other fees

   $ 62,054           $ 75,303           $ 71,495       

Mortgage servicing rights fair value adjustments

     (4,673)           (2,955)           (2,031)     

Recourse obligation on loans previously sold

     (439)           (10,970)           (937)     
  

 

 

 

Total mortgage banking revenue

   $ 56,942           $ 61,378           $ 68,527       
  

 

 

 

Gain on sales of loans and other fees as a percentage of loans sold

     2.44%         2.01%         1.53%     

 

 

Service charges on deposit accounts totaled $15.0 million in 2011, $13.4 million in 2010 and $13.0 million in 2009, reflecting an increase of 11% in 2011 and 3% in 2010. The majority of deposit service charges relates to customary fees on overdrawn accounts and returned items. The level of service charges received is below peer group levels, as management believes in the philosophy of providing high quality service without encumbering that service with numerous activity charges.

As a result of accounting requirements effective January 1, 2010, loans transferred into the securitization facility are accounted for as a secured borrowing rather than a sale. Therefore, the Company no longer recognizes gains on sales of premium finance receivables for loans transferred into the securitization. Gain on sales of premium finance receivables of $8.6 million in 2009 is mainly attributable to the transfer of $1.2 billion of premium finance receivables — commercial to a revolving securitization during the year.

The Company recognized $1.8 million of net gains on available-for-sale securities in 2011 compared to net gains of $9.8 million in 2010 and net losses of $268,000 in 2009. The net gains in 2010 primarily relate to the sale of certain collateralized mortgage obligations. Included in net gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities are non-cash other-than-temporary-impairment (“OTTI”) charges recognized in income. The Company did not have any OTTI charges in 2011 and 2010. OTTI charges on certain corporate debt investment securities were $2.6 million in 2009.

Fees from covered call option transactions totaled $13.6 million in 2011, $2.2 million in 2010 and $2.0 million in 2009. The Company has typically written call options with terms of less than three months against certain U.S. Treasury and agency securities held in its portfolio for liquidity and other purposes. Historically, Management has effectively entered into these transactions with the goal of enhancing its overall return on its investment portfolio by using fees generated from these options to compensate for net interest margin compression. These option transactions are designed to increase the total return associated with holding certain investment securities and do not qualify as hedges pursuant to accounting guidance. In 2010 and 2009, Management chose to engage in minimal covered call option activity due to lower than acceptable security yields. There were no outstanding call option contracts at December 31, 2011, December 31, 2010 or December 31, 2009.

Gain on bargain purchases totaled $38.0 million in 2011, $44.2 million in 2010, and $156.0 million in 2009, reflecting an decrease of

$6.3 million in 2011 and a decrease of $111.8 million in 2010. The gain on bargain purchases in 2011 relates to the FDIC-assisted acquisition of TBOC by Schaumburg and the FDIC-assisted acquisitions of CFBC and First Chicago by Northbrook. In 2010, the gains on bargain purchases primarily resulted from three FDIC-assisted bank acquisitions as well as the acquisition of the life insurance premium finance receivable portfolio. In 2010, third party consents were received and all remaining funds held in escrow for the purchase of the life insurance premium finance receivable portfolio were released, resulting in recognition of the remaining deferred bargain purchase gain. The gain on bargain purchase of $156.0 million recognized in 2009 resulted from the acquisition of the life insurance premium finance receivable portfolio. See Note 8 — Business Combinations for a discussion of the transaction and gain calculation.

The Company recognized $337,000 of trading gains in 2011, $5.2 million in 2010, and $26.8 million in 2009. The decrease in trading gains in 2011 compared to 2010 as well as 2010 compared to 2009 resulted primarily from realizing larger market value increases on certain collateralized mortgage obligations which were sold in July 2010. The Company purchased these securities at a significant discount in the first quarter of 2009. These securities increased in value after their purchase due to market spreads tightening, increased mortgage prepayments due to the favorable mortgage rate environment and lower than projected default rates.

Bank owned life insurance (“BOLI”) generated non-interest income of $2.6 million in 2011, $2.4 million in 2010 and $2.0 million in 2009. This income typically represents adjustments to the cash surrender value of BOLI policies. The Company initially purchased

 

51


BOLI to consolidate existing term life insurance contracts of executive officers and to mitigate the mortality risk associated with death benefits provided for in executive employment contracts and in connection with certain deferred compensation arrangements. The Company has also assumed additional BOLI since then as the result of the acquisition of certain banks. The cash surrender value of BOLI totaled $101.0 million at December 31, 2011 and $92.2 million at December 31, 2010, and is included in other assets.

Administrative services revenue generated by Tricom was $3.1 million in 2011, $2.7 million in 2010 and $2.0 million in 2009. This revenue comprises income from administrative services, such as data processing of payrolls, billing and cash management services, to temporary staffing service clients located throughout the United States. Tricom also earns interest and fee income from providing high-yielding, short-term accounts receivable financing to this same client base, which is included in the net interest income category. The increases in recent years are a result of an increase in the volume of Tricom’s client billings.

Miscellaneous other non-interest income totaled $14.0 million in 2011, $13.8 million in 2010 and $10.6 million in 2009. Miscellaneous income includes loan servicing fees, service charges, swap fees and other fees. The increase in miscellaneous income in 2011 compared to 2010 and 2010 compared to 2009 is primarily attributed to swap fee revenues from interest rate hedging transactions related to both customer-based trades and the related matched trades with inter-bank dealer counterparties. The Company recognized $6.8 million of swap fee revenue in 2011 compared to $1.5 million in 2010 and $903,000 in 2009. The revenue recognized on this customer-based activity is sensitive to the pace of organic loan growth, the shape of the LIBOR curve and the customers’ expectations of interest rates.

Non-Interest Expense

Non-interest expense totaled $420.4 million in 2011, and increased $37.9 million, or 10%, compared to 2010. In 2010, non-interest expense totaled $382.5 million, and increased $38.4 million, or 11%, compared to 2009.

The following table presents non-interest expense by category for 2011, 2010 and 2009:

 

     Years ended December 31,      2011 compared to 2010     2010 compared to 2009  
(Dollars in thousands)    2011      2010      2009      $ Change     % Change     $ Change     % Change  

Salaries and employee benefits:

                 

Salaries

   $ 138,452         120,210         108,847       $ 18,242        15   $ 11,363        10 %   

Commissions and bonus

     55,721         58,107         45,503         (2,386     (4     12,604        28   

Benefits

     43,612         37,449         32,528         6,163        16        4,921        15   

Total salaries and employee benefits

     237,785         215,766         186,878         22,019        10        28,888        15   

Equipment

     18,267         16,529         16,119         1,738        11        410        3   

Occupancy, net

     28,764         24,444         23,806         4,320        18        638        3   

Data processing

     14,568         15,355         12,982         (787     (5     2,373        18   

Advertising and marketing

     8,380         6,315         5,369         2,065        33        946        18   

Professional fees

     16,874         16,394         13,399         480        3        2,995        22   

Amortization of other intangible assets

     3,425         2,739         2,784         686        25        (45     (2 )   

FDIC insurance

     14,143         18,028         21,199         (3,885     (22     (3,171     (15 )   

OREO expenses, net

     26,340         19,331         18,963         7,009        36        368        2   

Other:

                 

Commissions — 3rd party brokers

     3,829         4,003         3,095         (174     (4     908        29   

Postage

     4,672         4,813         4,833         (141     (3     (20       

Stationery and supplies

     3,818         3,374         3,189         444        13        185        6   

Miscellaneous

     39,539         35,434         31,471         4,105        12        3,963        13   

Total other

     51,858         47,624         42,588         4,234        9        5,036        12   

Total Non-Interest Expense

   $ 420,404         382,525         344,087       $ 37,879        10   $ 38,438        11 %   

Salaries and employee benefits is the largest component of non-interest expense, accounting for 57% of the total in 2011, 56% of the total in 2010 and 54% of the total in 2009. For the year ended December 31, 2011, salaries and employee benefits totaled $237.8 million and increased $22.0 million, or 10%, compared to 2010. This increase can be attributed to an $18.2 million increase in salaries resulting from additional employees from acquisitions and larger staffing as the company grows and a $6.2 million increase in employee benefits (primarily health plan and payroll taxes related), partially offset by a $2.4 million decrease in bonus expense and commissions attributable to variable pay based revenue. For the year ended December 31, 2010, salaries and employee benefits totaled $215.8 million and increased $28.9 million, or 15%, compared to 2009. This increase can be attributed to a $12.6 million increase in bonus expense and commissions as variable pay based revenue increased (primarily wealth management revenue and mortgage banking revenue), an $11.4 million increase in salaries resulting from additional employees from the three FDIC-assisted transactions in 2010 and larger staffing as the company grows, and a $4.9 million increase in employee benefits (primarily health plan and payroll taxes related).

Equipment expense, which includes furniture, equipment and computer software, depreciation and repairs and maintenance costs, totaled $18.3 million in 2011, $16.5 million in 2010 and $16.1 million in 2009, reflecting an increase of 11% in 2011 and an increase of 3% in 2010. The increase in 2011 is primarily a result of increased equipment depreciation expense.

 

52


Occupancy expense for the years 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $28.8 million, $24.4 million and $23.8 million, respectively, reflecting increases of 18% in 2011 and 3% in 2010. Occupancy expense includes depreciation on premises, real estate taxes, utilities and maintenance of premises, as well as net rent expense for leased premises. The increase in 2011 is primarily the result of rent expense on additional leased premises and depreciation on owned locations which were obtained in the Company’s acquisitions.

Data processing expenses totaled $14.6 million in 2011, $15.4 million in 2010 and $13.0 million in 2009, representing a decrease of 5% in 2011 and an increase of 18% in 2010. Data processing expenses have been elevated in 2011 and 2010 primarily due to the overall growth of loan and deposit accounts as well as additional expenses incurred for bank acquisition transactions in 2011 and 2010. The decrease in data processing expenses in 2011 compared to 2010 is primarily a result of more favorable terms from third-party providers.

Advertising and marketing expenses totaled $8.4 million for 2011, $6.3 million for 2010 and $5.4 million for 2009. Marketing costs are necessary to promote the Company’s commercial banking capabilities, the Company’s MaxSafe® suite of products, to announce new branch openings as well as the expansion of the wealth management business, to continue to promote community-based products and to attract loans and deposits. The level of marketing expenditures depends on the type of marketing programs utilized which are determined based on the market area, targeted audience, competition and various other factors. Management continues to utilize mass market media promotions as well as targeted marketing programs in certain market areas. In 2011, advertising and marketing costs increased as a result of rebranding initiatives to increase Wintrust name recognition.

Professional fees include legal, audit and tax fees, external loan review costs and normal regulatory exam assessments. These fees totaled $16.9 million in 2011, $16.4 million in 2010 and $13.4 million in 2009. The increases in 2011 and 2010 are primarily related to increased legal costs related to non-performing assets and acquisition related activities.

Amortization of other intangibles assets relates to the amortization of core deposit premiums and customer list intangibles established in connection with certain business combinations. See Note 9 of the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information on these intangible assets.

FDIC insurance expense totaled $14.1 million in 2011, $18.0 million in 2010 and $21.2 million in 2009. Effective April 1, 2011, standards applied in FDIC assessments set forth in the FDIA were revised by the Dodd-Frank Act. These revisions modified definitions of a company’s insurance assessment base and assessment rates which led to the Company’s decreased FDIC insurance expense in 2011 compared to 2010. The decrease in FDIC insurance expense for 2010 compared to 2009 was a result of an industry-wide special assessment imposed on financial institutions by the FDIC in the second quarter of 2009. Additionally, on December 30, 2009, FDIC insured institutions were required to prepay 13 quarters of estimated deposit insurance premiums. The Company recorded the prepaid deposit insurance premiums as an asset and is expensing them over the three year assessment period.

OREO expenses include all costs associated with obtaining, maintaining and selling other real estate owned properties as well as valuation adjustments. This expense was $26.3 million in 2011, $19.3 million in 2010, and $19.0 million in 2009. While relatively unchanged in 2010 compared to 2009, OREO expenses increased in 2011 primarily related to higher valuation adjustments of properties held in OREO in 2011 as real estate values continued to show stress and generally declined during the year.

Commissions paid to third party brokers primarily represent the commissions paid on revenue generated by WHI through its network of unaffiliated banks.

Miscellaneous non-interest expense includes ATM expenses, correspondent banking charges, directors’ fees, telephone, travel and entertainment, corporate insurance, dues and subscriptions and lending origination costs that are not deferred. This category increased $4.1 million, or 12%, in 2011 and increased $4.0 million, or 13%, in 2010. The increase in 2011 compared to 2010 is mainly attributable to expenses related to covered assets.

Income Taxes

The Company recorded income tax expense of $50.5 million in 2011, $37.5 million in 2010 and $44.4 million in 2009. The effective tax rates were 39.4%, 37.2% and 37.8% in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The higher effective tax rate in 2011 compared to 2009 and 2010 is primarily attributable to increases in state income taxes, including the impact of a 2.2% increase in the Illinois corporate tax rate in 2011. Please refer to Note 18 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion and analysis of the Company’s tax position, including a reconciliation of the tax expense computed at the statutory tax rate to the Company’s actual tax expense.

Operating Segment Results

As described in Note 25 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, the Company’s operations consist of three primary segments: community banking, specialty finance and wealth management. The Company’s profitability is primarily dependent on the net interest income, provision for credit losses, non-interest income and operating expenses of its community banking segment. The net interest income of the community banking segment includes interest income and related interest costs from portfolio loans that

 

53


were purchased from the specialty finance segment. For purposes of internal segment profitability analysis, management reviews the results of its specialty finance segment as if all loans originated and sold to the community banking segment were retained within that segment’s operations. Similarly, for purposes of analyzing the contribution from the wealth management segment, management allocates a portion of the net interest income earned by the community banking segment on deposit balances of customers of the wealth management segment to the wealth management segment. (See “wealth management deposits” discussion in the Deposits and Other Funding Sources section of this report for more information on these deposits.)

The community banking segment’s net interest income for the year ended December 31, 2011 totaled $428.1 million as compared to $386.6 million for the same period in 2010, an increase of $41.5 million, or 11%, whereas the segment’s net interest income in 2010 compared to 2009 increased $86.0 million or 29%. The increases in 2011 compared to 2010 as well as 2010 compared to 2009 were primarily attributable to earning assets acquired in FDIC-assisted bank acquisitions in each period and the ability to gather interest-bearing deposits at more reasonable rates. Provision for credit losses decreased to $102.5 million in 2011 compared to $105.0 million in 2010 and $165.3 million in 2009. Provision for credit losses decreased in 2011 compared to 2010 because of improved credit quality ratios, including reduced levels of non-performing loans, in 2011. Non-interest income for the community banking segment increased $7.3 million, or 5% in 2011 when compared to the 2010 total of $133.1 million. This increase was primarily attributable to an increase in fees from covered call options offset by lower bargain purchase gains. The community banking segment’s non-interest income totaled $133.1 million in 2010, an increase of $40.5 million, or 44%, when compared to the 2009 total of $92.6 million. This increase was primarily attributable to bargain purchase gains from the three FDIC-assisted acquisitions in 2010. The community banking segment’s net income for the year ended December 31, 2011 totaled $83.6 million, an increase of $12.1 million, compared to net income of $71.4 million in 2010. Net income for the year ended December 31, 2010 of $71.4 million was an increase of $97.3 million in net income as compared to a net loss in 2009 of $25.9 million.

The specialty finance segment’s net interest income totaled $112.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, an increase of $22.6 million, or 25%, over the $89.9 million in 2010. The specialty finance segment’s net interest income totaled $89.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, an increase of $20.0 million, or 29%, over the $69.9 million in 2009. The specialty finance segment’s non-interest income totaled $3.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 and decreased $10.5 million from the $13.6 million in 2010. The decrease in non-interest income in 2011 is primarily a result of bargain purchase gain recognized in 2010. See Note 8 of the Consolidated Financial Statements for a discussion of the bargain purchase. For 2011, our commercial premium finance operations, life insurance premium finance operations and accounts receivable finance operations accounted for 56%, 37% and 7%, respectively, of the total revenues of our specialty finance business. Net income of the specialty finance segment totaled $46.4 million, $32.5 million and $120.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The increase in net income in 2011 compared to 2010 resulted primarily from increased interest income as well as decreased provision expense in 2011. The decrease in net income in 2010 compared to 2009 is a result of the life insurance premium finance receivable bargain purchase gain in 2009 and, in the second quarter of 2010, fraud perpetrated against a number of premium finance companies in the industry, including the property and casualty division of our premium financing subsidiary, which increased the provision for credit losses by $15.7 million.

The wealth management segment reported net interest income of $8.5 for 2011 compared to $12.3 million for 2010 and 2009. Net interest income is comprised of the net interest earned on brokerage customer receivables at WHI and an allocation of a portion of the net interest income earned by the community banking segment on non-interest bearing and interest-bearing wealth management customer account balances on deposit at the banks. The allocated net interest income included in this segment’s profitability was $7.8 million ($4.8 million after tax) in 2011 and $11.8 million ($7.3 million after tax) in 2010 and 2009 respectively. During the fourth quarter of 2009, the contribution attributable to the wealth management deposits was redefined to measure the value as an alternative source of funding for each bank. In previous periods, the contribution from these deposits was measured as the full net interest income contribution. The redefined measure better reflects the value of these deposits to the Company. Wealth management customer account balances on deposit at the banks averaged $635.5 million, $617.4 million and $634.4 million in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. This segment recorded non-interest income of $54.9 million for 2011 as compared to $45.4 million for 2010 and $38.3 million for 2009. This increase is primarily due to an increased in customer base as a result of the Great Lakes Advisors acquisition. Distribution of wealth management services through each bank continues to be a focus of the Company as the number of brokers in its banks continues to increase. Wintrust is committed to growing the wealth management segment in order to better service its customers and create a more diversified revenue stream. This segment reported net income of $7.1 million for 2011 compared to $6.9 million for 2010 and $5.6 million for 2009.

ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

Total assets were $15.9 billion at December 31, 2011, representing an increase of $1.9 billion, or 14%, when compared to December 31, 2010. Total funding, which includes deposits, all notes and advances, including secured borrowings and the junior subordinated debentures, was $14.2 billion at December 31, 2011 and $12.4 billion at December 31, 2010. See Notes 3, 4, and 11 through 15 of the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional period-end detail on the Company’s interest-earning assets and funding liabilities.

 

54


Interest-Earning Assets

The following table sets forth, by category, the composition of average earning assets and the relative percentage of each category to total average earning assets for the periods presented:

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2011     2010     2009  
(Dollars in thousands)    Balance      Percent     Balance      Percent     Balance      Percent  

Loans:

               

Commercial

   $ 2,130,706         16   $ 1,828,897         15   $ 1,584,868         15

Commercial real estate

     3,403,865         25        3,332,850         27        3,405,136         33   

Home equity

     885,111         7        922,907         7        919,233         9   

Residential real estate (1)

     518,643         4        587,629         5        503,910         5   

Premium finance receivables

     3,035,213         22        2,622,935         21        1,653,786         16   

Indirect consumer loans

     57,913                70,295         1        134,757         1   

Other loans

     114,011         1        108,076         1        133,731         1   

Total loans, net of

               

unearned income (2)

               

excluding covered

               

loans

   $ 10,145,462         75   $ 9,473,589         77   $ 8,335,421         80

Covered loans

     520,550         4        232,206         2                  

Total average loans (2)

   $ 10,666,012         79   $ 9,705,795         79   $ 8,335,421         80

Liquidity management assets (3)

   $ 2,840,157         21        2,654,013         21        2,086,653         20   

Other earning assets (4)

     28,570                45,021                23,979           

Total average earning assets

   $ 13,534,739         100   $ 12,404,829         100   $ 10,446,053         100

Total average assets

   $ 14,920,160               $ 13,556,612               $ 11,415,322            

Total average earning assets to total average assets

              91              92              92

 

(1)

Includes mortgage loans held-for-sale

 

(2)

Includes loans held-for-sale and non-accrual loans

 

(3)

Liquidity management assets include available-for-sale securities, Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve Bank stock, interest earning deposits with banks, federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements

 

(4)

Other earning assets include brokerage customer receivables and trading account securities

Total average earning assets increased $1.1 billion, or 9%, in 2011 and $2.0 billion, or 19%, in 2010. Average earning assets comprised 91% of average total assets in 2011 and 92% of average total assets in 2010 and 2009.

Loans. Average total loans, net of unearned income, totaled $10.7 billion and increased $960.2 million, or 10%, in 2011 and $9.7 billion, or 16%, in 2010. Average commercial loans totaled $2.1 billion in 2011, and increased $301.8 million, or 17%, over the average balance in 2010, while average commercial real estate loans totaled $3.4 billion in 2011, increasing $71.0 million, or 2%, since 2010. From 2009 to 2010, average commercial loans increased $244.0 million, or 15%, while average commercial real estate loans decreased slightly by $72.3 million, or 2%. The growth realized in these categories for 2011 and 2010 is primarily attributable to increased business development efforts. Combined, these categories comprised 41% of the average loan portfolio in 2011 and 42% in 2010. Approximately $288.3 million of the average loan increase in 2010 as compared to 2009 relates to the covered loans portfolio, which relates to the various FDIC-assisted acquisitions in 2010 and 2011.

Home equity loans averaged $885.1 million in 2011, and decreased $37.8 million, or 4%, when compared to the average balance in 2010. Home equity loans averaged $922.9 million in 2010, and increased $3.7 million, or 0.4%, when compared to the average balance in 2009. Unused commitments on home equity lines of credit totaled $762.2 million at December 31, 2011 and $829.9 million at December 31, 2010. As a result of economic conditions, the Company has been actively managing its home equity portfolio to ensure that diligent pricing, appraisal and other underwriting activities continue to exist. The Company has not sacrificed asset quality or pricing standards when originating new home equity loans.

Residential real estate loans averaged $518.6 million in 2011, and decreased $69.0 million, or 12%, from the average balance in 2010. Mortgage interest rates, on average, have been higher in 2011 as compared to 2010, which has resulted in lower origination volumes in 2011. In 2010, residential real estate loans averaged $587.6 million, and increased $83.7 million, or 17%, from the average balance in 2009. This category includes mortgage loans held-for-sale. By selling residential mortgage loans into the secondary market, the Company eliminates the interest-rate risk associated with these loans, as they are predominantly long-term fixed rate loans, and provides a source of non-interest revenue.

Average premium finance receivables totaled $3.0 billion in 2011, and accounted for 27% of the Company’s average total loans. Premium finance receivables consist of a commercial portfolio and a life portfolio, comprising 47% and 53%, respectively, of the average total balance for 2011 compared to 49% and 51%, respectively, for 2010. In 2011, average premium finance receivables

 

55


increased $412.3 million, or 16%, compared to 2010. The increase during 2011 compared to 2010 was the result of continued originations within the portfolio due to the effective marketing and customer servicing. Approximately $4.0 billion of premium finance receivables were originated in 2011 compared to approximately $3.7 billion in 2010. In 2010, average premium finance receivables increased $969.1 million, or 59%, from the average balance of $1.7 billion in 2009. The increase in the average balance of premium finance receivables in 2010 is a result of recording the securitization receivables on the statement of condition effective January 1, 2010 and significant originations within the portfolio during the period. Historically, the majority of premium finance receivables, commercial and life insurance, were purchased by the banks in order to more fully utilize their lending capacity as these loans generally provide the banks with higher yields than alternative investments. FIFC originations of commercial premium finance receivables that were not purchased by the banks were typically sold to unrelated third parties with servicing retained. During the third quarter of 2009, FIFC initially sold $695 million in commercial premium finance receivables to our indirect subsidiary, FIFC Premium Funding I, LLC, which in turn sold $600 million in aggregate principal amount of notes backed by such commercial premium finance receivables in a securitization transaction sponsored by FIFC. Under the terms of the securitization, FIFC had the right, but not the obligation, to securitize additional receivables in the future and is responsible for the servicing, administration and collection of securitized receivables and related security in accordance with FIFC’s credit and collection policy. Principal collections on loans in the securitization entity were initially used to subsequently acquire and transfer additional loans into the securitization entity during the stated revolving period. As of December 31, 2011, the stated revolving period has ended and the majority of collections are now being accumulated to payoff the issued instruments as scheduled. FIFC’s obligations under the securitization are subject to customary covenants, including the obligation to file and amend financing statements; the obligation to pay costs and expenses; the obligation to indemnify other parties for its breach or failure to perform; the obligation to defend the right, title and interest of the transferee of the conveyed receivables against third party claims; the obligation to repurchase the securitized receivables if certain representations fail to be true and correct and receivables are materially and adversely affected thereby; the obligation to maintain its corporate existence and licenses to operate; and the obligation to qualify the securitized notes under the securities laws. In the event of a default by FIFC under certain of these obligations, the ability to add loans to securitization facility could terminate.

Indirect consumer loans are comprised primarily of automobile loans originated at Hinsdale Bank. These loans are financed from networks of unaffiliated automobile dealers located throughout the Chicago metropolitan area with which the Company had established relationships. The risks associated with the Company’s portfolios are diversified among many individual borrowers. Like other consumer loans, the indirect consumer loans are subject to the Banks’ established credit standards. Management regards substantially all of these loans as prime quality loans. In the third quarter of 2008, as a result of competitive pricing pressures, the Company ceased the origination of indirect automobile loans through Hinsdale Bank. However, as a result of favorable pricing opportunities coupled with reduced competition in the indirect consumer automobile lending business, the Company re-entered this business with originations through Hinsdale Bank in the fourth quarter of 2010. During 2011, 2010 and 2009 average indirect consumer loans totaled $57.9 million, $70.3 million and $134.8 million, respectively.

Other loans represent a wide variety of personal and consumer loans to individuals as well as high-yielding short-term accounts receivable financing to clients in the temporary staffing industry located throughout the United States. Consumer loans generally have shorter terms and higher interest rates than mortgage loans but generally involve more credit risk due to the type and nature of the collateral. Additionally, short-term accounts receivable financing may also involve greater credit risks than generally associated with the loan portfolios of more traditional community banks depending on the marketability of the collateral.

Covered loans represent loans acquired in FDIC-assisted transactions. These loans are subject to loss sharing agreements with the FDIC. The FDIC has agreed to reimburse the Company for 80% of losses incurred on the purchased loans, other real estate owned, and certain other assets. See Note 8 — Business Combinations for a discussion of these acquisitions.

Liquidity Management Assets. Funds that are not utilized for loan originations are used to purchase investment securities and short- term money market investments, to sell as federal funds and to maintain in interest-bearing deposits with banks. The balances of these assets fluctuate frequently based on deposit inflows, the level of other funding sources and loan demand. Average liquidity management assets accounted for 21% of total average earning assets in 2011 and 2010 and 20% in 2009. Average liquidity management assets increased $186.1 million in 2011 compared to 2010, and increased $567.4 million in 2010 compared to 2009. The balances of liquidity management assets can fluctuate based on management’s ongoing effort to manage liquidity and for asset liability management purposes.

Other earning assets. Other earning assets include brokerage customer receivables and trading account securities. In the normal course of business, WHI activities involve the execution, settlement, and financing of various securities transactions. WHI’s customer securities activities are transacted on either a cash or margin basis. In margin transactions, WHI, under an agreement with the out- sourced securities firm, extends credit to its customers, subject to various regulatory and internal margin requirements, collateralized by cash and securities in customer’s accounts. In connection with these activities, WHI executes and the out-sourced firm clears customer transactions relating to the sale of securities not yet purchased, substantially all of which are transacted on a margin basis subject to individual exchange regulations. Such transactions may expose WHI to off-balance-sheet risk, particularly in volatile trading markets, in the event margin requirements are not sufficient to fully cover losses that customers may incur. In the event a customer fails to satisfy its obligations, WHI under an agreement with the out-sourced securities firm, may be required to purchase or sell financial instruments at prevailing market prices to fulfill the customer’s obligations. WHI seeks to control the risks associated with its customers’ activities by requiring customers to maintain margin collateral in compliance with various regulatory and internal

 

56


guidelines. WHI monitors required margin levels daily and, pursuant to such guidelines, requires customers to deposit additional collateral or to reduce positions when necessary.

Deposits and Other Funding Sources

Total deposits at December 31, 2011, were $12.3 billion, increasing $1.5 billion, or 14%, compared to the $10.8 billion at December 31, 2010. Average deposit balances in 2011 were $11.5 billion, reflecting an increase of $1.1 billion, or 11%, compared to the average balances in 2010. During 2010, average deposits increased $1.2 billion, or 13%, compared to the prior year.

The increase in year end and average deposits in 2011 over 2010 reflects the Company’s efforts to increase its deposit base. During 2011, a majority of the increase can be attributed to the Company’s acquisitions including approximately $667.8 million of deposits in the First Chicago acquisition, $241.1 million of deposits in the Elgin acquisition, $164.7 million of deposits in the TBOC acquisition and $48.7 million in deposits in the CFBC acquisition. Average wealth management deposits decreased in 2011 and 2010 compared to 2009 as a result of fewer deposits of brokerage customers from unaffiliated companies.

The following table presents the composition of average deposits by product category for each of the last three years:

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2011     2010     2009  
(Dollars in thousands)    Balance      Percent     Balance      Percent     Balance      Percent  

Non-interest bearing deposits

   $ 1,481,594         13   $ 984,416         9   $ 788,034         9 %   

NOW accounts

     1,568,151         14        1,508,063         15        1,136,008         12   

Wealth management deposits

     705,736         6        734,837         7        907,013         10   

Money market accounts

     1,985,881         17        1,666,554         16        1,375,767         15   

Savings accounts

     795,828         7        619,024         6        457,139         5   

Time certificates of deposit

     4,956,926         43        4,881,472         47        4,543,154         49   

Total average deposits

   $ 11,494,116         100   $ 10,394,366         100   $ 9,207,115         100 %   

Wealth management deposits are funds from the brokerage customers of WHI, the trust and asset management customers of CTC and brokerage customers from unaffiliated companies which have been placed into deposit accounts of the banks (“wealth management deposits” in table above). Wealth management deposits consist primarily of money market accounts. Consistent with reasonable interest rate risk parameters, the funds have generally been invested in loan production of the banks as well as other investments suitable for banks.

The following table presents average deposit balances for each Bank and the relative percentage of total consolidated average deposits held by each Bank during each of the past three years:

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2011     2010     2009  
(Dollars in thousands)    Balance      Percent     Balance      Percent     Balance      Percent  

Lake Forest Bank

   $ 1,411,410         12   $ 1,411,511         14   $ 1,146,196         12 %   

Northbrook Bank

     1,340,877         12        845,114         8        692,329         8   

North Shore Bank

     1,307,488         11        1,136,925         11        980,079         11   

Hinsdale Bank

     1,136,330         10        1,116,568         11        1,086,748         12   

Libertyville Bank

     941,939         8        904,783         9        882,366         10   

Barrington Bank

     928,459         8        886,261         8        776,009         8   

Village Bank

     644,556         6        634,211         6        592,043         6   

Town Bank

     629,235         6        595,454         6        571,568         6   

Wheaton Bank

     591,791         5        593,409         6        353,845         4   

State Bank of The Lakes

     590,497         5        562,418         5        546,774         6   

Crystal Lake Bank

     563,268         5        555,920         5        536,091         6   

Schaumburg Bank

     469,167         4        370,890         4        353,938         4   

Beverly Bank

     337,484         3        297,878         3        246,474         3   

St. Charles Bank

     322,216         3        225,688         2        194,534         1   

Old Plank Trail Bank

     279,399         2        257,336         2        248,121         3   

Total deposits

     11,494,116         100      $ 10,394,366         100   $ 9,207,115         100 %   

Percentage increase from prior year

              11              13              20 %   

Other Funding Sources. Although deposits are the Company’s primary source of funding its interest-earning assets, the Company’s ability to manage the types and terms of deposits is somewhat limited by customer preferences and market competition. As a result, in addition to deposits and the issuance of equity securities, as well as the retention of earnings, the Company uses several other funding sources to support its growth. These other sources include short-term borrowings, notes payable, FHLB advances, subordinated debt, secured borrowings and junior subordinated debentures. The Company evaluates the terms and unique characteristics of each source, as well as its asset-liability management position, in determining the use of such funding sources.

 

57


The composition of average other funding sources in 2011, 2010 and 2009 is presented in the following table:

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2011     2010     2009  
     Average      Percent     Average      Percent     Average      Percent  
(Dollars in thousands)    Balance      of Total     Balance      of Total     Balance      of Total  

Notes payable

   $ 2,489           $ 1,000           $ 1,000        

Federal Home Loan Bank advances

     449,874         26        418,981         27        434,520         43   

Secured borrowings—owed to securitization investors

     600,000         35        600,000         39                  

Subordinated notes

     43,411         3        56,370         4        66,205         7   

Short-term borrowings

     343,785         20        226,028         14        255,504         25   

Junior subordinated debentures

     249,493         14        249,493         16        249,497         25   

Other

     37,982         2        2,541                1,818           

Total other funding sources

   $ 1,727,034         100   $ 1,554,413         100   $ 1,008,544         100

Notes payable balances represent the balances on a credit agreement with unaffiliated banks and an unsecured promissory note as a result of the Great Lakes Advisors acquisition. The credit agreement is a $76 million credit facility available for corporate purposes such as to provide capital to fund continued growth at existing bank subsidiaries, possible future acquisitions and for other general corporate matters. At December 31, 2011 the Company had $52.8 million of notes payable outstanding as compared to $1.0 million outstanding at December 31, 2010. See Note 12 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion.

FHLB advances provide the banks with access to fixed rate funds which are useful in mitigating interest rate risk and achieving an acceptable interest rate spread on fixed rate loans or securities. FHLB advances to the banks totaled $474.5 million at December 31,

2011 and $423.5 million at December 31, 2010. See Note 13 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion of the terms of these advances.

The Company borrowed $75.0 million under three separate $25.0 million subordinated note agreements. Each subordinated note requires annual principal payments of $5.0 million beginning in the sixth year of the note and has terms of ten years with final maturity dates in 2012, 2013 and 2015. Subject to certain limitations, these notes qualify as Tier 2 regulatory capital. Subordinated notes totaled $35.0 million and $50.0 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. See Note 14 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion of the terms of the notes.

Beginning in 2010, the Company accounted for its third quarter 2009 securitization transaction as a secured borrowing. Secured borrowings totaled $600.0 million at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010. See Note 6 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion.

Other borrowings include securities sold under repurchase agreements, federal funds purchased and debt issued by the Company in conjunction with its tangible equity unit offering in December 2010. These borrowings totaled $443.8 million and $260.6 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Securities sold under repurchase agreements represent sweep accounts for certain customers in connection with master repurchase agreements at the banks as well as short-term borrowings from banks and brokers. This funding category fluctuates based on customer preferences and daily liquidity needs of the banks, their customers and the banks’ operating subsidiaries. See Note 15 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion of these borrowings.

The Company has $249.5 million of junior subordinated debentures outstanding as of December 31, 2011 and 2010. The amounts reflected on the balance sheet represent the junior subordinated debentures issued to nine trusts by the Company and equal the amount of the preferred and common securities issued by the trusts. See Note 16 of the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion of the Company’s junior subordinated debentures. Junior subordinated debentures, subject to certain limitations, currently qualify as Tier 1 regulatory capital. Interest expense on these debentures is deductible for tax purposes, resulting in a cost-efficient form of regulatory capital.

Debt issued by the Company in conjunction with its tangible equity unit offering in December 2010 is recorded within other borrowings. The total proceeds attributed to the debt component of the offering, net of issuance costs, was $43.3 million. See Note

24 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion of these units.

Shareholders’ Equity. Total shareholders’ equity was $1.5 billion at December 31, 2011, an increase of $107 million from the December 31, 2010 total of $1.4 billion. The increase in 2011 was a primarily a result of net income of $77.6 million in 2011 less preferred and common stock dividends of $10.3 million, $5.6 million credited to surplus for stock-based compensation costs, $31.5 million from the issuance of shares of the Company’s common stock related to acquisitions and pursuant to various stock compensation plans and $2.6 million in higher net unrealized gains from available-for-sale securities and net unrealized gains from cash flow hedges, net of tax.

Changes in shareholders’ equity from 2009 to 2010 was primarily the result of $494.4 million from the issuance of common stock and tangible equity units in March and December of 2010, net income of $63.3 million less preferred and common stock dividends of $21.2 million, offset by a reduction in preferred stock of $250.0 million.

 

58


LOAN PORTFOLIO AND ASSET QUALITY

Loan Portfolio

The following table shows the Company’s loan portfolio by category as of December 31 for each of the five previous fiscal years:

 

     2011      2010      2009      2008      2007  
  

 

 

 
            % of             % of             % of             % of             % of  

(Dollars in thousands)

   Amount      Total      Amount      Total      Amount      Total      Amount      Total      Amount      Total  
  

 

 

 

Commercial

   $ 2,498,313         22%       $ 2,049,326         21%       $ 1,743,209         21%       $ 1,423,583         19%       $ 1,321,960         20%   

Commercial real-estate

     3,514,261         31         3,338,007         34         3,296,697         39         3,355,081         44         3,086,701         45       

Home equity

     862,345         8         914,412         9         930,482         11         896,438         12         678,298         10       

Residential real-estate

     350,289         3         353,336         3         306,296         4         262,908         3         226,686         3       

Premium finance receivables—commercial

     1,412,454         13         1,265,500         13         730,144         9         1,243,858         16         1,069,781         16       

Premium finance receivables—life insurance

     1,695,225         15         1,521,886         15         1,197,893         14         102,728         2         8,404         —       

Indirect consumer

     64,545         1         51,147         1         98,134         1         175,955         2         241,393         4       

Other loans

     123,945         1         106,272         1         108,916         1         160,518         2         168,379         2       
  

 

 

 

Total loans, net of unearned income, excluding covered loans

   $ 10,521,377         94%       $ 9,599,886         97%       $ 8,411,771         100%       $ 7,621,069         100%       $ 6,801,602         100%   

Covered loans

     651,368         6         334,353         3         —           —           —           —           —           —       
  

 

 

 

Total loans

   $ 11,172,745         100%       $ 9,934,239         100%       $ 8,411,771         100%       $ 7,621,069         100%       $ 6,801,602         100%   

 

 

 

59


Commercial and commercial real estate loans. The table below sets forth information regarding the types, amounts and performance of our loans within these portfolios (excluding covered loans) as of December 31, 2011 and 2010:

 

As of December 31, 2011

(Dollars in thousands)

   Balance      % of
Total Balance
    Non-accrual      > 90 Days
Past Due and
Still Accruing
     Allowance
For Loan Losses
Allocation
 

Commercial:

             

Commercial and industrial

   $ 1,450,451         24.2    $ 16,154       $ —         $ 18,787   

Franchise

     142,775         2.4        1,792         —           1,571   

Mortgage warehouse lines of credit

     180,450         3.0        —           —           1,409   

Community Advantage — homeowner associations

     77,504         1.3        —           —           194   

Aircraft

     20,397         0.3        —           —           110   

Asset-based lending

     465,737         7.7        1,072         —           7,705   

Municipal

     78,319         1.3        —           —           1,136   

Leases

     72,134         1.2        —           —           309   

Other

     2,125         0.1        —           —           16   

Purchased non-covered commercial loans (1)

     8,421         0.1        —           589         —     

Total commercial

   $ 2,498,313         41.6    $ 19,018       $ 589       $ 31,237   

Commercial Real-Estate:

             

Residential construction

   $ 65,811         1.1    $ 1,993       $ —         $ 1,804   

Commercial construction

     169,876         2.8        2,158         —           4,512   

Land

     178,531         3.0        31,547         —           12,515   

Office

     554,446         9.2        10,614         —           6,929   

Industrial

     555,802         9.2        2,002         —           5,314   

Retail

     536,729         8.9        5,366         —           4,569   

Multi-family

     314,557         5.2        4,736         —           9,337   

Mixed use and other

     1,086,654         18.1        8,092         —           11,425   

Purchased non-covered commercial
real-estate 
(1)

     51,855         0.9        —           2,198         —     

Total commercial real-estate

   $ 3,514,261         58.4    $ 66,508       $ 2,198       $ 56,405   

Total commercial and commercial real-estate

   $ 6,012,574         100.0    $ 85,526       $ 2,787       $ 87,642   

Commercial real-estate—collateral location by state:

             

Illinois

   $ 2,913,288         82.9         

Wisconsin

     335,070         9.5           

Total primary markets

   $ 3,248,358         92.4         

Florida

     57,527         1.6           

Arizona

     39,921         1.1           

Indiana

     43,322         1.2           

Other (no individual state greater than 0.5%)

     125,133         3.7           

Total

   $ 3,514,261         100.0         

As of December 31, 2010

(Dollars in thousands)

   Balance      % of
Total Balance
    Nonaccrual      > 90 Days
Past Due and
Still Accruing
     Allowance
For Loan Losses
Allocation
 

Commercial:

             

Commercial and industrial

   $ 1,310,753         24.3    $ 15,922       $ 478       $ 22,208   

Franchise

     119,488         2.2        —           —           1,153   

Mortgage warehouse lines of credit

     131,306         2.4        —           —           1,177   

Community Advantage—homeowner associations

     75,542         1.4        —           —           323   

Aircraft

     24,618         0.5        —           —           315   

Asset-based lending

     288,979         5.4        417         —           5,188   

Municipal

     56,343         1.0        —           —           923   

Leases

     41,541         0.8        43         —           483   

Other

     756         0.1        —           —           7   

Purchased non-covered commercial loans (1)

     —           —          —           —           —     

Total commercial

   $ 2,049,326         38.1    $ 16,382       $ 478       $ 31,777   

Commercial Real-Estate:

             

Residential construction

   $ 95,947         1.8    $ 10,010       $ —         $ 2,597   

Commercial construction

     131,672         2.4        1,820         —           4,035   

Land

     260,189         4.8        37,602         —           14,261   

Office

     535,331         9.9        12,718         —           8,005   

Industrial

     500,301         9.3        3,480         —           5,213   

Retail

     510,527         9.5        3,265         —           5,985   

Multi-family

     290,954         5.4        4,794         —           5,479   

Mixed use and other

     1,013,086         18.8        20,274         —           17,043   

Purchased non-covered commercial real-estate (1)

     —           —          —           —           —     

Total commercial real-estate

   $ 3,338,007         61.9    $ 93,963       $ —         $ 62,618   

Total commercial and commercial real-estate

   $ 5,387,333         100.0    $ 110,345       $ 478       $ 94,395   

Commercial real-estate—collateral location by state:

             

Illinois

   $ 2,695,581         80.8         

Wisconsin

     356,696         10.7           

Total primary markets

   $ 3,052,277         91.5         

Florida

     52,457         1.6           

Arizona

     42,100         1.3           

Indiana

     47,828         1.4           

Other (no individual state greater than 0.5%)

     143,345         4.2           

Total

   $ 3,338,007         100.0         

 

(1)

Purchased loans represent loans acquired with evidence of credit quality deterioration since origination, in accordance with ASC 310-30. Loan agings are based upon contractually required payments.

 

60


We make commercial loans for many purposes, including: working capital lines, which are generally renewable annually and supported by business assets, personal guarantees and additional collateral; loans to condominium and homeowner associations originated through Barrington Bank’s Community Advantage program; small aircraft financing, an earning asset niche developed at Crystal Lake Bank; and franchise lending at Lake Forest Bank. Commercial business lending is generally considered to involve a higher degree of risk than traditional consumer bank lending. Allowance for loan losses in our commercial loan portfolio is $31.2 million as of December 31, 2011 compared to $31.8 million as of December 31, 2010.

Our commercial real estate loans are generally secured by a first mortgage lien and assignment of rents on the property. Since most of our bank branches are located in the Chicago metropolitan area and southeastern Wisconsin, 92.4% of our commercial real estate loan portfolio is located in this region. Commercial real estate market conditions continued to be under stress in 2011, however we have been able to effectively manage and reduce our total non-performing commercial real estate loans during 2011. As of December 31, 2011, our allowance for loan losses related to this portfolio is $56.4 million compared to $62.6 million as of December 31, 2010.

The Company also participates in mortgage warehouse lending by providing interim funding to unaffiliated mortgage bankers to finance residential mortgages originated by such bankers for sale into the secondary market. The Company’s loans to the mortgage bankers are secured by the business assets of the mortgage companies as well as the specific mortgage loans funded by the Company, after they have been pre-approved for purchase by third party end lenders. End lender re-payments are sent directly to the Company upon end-lenders’ acceptance of final loan documentation. The Company may also provide interim financing for packages of mortgage loans on a bulk basis in circumstances where the mortgage bankers desire to competitively bid on a number of mortgages for sale as a package in the secondary market. Typically, the Company will serve as sole funding source for its mortgage warehouse lending customers under short-term revolving credit agreements. Amounts advanced with respect to any particular mortgage loan are usually required to be repaid within 21 days. Despite poor economic conditions generally, and the particularly difficult conditions in the U.S. residential real estate market experienced since 2008, our mortgage warehouse lending business has expanded due to the high demand for mortgage re-financings given the historically low interest rate environment at that time and the fact that many of our competitors exited the market in late 2008 and early 2009. The expansion of this business has caused our mortgage warehouse lines to increase to $180.5 million as of December 31, 2011 from $131.3 million as of December 31, 2010. Our allowance for loan losses with respect to these loans is $1.4 million as of December 31, 2011.

Home equity loans. Our home equity loans and lines of credit are originated by each of our banks in their local markets where we have a strong understanding of the underlying real estate value. Our banks monitor and manage these loans, and we conduct an automated review of all home equity loans and lines of credit at least twice per year. This review collects current credit performance for each home equity borrower and identifies situations where the credit strength of the borrower is declining, or where there are events that may influence repayment, such as tax liens or judgments. Our banks use this information to manage loans that may be higher risk and to determine whether to obtain additional credit information or updated property valuations. As a result of this work and general market conditions, we have modified our home equity offerings and changed our policies regarding home equity renewals and requests for subordination. In a limited number of situations, the unused availability on home equity lines of credit was frozen.

The rates we offer on new home equity lending are based on several factors, including appraisals and valuation due diligence, in order to reflect inherent risk, and we place additional scrutiny on larger home equity requests. In a limited number of cases, we issue home equity credit together with first mortgage financing, and requests for such financing are evaluated on a combined basis. It is not our practice to advance more than 85% of the appraised value of the underlying asset, which ratio we refer to as the loan-to-value ratio, or LTV ratio, and a majority of the credit we previously extended, when issued, had an LTV ratio of less than 80%.

Our home equity loan portfolio has performed well in light of the deterioration in the overall residential real estate market. The number of new home equity line of credit commitments originated by us has decreased due to declines in housing valuations that have decreased the amount of equity against which homeowners may borrow, and a decline in homeowners’ desire to use their remaining equity as collateral.

Residential real estate mortgages. Our residential real estate portfolio predominantly includes one- to four-family adjustable rate mortgages that have re-pricing terms generally from one to three years, construction loans to individuals and bridge financing loans for qualifying customers. As of December 31, 2011, our residential loan portfolio totaled $350.3 million, or 3% of our total outstanding loans.

Our adjustable rate mortgages relate to properties located principally in our Market Area or vacation homes owned by local residents, and may have terms based on differing indexes. These adjustable rate mortgages are often non-agency conforming because the outstanding balance of these loans exceeds the maximum balance that can be sold into the secondary market. Adjustable rate mortgage loans decrease the interest rate risk we face on our mortgage portfolio. However, this risk is not eliminated because, among other things, such loans generally provide for periodic and lifetime limits on the interest rate adjustments. Additionally, adjustable rate mortgages may pose a higher risk of delinquency and default because they require borrowers to make larger payments when interest rates rise. To date, we have not seen a significant elevation in delinquencies and foreclosures in our residential loan portfolio. As of December 31, 2011, $6.6 million of our residential real estate mortgages, or 1.9% of our residential real estate loan portfolio, were classified as nonaccrual, $5.5 million were 30 to 89 days past due (1.6%) and $338.2 million were current (96.5%). We believe that since our loan portfolio consists primarily of locally originated loans, and since the majority of our borrowers are longer-term customers with lower LTV ratios, we face a relatively low risk of borrower default and delinquency.

 

61


While we generally do not originate loans for our own portfolio with long-term fixed rates due to interest rate risk considerations, we can accommodate customer requests for fixed rate loans by originating such loans and then selling them into the secondary market, for which we receive fee income, or by selectively retaining certain of these loans within the banks’ own portfolios where they are non-agency conforming, or where the terms of the loans make them favorable to retain. A portion of the loans we sold into the secondary market were sold with the servicing of those loans retained. The amount of loans serviced for others as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 was $958.7 million and $942.2 million, respectively. All other mortgage loans sold into the secondary market were sold without the retention of servicing rights.

It is not our practice to underwrite, and we have no plans to underwrite, subprime, Alt A, no or little documentation loans, or option ARM loans. As of December 31, 2011, approximately $19.6 million of our mortgages consist of interest-only loans.

Premium finance receivables — commercial. FIFC originated approximately $3.5 billion in commercial insurance premium finance receivables during 2011. FIFC makes loans to businesses to finance the insurance premiums they pay on their commercial insurance policies. The loans are originated by FIFC working through independent medium and large insurance agents and brokers located throughout the United States. The insurance premiums financed are primarily for commercial customers’ purchases of liability, property and casualty and other commercial insurance.

This lending involves relatively rapid turnover of the loan portfolio and high volume of loan originations. Because of the indirect nature of this lending and because the borrowers are located nationwide, this segment is more susceptible to third party fraud than relationship lending. In the second quarter of 2010, a fraud perpetrated against a number of premium finance companies in the industry, including the property and casualty division of our premium financing subsidiary, increased both the Company’s net charge-offs and provision for credit losses by $15.7 million. In the second quarter of 2011, the Company recovered $5.0 million from insurance coverage of the $15.7 million fraud loss recorded in the second quarter of 2010. Actions have been taken by the Company to decrease the likelihood of this type of loss from recurring in this line of business for the Company by the enhancement of various control procedures to mitigate the risks associated with this lending. The Company has conducted a thorough review of the premium finance — commercial portfolio and found no signs of similar situations.

The majority of these loans are purchased by the banks in order to more fully utilize their lending capacity as these loans generally provide the banks with higher yields than alternative investments. Historically, FIFC originations that were not purchased by the banks were sold to unrelated third parties with servicing retained. However, during the third quarter of 2009, FIFC initially sold $695 million in commercial premium finance receivables to our indirect subsidiary, FIFC Premium Funding I, LLC, which in turn sold $600 million in aggregate principal amount of notes backed by such premium finance receivables in a securitization transaction sponsored by FIFC. Subsequent to December 31, 2009, this securitization transaction is accounted for as a secured borrowing and the securitization entity is treated as a consolidated subsidiary of the Company. See Note 6 of the Consolidated Financial Statements presented under Item 8 of this report for further discussion of this securitization transaction. Accordingly, beginning on January 1, 2010, all of the assets and liabilities of the securitization entity are included directly on the Company’s Consolidated Statements of

Condition.

Premium finance receivables — life insurance. In 2007, FIFC began financing life insurance policy premiums generally used for estate planning purposes of high net-worth borrowers. In 2009, FIFC expanded this niche lending business segment when it purchased a portfolio of domestic life insurance premium finance loans for a total aggregate purchase price of $745.9 million. See Note 8 of the Consolidated Financial Statements presented under Item 8 of this report for further discussion of this business combination.

FIFC originated approximately $469.7 million in life insurance premium finance receivables in 2011. These loans are originated directly with the borrowers with assistance from life insurance carriers, independent insurance agents, financial advisors and legal counsel. The life insurance policy is the primary form of collateral. In addition, these loans often are secured with a letter of credit, marketable securities or certificates of deposit. In some cases, FIFC may make a loan that has a partially unsecured position.

Indirect consumer loans. As part of its strategy to pursue specialized earning asset niches to augment loan generation within the banks’ target markets, the Company established fixed-rate automobile loan financing at Hinsdale Bank funded indirectly through unaffiliated automobile dealers. The risks associated with the Company’s portfolios are diversified among many individual borrowers. Like other consumer loans, the indirect consumer loans are subject to the banks’ established credit standards. Management regards substantially all of these loans as prime quality loans. In the third quarter of 2008, the Company, as a result of competitive pricing pressures, ceased the origination of indirect automobile loans through Hinsdale Bank. However, as a result of favorable pricing opportunities coupled with reduced competition in the indirect consumer auto business, the Company re-entered this business in the fourth quarter of 2010 with originations through Hinsdale Bank.

Other Loans. Included in the other loan category is a wide variety of personal and consumer loans to individuals as well as high yielding short-term accounts receivable financing to clients in the temporary staffing industry located throughout the United States. The banks originate consumer loans in order to provide a wider range of financial services to their customers.

 

62


Consumer loans generally have shorter terms and higher interest rates than mortgage loans but generally involve more credit risk than mortgage loans due to the type and nature of the collateral. Additionally, short-term accounts receivable financing may also involve greater credit risks than generally associated with the loan portfolios of more traditional community banks depending on the marketability of the collateral.

Foreign. The Company had approximately $20.8 million of loans to businesses of foreign countries as of December 31, 2011 compared to no loans during all of 2010. All loans were within the premium finance receivables – commercial portfolio.

Maturities and Sensitivities of Loans to Changes in Interest Rates

The following table classifies the commercial loan portfolio at December 31, 2011 by date at which the loans re-price or mature, and the type of rate:

 

      One year or
less
     From one to
five years
     Over five
years
     Total  
(Dollars in thousands)       

Commercial

           

Fixed rate

   $ 79,778       $ 328,080       $ 110,821       $ 518,679   

Variable rate

           

With floor feature

     896,283         13,036         6,007         915,326   

Without floor feature

     941,683         98,280         24,345         1,064,308   

Total commercial

     1,917,744         439,396         141,173         2,498,313   
           

Commercial real-estate

           

Fixed rate

     454,400         1,053,225         84,795         1,592,420   

Variable rate

           

With floor feature

     1,033,123         19,898         —           1,053,021   

Without floor feature

     688,513         147,625         32,682         868,820   

Total commercial real-estate

     2,176,036         1,220,748         117,477         3,514,261   
           

Premium finance receivables, net of unearned income

           

Fixed rate

     1,412,454         50,378         50,880         1,513,712   

Variable rate

           

With floor feature

     —           —           —           —     

Without floor feature

     1,593,967         —           —           1,593,967   

Total premium finance receivables (1)

     3,006,421         50,378         50,880         3,107,679   

 

(1)

Includes the commercial and consumer portion of the premium finance receivables—life insurance portfolio.

 

63


Past Due Loans and Non-performing Assets

Our ability to manage credit risk depends in large part on our ability to properly identify and manage problem loans. To do so, we operate a credit risk rating system under which our credit management personnel assign a credit risk rating to each loan at the time of origination and review loans on a regular basis to determine each loan’s credit risk rating on a scale of 1 through 10 with higher scores indicating higher risk. The credit risk rating structure used is shown below:

 

1 Rating

  —        Minimal Risk (Loss Potential — none or extremely low) (Superior asset quality, excellent liquidity, minimal leverage)

2 Rating

  —        Modest Risk (Loss Potential demonstrably low) (Very good asset quality and liquidity, strong leverage capacity)

3 Rating

  —        Average Risk (Loss Potential low but no longer refutable) (Mostly satisfactory asset quality and liquidity, good leverage capacity)

4 Rating

  —        Above Average Risk (Loss Potential variable, but some potential for deterioration) (Acceptable asset quality, little excess liquidity, modest leverage capacity)

5 Rating

  —        Management Attention Risk (Loss Potential moderate if corrective action not taken) (Generally acceptable asset quality, somewhat strained liquidity, minimal leverage capacity)

6 Rating

  —        Special Mention (Loss Potential moderate if corrective action not taken) (Assets in this category are currently protected, potentially weak, but not to the point of substandard classification)

7 Rating

  —        Substandard Accrual (Loss Potential distinct possibility that the bank may sustain some loss, but no discernable impairment) (Must have well defined weaknesses that jeopardize the liquidation of the debt)

8 Rating

  —        Substandard Non-accrual (Loss Potential well documented probability of loss, including potential impairment) (Must have well defined weaknesses that jeopardize the liquidation of the debt)

9 Rating

  —        Doubtful (Loss Potential extremely high) (These assets have all the weaknesses in those classified “substandard” with the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of current existing facts, conditions, and values, highly improbable)

10 Rating

  —        Loss (fully charged-off) (Loans in this category are considered fully uncollectible.)

In the first quarter of 2010, the Company modified its credit risk rating scale to the above 1 through 10 risk ratings. Prior to this, the Company employed a 1 through 9 credit risk rating scale. The change to the 1 through 10 scale enabled the Company to use two separate credit risk ratings for Substandard loans. They are Substandard — Accrual (credit risk rating 7) and Substandard — Nonaccrual (credit risk rating 8). Previously, there was only one risk rating for loans classified as Substandard. This change allows the Company to better monitor the credit risk of the portfolio.

Each loan officer is responsible for monitoring his or her loan portfolio, recommending a credit risk rating for each loan in his or her portfolio and ensuring the credit risk ratings are appropriate. These credit risk ratings are then ratified by the bank’s chief credit officer and/or concurrence credit officer. Credit risk ratings are determined by evaluating a number of factors including, a borrower’s financial strength, cash flow coverage, collateral protection and guarantees. A third party loan review firm independently reviews a significant portion of the loan portfolio at each of the Company’s subsidiary banks to evaluate the appropriateness of the management-assigned credit risk ratings. These ratings are subject to further review at each of our bank subsidiaries by the applicable regulatory authority, including the Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, the State of Illinois and the State of Wisconsin and our internal audit staff.

The Company’s problem loan reporting system automatically includes all loans with credit risk ratings of 6 through 9. This system is designed to provide an on-going detailed tracking mechanism for each problem loan. In 2008, the Company created the Managed Assets Division, comprised of experienced lenders, to focus on resolving problem asset situations. Once management determines that a loan has deteriorated to a point where it has a credit risk rating of 6 or worse, the Company’s Managed Asset Division performs an overall credit and collateral review. As part of this review, all underlying collateral is identified and the valuation methodology is analyzed and tracked. As a result of this initial review by the Company’s Managed Asset Division, the credit risk rating is reviewed and a portion of the outstanding loan balance may be deemed uncollectible or an impairment reserve may be established. The Company’s impairment analysis utilizes an independent re-appraisal of the collateral (unless such a third-party evaluation is not possible due to the unique nature of the collateral, such as a closely-held business or thinly traded securities). In the case of commercial real estate collateral, an independent third party appraisal is ordered by the Company’s Real Estate Services Group to determine if there has been any change in the underlying collateral value. These independent appraisals are reviewed by the Real Estate Services Group and sometimes by independent third party valuation experts and may be adjusted depending upon market conditions. An appraisal is ordered at least once a year for these loans, or more often if market conditions dictate. In the event that the underlying value of the collateral cannot be easily determined, a detailed valuation methodology is prepared by the Managed Asset Division. A summary of this analysis is provided to the directors’ loan committee of the bank which originated the credit for approval of a charge-off, if necessary.

 

64


Through the credit risk rating process, loans are reviewed to determine if they are performing in accordance with the original contractual terms. If the borrower has failed to comply with the original contractual terms, further action may be required by the Company, including a downgrade in the credit risk rating, movement to non-accrual status, a charge-off or the establishment of a specific impairment reserve. In the event a collateral shortfall is identified during the credit review process, the Company will work with the borrower for a principal reduction and/or a pledge of additional collateral and/or additional guarantees. In the event that these options are not available, the loan may be subject to a downgrade of the credit risk rating. If we determine that a loan amount, or portion thereof, is uncollectible, the loan’s credit risk rating is immediately downgraded to an 8 or 9 and the uncollectible amount is charged-off. Any loan that has a partial charge-off continues to be assigned a credit risk rating of an 8 or 9 for the duration of time that a balance remains outstanding. The Managed Asset Division undertakes a thorough and ongoing analysis to determine if additional impairment and/or charge-offs are appropriate and to begin a workout plan for the credit to minimize actual losses.

The Company’s approach to workout plans and restructuring loans is built on the credit-risk rating process. A modification of a loan with an existing credit risk rating of six or worse or a modification of any other credit, which will result in a restructured credit risk rating of six or worse must be reviewed for troubled debt restructuring (“TDR”) classification. In that event, our Managed Assets Division conducts an overall credit and collateral review. A modification of a loan is considered to be a TDR if both (1) the borrower is experiencing financial difficulty and (2) for economic or legal reasons, the bank grants a concession to a borrower that it would not otherwise consider. The modification of a loan where the credit risk rating is five or better both before and after such modification is not considered to be a TDR. Based on the Company’s credit risk rating system, it considers that borrowers whose credit risk rating is five or better are not experiencing financial difficulties and therefore, are not considered TDRs.

TDRs, which are by definition considered impaired loans, are reviewed at the time of modification and on a quarterly basis to determine if a specific reserve is needed. The carrying amount of the loan is compared to the expected payments to be received, discounted at the loan’s original rate, or for collateral dependent loans, to the fair value of the collateral. Any shortfall is recorded as a specific reserve.

For non-TDR loans, if based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due to it according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement, a loan is considered impaired, and a specific impairment reserve analysis is performed and if necessary, a specific reserve is established. In determining the appropriate reserve for collateral-dependent loans, the Company considers the results of appraisals for the associated collateral.

 

65


Non-Performing Assets, excluding covered assets

The following table sets forth Wintrust’s non-performing assets, excluding covered assets, and loans acquired with credit quality deterioration since origination, as of the dates shown:

 

(Dollars in thousands)

   2011     2010     2009     2008     2007  

Loans past due greater than 90 days and still accruing:

          

Commercial

   $      $ 478      $ 561      $ 65      $ 806   

Commercial real-estate

                          14,588        13,877   

Home equity

                          617        51   

Residential real-estate

                   412                 

Premium finance receivables – commercial

     5,281        8,096        6,271        9,339        8,703   

Premium finance receivables – life insurance

                                   

Indirect consumer

     314        318        461        679        517   

Consumer and other

            1        95        97        59   

Total loans past due greater than 90 days and still accruing

     5,595        8,893        7,800        25,385        24,013   

Non-accrual loans:

          

Commercial

     19,018        16,382        16,509        8,651        8,037   

Commercial real-estate

     66,508        93,963        80,639        83,147        24,869   

Home equity

     14,164        7,425        8,883        828        1,325   

Residential real-estate

     6,619        6,085        3,779        5,700        1,890   

Premium finance receivables – commercial

     7,755        8,587        11,878        11,454        10,725   

Premium finance receivables – life insurance

     54        180        704                 

Indirect consumer

     138        191        995        913        560   

Consumer and other

     233        252        617        16        435   

Total non-accrual loans

     114,489        133,065        124,004        110,709        47,841   

Total non-performing loans:

          

Commercial

     19,018        16,860        17,070        8,716        8,843   

Commercial real-estate

     66,508        93,963        80,639        97,735        38,746   

Home equity

     14,164        7,425        8,883        1,445        1,376   

Residential real-estate

     6,619        6,085        4,191        5,700        1,890   

Premium finance receivables – commercial

     13,036        16,683        18,149        20,793        19,428   

Premium finance receivables – life insurance

     54        180        704                 

Indirect consumer

     452        509        1,456        1,592        1,077   

Consumer and other

     233        253        712        113        494   

Total non-performing loans

   $ 120,084      $ 141,958      $ 131,804      $ 136,094      $ 71,854   

Other real estate owned

     79,093        71,214        80,163        32,572        3,858   

Other real estate owned – obtained in acquisition

     7,430                               

Total non-performing assets

   $ 206,607      $ 213,172      $ 211,967      $ 168,666      $ 75,712   

Total non-performing loans by category as a percent of its own respective category’s period-end balance:

          

Commercial

     0.76     0.82     0.98     0.61     0.67

Commercial real-estate

     1.89        2.81        2.45        2.91        1.26   

Home equity

     1.64        0.81        0.95        0.16        0.20   

Residential real-estate

     1.89        1.72        1.37        2.17        0.83   

Premium finance receivables – commercial

     0.92        1.32        2.49        1.67        1.82   

Premium finance receivables – life insurance

            0.01        0.06                 

Indirect consumer

     0.70        0.99        1.48        0.90        0.45   

Consumer and other

     0.19        0.24        0.65        0.07        0.29   

Total non-performing loans

     1.14     1.48     1.57     1.79     1.06

Total non-performing assets, as a percentage of total assets

     1.30     1.52     1.74     1.58     0.81

Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of
total non-performing loans

     91.92     80.24     74.56     51.26     70.13 

 

66


Non-performing Commercial and Commercial Real Estate

The commercial non-performing loan category totaled $19.0 million as of December 31, 2011 compared to $16.9 million as of December 31, 2010, while the non-performing commercial real estate loan category totaled $66.5 million as of December 31, 2011 compared to $94.0 million as of December 31, 2010.

Management is pursuing the resolution of all credits in this category. At this time, management believes reserves are adequate to absorb inherent losses that may occur upon the ultimate resolution of these credits.

Non-performing Residential Real Estate and Home Equity

The non-performing residential real estate and home equity loans totaled $20.8 million as of December 31, 2011. The balance increased $7.3 million from December 31, 2010. The December 31, 2011 non-performing balance is comprised of $6.6 million of residential real estate (34 individual credits) and $14.2 million of home equity loans (42 individual credits). On average, this is approximately 5 non-performing residential real estate loans and home equity loans per chartered bank within the Company. The Company believes control and collection of these loans is very manageable. At this time, management believes reserves are adequate to absorb inherent losses that may occur upon the ultimate resolution of these credits.

Non-performing Commercial Premium Finance Receivables

The table below presents the level of non-performing property and casualty premium finance receivables as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the amount of net charge-offs for the years then ended.

 

     December 31,  

(Dollars in thousands)

   2011     2010  

Non-performing premium finance receivables — commercial

   $ 13,036      $ 16,683   

- as a percent of premium finance receivables — commercial outstanding

     0.92     1.32 %  

Net charge-offs of premium finance receivables — commercial

   $ 611      $ 22,224   

- as a percent of average premium finance receivables — commercial

     0.04     1.74 %  

Fluctuations in this category may occur due to timing and nature of account collections from insurance carriers. The Company’s underwriting standards, regardless of the condition of the economy, have remained consistent. We anticipate that net charge-offs and non-performing asset levels in the near term will continue to be at levels that are within acceptable operating ranges for this category of loans. Management is comfortable with administering the collections at this level of non-performing property and casualty premium finance receivables and believes reserves are adequate to absorb inherent losses that may occur upon the ultimate resolution of these credits.

Non-performing Indirect Consumer Loans

Total non-performing indirect consumer loans were $452,000 at December 31, 2011, compared to $509,000 at December 31, 2010. The ratio of these non-performing loans to total indirect consumer loans was 0.70% at December 31, 2011 compared to 0.99% at December 31, 2010. Net charge-offs as a percent of total indirect consumer loans were 0.04% for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to 1.09% in the same period in 2010. The indirect consumer loan portfolio has increased 26% since December 31, 2010 to a balance of $64.5 million at December 31, 2011.

Loan Portfolio Aging

The following table shows, as of December 31, 2011, only 1.2% of the entire portfolio, excluding covered loans, is in a non-performing (non-accrual or greater than 90 days past due and still accruing interest) with only 1.3% either one or two payments past due. In total, 98% of the Company’s total loan portfolio, excluding covered loans, as of December 31, 2011 is current according to the original contractual terms of the loan agreements.

 

67


The tables below show the aging of the Company’s loan portfolio at December 31, 2011 and 2010:

 

As of December 31, 2011

(Dollars in thousands)

  

Non-

accrual

    90+ days
and still
accruing
   

60-89

days past
due

   

30-59

days past
due

    Current     Total Loans  

Loan Balances:

            

Commercial

            

Commercial and industrial

   $ 16,154      $      $ 7,496      $ 15,797      $ 1,411,004      $ 1,450,451   

Franchise

     1,792                             140,983        142,775   

Mortgage warehouse lines of credit

                                 180,450        180,450   

Community Advantage – homeowners association

                                 77,504        77,504   

Aircraft

                   709        170        19,518        20,397   

Asset-based lending

     1,072               749        11,026        452,890        465,737   

Municipal

                                 78,319        78,319   

Leases

                          431        71,703        72,134   

Other

                                 2,125        2,125   

Purchased non-covered commercial (1)

            589        74               7,758        8,421   

Total commercial

     19,018        589        9,028        27,424        2,442,254        2,498,313   

Commercial real-estate:

            

Residential construction

     1,993               4,982        1,721        57,115        65,811   

Commercial construction

     2,158                      150        167,568        169,876   

Land

     31,547               4,100        6,772        136,112        178,531   

Office

     10,614               2,622        930        540,280        554,446   

Industrial

     2,002               508        4,863        548,429        555,802   

Retail

     5,366               5,268        8,651        517,444        536,729   

Multi-family

     4,736               3,880        347        305,594        314,557   

Mixed use and other

     8,092               7,163        20,814        1,050,585        1,086,654   

Purchased non-covered commercial real-estate (1)

            2,198               252        49,405        51,855   

Total commercial real-estate

     66,508        2,198        28,523        44,500        3,372,532        3,514,261   

Home equity

     14,164               1,351        3,262        843,568        862,345   

Residential real estate

     6,619               2,343        3,112        337,522        349,596   

Purchased non-covered residential
real estate 
(1)

                                 693        693   

Premium finance receivables

            

Commercial insurance loans

     7,755        5,281        3,850        13,787        1,381,781        1,412,454   

Life insurance loans

     54                      423        1,096,285        1,096,762   

Purchased life insurance loans (1)

                                 598,463        598,463   

Indirect consumer

     138        314        113        551        63,429        64,545   

Consumer and other

     233               170        1,070        122,393        123,866   

Purchased non-covered consumer and other (1)

                          2        77        79   

Total loans, net of unearned income, excluding covered loans

   $ 114,489      $ 8,382      $ 45,378      $ 94,131      $ 10,258,997      $ 10,521,377   

Covered loans

            174,727        25,507        24,799        426,335        651,368   

Total loans, net of unearned income

   $ 114,489      $ 183,109      $ 70,885      $ 118,930      $ 10,685,332      $ 11,172,745   

Aging as a % of Loan Balance:

            

Commercial

            

Commercial and industrial

     1.1         0.5     1.1     97.3     100.0 %  

Franchise

     1.3                             98.7        100.0   

Mortgage warehouse lines of credit

                                 100.0        100.0   

Community Advantage – homeowners association

                                 100.0        100.0   

Aircraft

                   3.5        0.8        95.7        100.0   

Asset-based lending

     0.2               0.2        2.4        97.2        100.0   

Municipal

                                 100.0        100.0   

Leases

                          0.6        99.4        100.0   

Other

                                 100.0        100.0   

Purchased non-covered commercial (1)

            7.0        0.9               92.1        100.0   

Total commercial

     0.8        0.0        0.4        1.1        97.7        100.0   

Commercial real-estate

            

Residential construction

     3.0               7.6        2.6        86.8        100.0   

Commercial construction

     1.3                      0.1        98.6        100.0   

Land

     17.7               2.3        3.8        76.2        100.0   

Office

     1.9               0.5        0.2        97.4        100.0   

Industrial

     0.4               0.1        0.9        98.6        100.0   

Retail

     1.0               1.0        1.6        96.4        100.0   

Multi-family

     1.5               1.2        0.1        97.2        100.0   

Mixed use and other

     0.7               0.7        1.9        96.7        100.0   

Purchased non-covered commercial
real-estate 
(1)

            4.2               0.5        95.3        100.0   

Total commercial real-estate

     1.9        0.1        0.8        1.3        95.9        100.0   

Home equity

     1.6               0.2        0.4        97.8        100.0   

Residential real estate

     1.9               0.7        0.9        96.5        100.0   

Purchased non-covered residential
real estate 
(1)

                                 100.0        100.0   

Premium finance receivables

            

Commercial insurance loans

     0.5        0.4        0.3        1.0        97.8        100.0   

Life insurance loans

                                 100.0        100.0   

Purchased life insurance loans (1)

                                 100.0        100.0   

Indirect consumer

     0.2        0.5        0.2        0.9        98.2        100.0   

Consumer and other

     0.2               0.1        0.9        98.8        100.0   

Purchased non-covered consumer and other (1)

                          2.5        97.5        100.0   

Total loans, net of unearned income, excluding covered loans

     1.1     0.1     0.4     0.9     97.5     100.0 %  

Covered loans

            26.8        3.9        3.8        65.5        100.0   

Total loans, net of unearned income

     1.0     1.6     0.6     1.1     95.7     100.0 %  

 

(1)

Purchased loans represent loans acquired with evidence of credit quality deterioration since origination, in accordance with ASC 310-30. Loan agings are based upon contractually required payments.

 

68


As of December 31, 2010

(Dollars in thousands)

   Nonaccrual     90+ days
and still
accruing
    60-89
days past
due
   

30-59

days past
due

    Current     Total Loans  

Loan Balances:

            

Commercial

            

Commercial and industrial

   $ 15,922      $ 478      $ 4,416      $ 9,928      $ 1,280,009      $ 1,310,753   

Franchise

                          2,250        117,238        119,488   

Mortgage warehouse lines of credit

                                 131,306        131,306   

Community Advantage – homeowners association

                                 75,542        75,542   

Aircraft

                   178        1,000        23,440        24,618   

Asset-based lending

     417               161        2,846        285,555        288,979   

Municipal

                                 56,343        56,343   

Leases

     43                             41,498        41,541   

Other

                                 756        756   

Purchased non-covered commercial (1)

                                          

Total commercial and commercial real-estate

     16,382        478        4,755        16,024        2,011,687        2,049,326   

Commercial real-estate

            

Residential construction

     10,010               96        1,801        84,040        95,947   

Commercial construction

     1,820                      1,481        128,371        131,672   

Land

     37,602               6,815        11,915        203,857        260,189   

Office

     12,718               9,121        3,202        510,290        535,331   

Industrial

     3,480               686        2,276        493,859        500,301   

Retail

     3,265               4,088        3,839        499,335        510,527   

Multi-family

     4,794               1,573        3,062        281,525        290,954   

Mixed use and other

     20,274               8,481        15,059        969,272        1,013,086   

Purchased non-covered commercial real-estate (1)

                                          

Total commercial real-estate

     93,963               30,860        42,635        3,170,549        3,338,007   

Home equity

     7,425               2,181        7,098        897,708        914,412   

Residential real estate

     6,085               1,836        8,224        337,191        353,336   

Purchased non-covered residential real estate (1)

                                          

Premium finance receivables

            

Commercial insurance loans

     8,587        8,096        6,076        16,584        1,226,157        1,265,500   

Life insurance loans

     180                             826,119        826,299   

Purchased life insurance loans (1)

            174                      695,413        695,587   

Indirect consumer

     191        318        301        918        49,419        51,147   

Consumer and other

     252        1        109        379        105,531        106,272   

Purchased non-covered consumer and other (1)

                                          

Total loans, net of unearned income, excluding covered loans

   $ 133,065      $ 9,067      $ 46,118      $ 91,862      $ 9,319,774      $ 9,599,886   

Covered loans

            117,161        7,352        22,744        187,096        334,353   

Total loans, net of unearned income

   $ 133,065      $ 126,228      $ 53,470      $ 114,606      $ 9,506,870      $ 9,934,239   

Commercial

            

Commercial and industrial

     1.0         0.3     0.8     97.9     100.0

Franchise

                          1.9        98.1        100.0   

Mortgage warehouse lines of credit

                                 100.0        100.0   

Community Advantage – homeowners association

                                 100.0        100.0   

Aircraft

                   0.7        4.1        95.2        100.0   

Asset-based lending

     0.1               0.1        1.0        98.8        100.0   

Municipal

                                 100.0        100.0   

Leases

     0.1                             99.9        100.0   

Other

                                 100.0        100.0   

Purchased non-covered commercial (1)

                                          

Total commercial

     0.8               0.2        0.8        98.2        100.0   

Commercial real-estate

            

Residential construction

     10.4               0.1        1.9        87.6        100.0   

Commercial construction

     1.4                      1.1        97.5        100.0   

Land

     14.5               2.6        4.6        78.3        100.0   

Office

     2.4               1.7        0.6        95.3        100.0   

Industrial

     0.7               0.1        0.5        98.7        100.0   

Retail

     0.6               0.8        0.8        97.8        100.0   

Multi-family

     1.6               0.5        1.1        96.8        100.0   

Mixed use and other

     2.0               0.8        1.5        95.7        100.0   

Purchased non-covered commercial real-estate (1)

                                          

Total commercial real-estate

     2.8               1.2        1.5        94.5        100.0   

Home equity

     0.8               0.2        0.8        98.2        100.0   

Residential real estate

     1.7               0.5        2.3        95.5        100.0   

Purchased non-covered residential real estate (1)

                                          

Premium finance receivables

            

Commercial insurance loans

     0.7        0.6        0.5        1.3        96.9        100.0   

Life insurance loans

                                 100.0        100.0   

Purchased life insurance loans (1)

                                 100.0        100.0   

Indirect consumer

     0.4        0.6        0.6        1.8        96.6        100.0   

Consumer and other

     0.2               0.1        0.4        99.3        100.0   

Purchased non-covered consumer and other (1)

                                          

Total loans, net of unearned income, excluding covered loans

     1.4     0.1     0.5     1.0     97.0     100.0

Covered loans

            35.0        2.2        6.8        56.0        100.0   

Total loans, net of unearned income

     1.3     1.3     0.5     1.2     95.7     100.0

 

(1)

Purchased loans represent loans acquired with evidence of credit quality deterioration since origination, in accordance with ASC 310-30. Loan agings are based upon contractually required payments.

 

69


As of December 31, 2011, only $45.4 million of all loans, excluding covered loans, or 0.4%, were 60 to 89 days past due and $94.1 million, or 0.9%, were 30 to 59 days (or one payment) past due. As of December 31, 2010, $46.1 million of all loans, excluding covered loans, or 0.5%, were 60 to 89 days past due and $91.9 million, or 1.0%, were 30 to 59 days (or one payment) past due.

The majority of the commercial and commercial real estate loans shown as 60 to 89 days and 30 to 59 days past due are included on the Company’s internal problem loan reporting system. Loans on this system are closely monitored by management on a monthly basis. Near-term delinquencies (30 to 59 days past due) decreased $2.2 million since December 31, 2010.

The Company’s home equity and residential loan portfolios continue to exhibit low delinquency ratios. Home equity loans at December 31, 2011 that are current with regard to the contractual terms of the loan agreement represent 97.8% of the total home equity portfolio. Residential real estate loans at December 31, 2011 that are current with regards to the contractual terms of the loan agreements comprise 96.5% of total residential real estate loans outstanding.

The ratio of non-performing commercial premium finance receivables fluctuates throughout the year due to the nature and timing of canceled account collections from insurance carriers. Due to the nature of collateral for commercial premium finance receivables, it customarily takes 60-150 days to convert the collateral into cash. Accordingly, the level of non-performing commercial premium finance receivables is not necessarily indicative of the loss inherent in the portfolio. In the event of default, Wintrust has the power to cancel the insurance policy and collect the unearned portion of the premium from the insurance carrier. In the event of cancellation, the cash returned in payment of the unearned premium by the insurer should generally be sufficient to cover the receivable balance, the interest and other charges due. Due to notification requirements and processing time by most insurance carriers, many receivables will become delinquent beyond 90 days while the insurer is processing the return of the unearned premium. Management continues to accrue interest until maturity as the unearned premium is ordinarily sufficient to pay-off the outstanding balance and contractual interest due.

Non-performing Loans Rollforward

The table below presents a summary of non-performing loans, excluding covered loans, as of December 31, 2011 and shows the changes in the balance during 2011 and 2010:

(Dollars in thousands)

 

     2011     2010  
  

 

 

 

Balance at beginning of period

   $ 141,958      $ 131,804   

Additions, net

     166,459        173,461   

Return to performing status

     (7,800     (4,914

Payments received

     (44,804     (30,513

Transfers to OREO

     (59,203     (68,663

Charge-offs

     (68,608     (55,220

Net change for niche loans (1)

     (7,918     (3,997
  

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

   $ 120,084      $ 141,958   
  

 

 

 

 

(1)

This includes activity for premium finance receivables, mortgages held for investment by Wintrust Mortgage and indirect consumer loans

 

70


Allowance for Loan Losses

The allowance for loan losses represents management’s estimate of the probable and reasonably estimable loan losses that our loan portfolio is expected to incur. The allowance for loan losses is determined quarterly using a methodology that incorporates important risk characteristics of each loan, as described below under “How We Determine the Allowance for Credit Losses.” This process is subject to review at each of our bank subsidiaries by the applicable regulatory authority, including the Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago, the OCC, the State of Illinois and the State of Wisconsin.

The following table sets forth the allocation of the allowance for loan and covered loan losses and the allowance for losses on lending-related commitments by major loan type and the percentage of loans in each category to total loans for the past five fiscal years:

 

   

December 31,

2011

   

December 31,

2010

   

December 31,

2009

    December 31,
2008
    December 31,
2007
 
(Dollars in thousands)   Amount     % of Loan
Type to
Total
Loans
    Amount     % of Loan
Type to
Total
Loans
    Amount     % of Loan
Type to
Total
Loans
    Amount     % of Loan
Type to
Total
Loans
    Amount     % of Loan
Type to
Total
Loans
 

Allowance for loan losses and allowance for covered loan losses allocation:

                   

Commercial

  $ 31,237        22   $ 31,777        21   $ 28,012        21   $ 17,495        19   $ 16,185        20

Commercial real-estate

    56,405        31        62,618        34        50,952        39        39,490        44        22,810        45   

Home equity

    7,712        8        6,213        9        9,013        11        3,067        12        2,057        10   

Residential real-estate

    5,028        3        5,107        3        3,139        4        1,698        3        1,290        3   

Premium finance receivables – commercial

    6,109        13        5,482        13        2,836        9        4,358        16        3,643        16   

Premium finance receivables – life insurance

    1,105        15        837        15        980        14        308        2        29          

Indirect consumer

    645        1        526        1        1,368        1        1,690        2        2,900        4   

Consumer and other

    2,140        1        1,343        1        1,977        1        1,661        2        1,475        2   

Total allowance for loan losses

    110,381        94        113,903        97        98,277        100        69,767        100        50,389        100   

Covered loans

    12,977        6               3                                             

Total allowance for loan losses and allowance for covered loan losses

  $ 123,358        100   $ 113,903        100   $ 98,277        100   $ 69,767        100   $ 50,389        100

Allowance category as a percent of total allowance for loan losses and allowance for covered loan losses:

                   

Commercial

    25       28       29       25       32  

Commercial real-estate

    46          55          52          57          45     

Home equity

    6          5          9          5          4     

Residential real-estate

    4          4          3          2          3     

Premium finance receivables—commercial

    5          5          3          6          7     

Premium finance receivables—life insurance

    1          1          1          1              

Indirect consumer

    1          1          1          2          6     

Consumer and other

    1                1                2                2                3           

Total allowance for loan losses

    89                100                100                100                100           

Covered loans

    11                                                                       

Total allowance for loan losses

    100             100             100             100             100        

Allowance for losses on lending-related commitments:

                   

Commercial and commercial real estate

    13,231                4,134                3,554                1,586                493           

Total allowance for credit losses including allowance for covered loan losses

    136,589                118,037                101,831                71,353                50,882           

Management has determined that the allowance for loan losses was appropriate at December 31, 2011, and that the loan portfolio is well diversified and well secured, without undue concentration in any specific risk area. While this process involves a high degree of management judgment, the allowance for credit losses is based on a comprehensive, well documented, and consistently applied analysis of the Company’s loan portfolio. This analysis takes into consideration all available information existing as of the financial statement date, including environmental factors such as economic, industry, geographical and political factors. The relative level of allowance for credit losses is reviewed and compared to industry peers. This review encompasses the levels of nonperforming loans, the ratio of nonperforming loans to the allowance for credit losses and the overall levels of net charge-offs. Historical trending of both the Company’s results and the industry peers is also reviewed to analyze comparative significance.

 

71


Allowance for Credit Losses

The following tables summarize the activity in our allowance for credit losses during the last five fiscal years.

 

(Dollars in thousands)    2011     2010     2009     2008     2007  
  

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses at beginning of year

   $ 113,903      $ 98,277      $ 69,767      $ 50,389      $ 46,055   

Provision for credit losses

     97,920        124,664        167,932        57,441        14,879   

Allowance acquired in business combinations

                                 362   

Other adjustments

            1,943                        

Reclassification (to)/from allowance for unfunded lending-related commitments

     1,904        (1,301     (2,037     (1,093     (36
Charge-offs:           

Commercial

     31,951        18,592        35,022        10,066        4,806   

Commercial real estate

     62,698        61,873        89,114        20,403        4,152   

Home equity

     5,020        5,926        4,605        284        289   

Residential real estate

     4,115        1,143        1,067        1,631        147   

Premium finance receivables – commercial

     6,617        23,005        8,153        4,073        2,425   

Premium finance receivables – life insurance

     275        233                        

Indirect consumer

     244        967        1,848        1,322        873   

Consumer and other

     1,532        1,141        644        618        845   
  

 

 

 

Total charge-offs

     112,452        112,880        140,453        38,397        13,537   
  

 

 

 

Recoveries:

          

Commercial

     1,258        1,140        450        299        803   

Commercial real estate

     1,386        914        792        197        929   

Home equity

     64        24        815        1        61   

Residential real estate

     10        12                      6   

Premium finance receivables – commercial

     6,006        781        651        662        514   

Premium finance receivables – life insurance

     12                               

Indirect consumer

     220        198        179        173        172   

Consumer and other

     150        131        181        95        181   
  

 

 

 

Total recoveries

     9,106        3,200        3,068        1,427        2,666   
  

 

 

 

Net charge-offs, excluding covered loans

     (103,346     (109,680     (137,385     (36,970     (10,871
  

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses at year end

   $ 110,381      $ 113,903      $ 98,277      $ 69,767      $ 50,389   

Allowance for unfunded lending-related commitments at year end

   $ 13,231      $ 4,134      $ 3,554      $ 1,586      $ 493   

Allowance for credit losses at year end

   $ 123,612      $ 118,037      $ 101,831      $ 71,353      $ 50,882   
  

 

 

 

Net charge-offs by category as a percentage of its own respective category’s average:

          

Commercial

     1.44     0.95     2.18     0.72     0.31

Commercial real estate

     1.80        1.83        2.59        0.63        0.11   

Home equity

     0.56        0.64        0.41        0.04        0.04   

Residential real estate

     0.79        0.19        0.21        0.49        0.04   

Premium finance receivables – commercial

     0.04        1.74        0.67        0.29        0.15   

Premium finance receivables – life insurance

     0.02        0.02                        

Indirect consumer

     0.04        1.09        1.24        0.53        0.28   

Consumer and other

     1.21        0.93        0.35        0.32        0.47   
  

 

 

 

Total loans, net of unearned income, excluding covered loans

     1.02     1.16     1.65     0.51     0.16
  

 

 

 

Net charge-offs as a percentage of the provision for credit losses

     105.54     87.98     81.81     64.36     73.07

Year-end total loans (excluding covered loans)

   $ 10,521,377      $ 9,599,886      $ 8,411,771      $ 7,621,069      $ 6,801,602   

Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of loans at end of year

     1.05     1.19     1.17     0.92     0.74

Allowance for credit losses as a percentage of loans at end of year

     1.17     1.23     1.21     0.94     0.75

Year-end total loans (including covered loans)

   $ 11,172,745      $ 9,934,239      $ 8,411,771      $ 7,621,069      $ 6,801,602   

Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of loans at end of year

     1.10     1.15     1.17     0.92     0.74

Allowance for credit losses as a percentage of loans at end of year

     1.22     1.19     1.21     0.94     0.75

 

72


The allowance for credit losses is comprised of an allowance for loan losses, which is determined with respect to loans that we have originated, and an allowance for lending-related commitments. Our allowance for lending-related commitments is determined with respect to funds that we have committed to lend but for which funds have not yet been disbursed and is computed using a methodology similar to that used to determine the allowance for loan losses. Additions to the allowance for loan losses are charged to earnings through the provision for credit losses. Charge-offs represent the amount of loans that have been determined to be uncollectible during a given period, and are deducted from the allowance for loan losses, and recoveries represent the amount of collections received from loans that had previously been charged off, and are credited to the allowance for loan losses.

How We Determine the Allowance for Credit Losses

The allowance for loan losses includes an element for estimated probable but undetected losses and for imprecision in the credit risk models used to calculate the allowance. As part of the problem loan reporting system review, the Company analyzes the loan for purposes of calculating our specific impairment reserves and a general reserve.

Specific Impairment Reserves:

Loans with a credit risk rating of a 6 through 9 are reviewed on a monthly basis to determine if (a) an amount is deemed uncollectible (a charge-off) or (b) it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect amounts due in accordance with the original contractual terms of the loan (impaired loan). If a loan is impaired, the carrying amount of the loan is compared to the amounts and timing of expected future cash flows, discounted at the loan’s original rate, or for collateral dependent loans, to the fair value of the collateral. Any shortfall is recorded as a specific reserve.

General Reserves:

For loans with a credit risk rating of 1 through 7, reserves are established based on the type of loan collateral, if any, and the assigned credit risk rating. Determination of the allowance is inherently subjective as it requires significant estimates, estimated losses on pools of homogeneous loans based on historical loss experience, and consideration of current environmental factors and economic trends, all of which may be susceptible to significant change.

We determine this component of the allowance for loan losses by classifying each loan into (i) categories based on the type of collateral that secures the loan (if any), and (ii) categories based on the credit risk rating of the loan, as described above under “Past Due Loans and Non-Performing Assets.” Each combination of collateral and credit risk rating is then assigned a specific loss factor that incorporates the following factors:

 

   

historical loss experience;

 

   

changes in lending policies and procedures, including changes in underwriting standards and collection, charge-off, and recovery practices not considered elsewhere in estimating credit losses;

 

   

changes in national, regional, and local economic and business conditions and developments that affect the collectibility of the portfolio;

 

   

changes in the nature and volume of the portfolio and in the terms of the loans;

 

   

changes in the experience, ability, and depth of lending management and other relevant staff;

 

   

changes in the volume and severity of past due loans, the volume of non-accrual loans, and the volume and severity of adversely classified or graded loans;

 

   

changes in the quality of the bank’s loan review system;

 

   

changes in the underlying collateral for collateral dependent loans;

 

   

the existence and effect of any concentrations of credit, and changes in the level of such concentrations; and

 

   

the effect of other external factors such as competition and legal and regulatory requirements on the level of estimated credit losses in the bank’s existing portfolio.

 

73


Home Equity and Residential Real Estate Loans

The determination of the appropriate allowance for loan losses for residential real estate and home equity loans differs slightly from the process used for commercial and commercial real estate loans. The same credit risk rating system, problem loan reporting system, collateral coding methodology and loss factor assignment are used. The only significant difference is in how the credit risk ratings are assigned to these loans.

The home equity loan portfolio is reviewed on a loan by loan basis by analyzing current FICO scores of the borrowers, line availability, recent line usage and the aging status of the loan. Certain of these factors, or combination of these factors, may cause a portion of the credit risk ratings of home equity loans across all banks to be downgraded. Similar to commercial and commercial real estate loans, once a home equity loan’s credit risk rating is downgraded to a 6 through 9, the Company’s Managed Asset Division reviews and advises the banks as to collateral valuations and as to the ultimate resolution of the credits that deteriorate to a non-accrual status to minimize losses.

Residential real estate loans that are downgraded to a credit risk rating of 6 through 9 also enter the problem loan reporting system and have the underlying collateral evaluated by the Managed Assets Division.

Premium Finance Receivables and Indirect Consumer Loans

The determination of the appropriate allowance for loan losses for premium finance receivables and indirect consumer loans is based solely on the aging (collection status) of the portfolios. Due to the large number of generally smaller sized and homogenous credits in these portfolios, these loans are not individually assigned a credit risk rating. Loss factors are assigned to each delinquency category in order to calculate an allowance for loan losses. The allowance for loan losses for these categories is entirely a general reserve.

Effects of Economic Recession and Real Estate Market

The Company’s primary markets, which are mostly in Chicago metropolitan area, have not experienced the same levels of credit deterioration in residential mortgage and home equity loans as certain other major metropolitan markets, such as Miami, Phoenix or Southern California, however the Company’s markets have clearly been under stress. As of December 31, 2011, home equity loans and residential mortgages comprised 8% and 3%, respectively, of the Company’s total loan portfolio. At December 31, 2011 (excluding covered loans), approximately only 2.6% of all of the Company’s residential mortgage loans and approximately only 1.8% of all of the Company’s home equity loans are more than one payment past due. Although there is stress in the Chicago metropolitan and southeastern Wisconsin markets, our portfolios of residential mortgages and home equity loans are performing reasonably well as reflected in the aging of the Company’s loan portfolio table shown earlier in this section.

Methodology in Assessing Impairment and Charge-off Amounts

In determining the amount of impairment or charge-offs associated with collateral dependent loans, the Company values the loan generally by starting with a valuation obtained from an appraisal of the underlying collateral and then deducting estimated selling costs to arrive at a net appraised value. We obtain the appraisals of the underlying collateral from one of a pre-approved list of independent, third party appraisal firms.

In many cases, the Company simultaneously values the underlying collateral by marketing the property to market participants interested in purchasing properties of the same type. If the Company receives offers or indications of interest, we will analyze the price and review market conditions to assess whether in light of such information the appraised value overstates the likely price and that a lower price would be a better assessment of the market value of the property and would enable us to liquidate the collateral. Additionally, the Company takes into account the strength of any guarantees and the ability of the borrower to provide value related to those guarantees in determining the ultimate charge-off or reserve associated with any impaired loans. Accordingly, the Company may charge-off a loan to a value below the net appraised value if it believes that an expeditious liquidation is desirable in the circumstance and it has legitimate offers or other indications of interest to support a value that is less than the net appraised value. Alternatively, the Company may carry a loan at a value that is in excess of the appraised value if the Company has a guarantee from a borrower that the Company believes has realizable value. In evaluating the strength of any guarantee, the Company evaluates the financial wherewithal of the guarantor, the guarantor’s reputation, and the guarantor’s willingness and desire to work with the Company. The Company then conducts a review of the strength of a guarantee on a frequency established as the circumstances and conditions of the borrower warrant.

In circumstances where the Company has received an appraisal but has no third party offers or indications of interest, the Company may enlist the input of realtors in the local market as to the highest valuation that the realtor believes would result in a liquidation of the property given a reasonable marketing period of approximately 90 days. To the extent that the realtors’ indication of market clearing price under such scenario is less than the net appraised valuation, the Company may take a charge-off on the loan to a valuation that is less than the net appraised valuation.

 

74


The Company may also charge-off a loan below the net appraised valuation if the Company holds a junior mortgage position in a piece of collateral whereby the risk to acquiring control of the property through the purchase of the senior mortgage position is deemed to potentially increase the risk of loss upon liquidation due to the amount of time to ultimately market the property and the volatile market conditions. In such cases, the Company may abandon its junior mortgage and charge-off the loan balance in full.

In other cases, the Company may allow the borrower to conduct a “short sale,” which is a sale where the Company allows the borrower to sell the property at a value less than the amount of the loan. Many times, it is possible for the current owner to receive a better price than if the property is marketed by a financial institution which the market place perceives to have a greater desire to liquidate the property at a lower price. To the extent that we allow a short sale at a price below the value indicated by an appraisal, we may take a charge-off beyond the value that an appraisal would have indicated.

Other market conditions may require a reserve to bring the carrying value of the loan below the net appraised valuation such as litigation surrounding the borrower and/or property securing our loan or other market conditions impacting the value of the collateral.

Having determined the net value based on the factors such as those noted above and compared that value to the book value of the loan, the Company may arrive at a charge-off amount or a specific reserve included in the allowance for loan losses. In summary, for collateral dependent loans, appraisals are used as the fair value starting point in the estimate of net value. Estimated costs to sell are deducted from the appraised value to arrive at the net appraised value. Although an external appraisal is the primary source of valuation utilized for charge-offs on collateral dependent loans, we may utilize values obtained through purchase and sale agreements, legitimate indications of interest, negotiated short sales, realtor price opinions, sale of the note or support from guarantors as the basis for charge-offs. These alternative sources of value are used only if deemed to be more representative of value based on updated information regarding collateral resolution. In addition, if an appraisal is not deemed current, a discount to appraised value may be utilized. Any adjustments from appraised value to net value are detailed and justified in an impairment analysis, which is reviewed and approved by the Company’s Managed Assets Division.

Restructured Loans

At December 31, 2011, the Company had $130.5 million in loans with modified terms. The $130.5 million in modified loans represents 168 credit relationships in which economic concessions were granted to certain borrowers to better align the terms of their loans with their current ability to pay. These actions were taken on a case-by-case basis working with these borrowers to find a concession that would assist them in retaining their businesses or their homes and attempt to keep these loans in an accruing status for the Company. Typical concessions include reduction of the loan interest rate to a rate considered lower than market and other modification of terms including forgiveness of all or a portion of the loan balance, extension of the maturity date, and/or modifications from principal and interest payments to interest-only payments for a certain period.

Subsequent to its restructuring, any restructured loan with a below market rate concession that becomes nonaccrual, will remain classified by the Company as a restructured loan for its duration and will be included in the Company’s nonperforming loans. Each restructured loan was reviewed for impairment at December 31, 2011 and approximately $2.9 million of impairment was present and appropriately reserved for through the Company’s normal reserving methodology in the Company’s allowance for loan losses.

The table below presents a summary of restructured loans for the respective periods, presented by loan category and accrual status:

 

     December 31,      December 31,  
(Dollars in thousands)    2011      2010  
  

 

 

 

Accruing:

     

Commercial

   $ 9,270       $ 14,163   

Commercial real estate

     104,864         65,419   

Residential real estate and other

     5,786         1,562   
  

 

 

 

Total accrual

   $ 119,920       $ 81,144   
  

 

 

 

Non-accrual: (1) 

     

Commercial

   $ 1,564       $ 3,865   

Commercial real estate

     7,932         15,947   

Residential real estate and other

     1,102         234   
  

 

 

 

Total non-accrual

   $ 10,598       $ 20,046   
  

 

 

 

Total restructured loans:

     

Commercial

   $ 10,834       $ 18,028   

Commercial real estate

     112,796         81,366   

Residential real estate and other

     6,888         1,796   
  

 

 

 

Total restructured loans

   $ 130,518       $ 101,190   
  

 

 

 

 

(1)

Included in total non-performing loans.

 

75


Restructured Loans Rollforward

The table below presents a summary of restructured loans as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, and shows the changes in the balance during those periods:

 

Year Ended December 31, 2011

(Dollars in thousands)

   Commercial     Commercial
Real-estate
    Residential
Real-estate
and Other
    Total  
  

 

 

 

Balance at beginning of period

   $ 18,028      $ 81,366      $ 1,796      $ 101,190   

Additions during the period

     6,956        87,656        5,916        100,528   

Reductions:

        

Charge-offs

     (5,959     (16,396     (753     (23,108

Transferred to OREO

            (8,288            (8,288

Removal of restructured loan status (1)

     (6,588     (9,537            (16,125

Payments received

     (1,603     (22,005     (71     (23,679
  

 

 

 

Balance at period end

   $ 10,834      $ 112,796      $ 6,888      $ 130,518   
  

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2010

(Dollars in thousands)]

   Commercial     Commercial
Real-estate
    Residential
Real-estate
and Other
    Total  
  

 

 

 

Balance at beginning of period

   $ 10,946      $ 21,252      $ 234      $ 32,432   

Additions during the period

     14,916        79,715        3,269        97,900   

Reductions:

        

Charge-offs

            (5,393     (35     (5,428

Transferred to OREO

     (94     (3,695     (1,665     (5,454

Removal of restructured loan status (1)

     (5,726     (5,000     (2     (10,728

Payments received

     (2,014     (5,513     (5     (7,532
  

 

 

 

Balance at period end

   $ 18,028      $ 81,366      $ 1,796      $ 101,190   
  

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2009

(Dollars in thousands)

   Commercial      Commercial
Real-estate
     Residential
Real-estate
and Other
     Total  
  

 

 

 

Balance at beginning of period

   $       $       $       $   

Additions during the period

     10,946         21,252         234         32,432   

Reductions:

           

Charge-offs

                               

Transferred to OREO

                               

Removal of restructured loan status (1)

                               

Payments received

                               
  

 

 

 

Balance at period end

   $ 10,946       $ 21,252       $ 234       $ 32,432   
  

 

 

 

 

(1)

Loan was previously classified as a troubled debt restructuring and subsequently performed in compliance with the loan’s modified terms for a period of six months (including over a calendar year-end) at a modified interest rate which represented a market rate at the time of restructuring. Per our TDR policy, the TDR classification is removed.

 

76


Potential Problem Loans

Management believes that any loan where there are serious doubts as to the ability of such borrowers to comply with the present loan repayment terms should be identified as a non-performing loan and should be included in the disclosure of “Past Due Loans and Non-performing Assets.” Accordingly, at the periods presented in this report, the Company has no potential problem loans as defined by SEC regulations.

Loan Concentrations

Loan concentrations are considered to exist when there are amounts loaned to multiple borrowers engaged in similar activities which would cause them to be similarly impacted by economic or other conditions. The Company had no concentrations of loans exceeding 10% of total loans at December 31, 2011, except for loans included in the specialty finance operating segment, which are diversified throughout the United States.

Other Real Estate Owned

The table below presents a summary of other real estate owned, excluding covered other real estate owned, as of December 31, 2011 and shows the activity for the respective periods and the balance for each property type:

 

     Year Ended  
  

 

 

 
(Dollars in thousands)    December 31,
2011
    December 31,
2010
 
  

 

 

 

Balance at beginning of period

   $ 71,214      $ 80,163   

Disposal/resolved

     (35,071     (63,562

Transfers in at fair value, less costs to sell

     59,669        63,615   

Additions from acquisition

     7,430          

Fair value adjustments

     (16,719     (9,002
  

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

   $ 86,523      $ 71,214   
  

 

 

 

 

     Period End  
  

 

 

 
(Dollars in thousands)    December 31,
2011
     December 31,
2010
 
  

 

 

 

Residential real estate

   $ 7,327       $ 5,694   

Residential real estate development

     19,923         17,781   

Commercial real estate

     59,273         47,739   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 86,523       $ 71,214   
  

 

 

 

 

77


Liquidity and Capital Resources

The Company and the banks are subject to various regulatory capital requirements established by the federal banking agencies that take into account risk attributable to balance sheet and off-balance sheet activities. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory — and possibly discretionary — actions by regulators, that if undertaken could have a direct material effect on the Company’s financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company and the banks must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Company’s assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The Federal Reserve’s capital guidelines require bank holding companies to maintain a minimum ratio of qualifying total capital to risk-weighted assets of 8.0%, of which at least 4.0% must be in the form of Tier 1 Capital. The Federal Reserve also requires a minimum leverage ratio of Tier 1 Capital to total assets of 3.0% for strong bank holding companies (those rated a composite “1” under the Federal Reserve’s rating system). For all other bank holding companies, the minimum ratio of Tier 1 Capital to total assets is 4.0%. In addition the Federal Reserve continues to consider the Tier 1 leverage ratio in evaluating proposals for expansion or new activities.

The following table summarizes the capital guidelines for bank holding companies, as well as certain ratios relating to the Company’s equity and assets as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009:

 

      Minimum
Ratios
   

Well
Capitalized

Ratios

    2011     2010     2009  

Tier 1 Leverage Ratio

     4.0     5.0     9.4     10.1     9.3

Tier 1 Capital to Risk-Weighted Assets

     4.0     6.0     11.8     12.5     11.0

Total Capital to Risk-Weighted Assets

     8.0     10.0     13.0     13.8     12.4

Total average equity to toal average assets

     N/A        N/A        10.0     10.0     9.5

Dividend payout ratio

     N/A        N/A        10.8     17.6     12.4

As reflected in the table, each of the Company’s capital ratios at December 31, 2011, exceeded the well-capitalized ratios established by the Federal Reserve. Refer to Note 20 of the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information on the capital positions of the banks.

The Company’s principal sources of funds at the holding company level are dividends from its subsidiaries, borrowings under its loan agreement with unaffiliated banks and proceeds from the issuances of subordinated debt and additional equity. Refer to Notes 12, 14, 16 and 24 of the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information on the Company’s notes payable, subordinated notes, junior subordinated debentures and shareholders’ equity, respectively. Management is committed to maintaining the Company’s capital levels above the “Well Capitalized” levels established by the Federal Reserve for bank holding companies.

In March 2010, the Company issued through a public offering a total of 6.67 million shares of its common stock at $33.25 per share. Net proceeds to the Company totaled $210.3 million after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses. Additionally, in December 2010, the Company sold 3.66 million shares of common stock at $30.00 per share and 4.6 million 7.50% tangible equity units (“TEU”) at a public offering price of $50.00 per unit. The Company received net proceeds of $104.8 million and $222.7 million from the common stock and TEU, respectively, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses. Each tangible equity unit is a unit composed of a prepaid stock purchase contract and a junior subordinated amortizing note due December 15, 2013. For additional discussion of these offerings and the terms of the TEUs, see Note 24 — Shareholders’ Equity and Note 15 — Other Borrowings.

On December 22, 2010, the Company repurchased all 250,000 shares of its Series B Preferred Stock, which it issued to the Treasury in December 2008 under the TARP CPP. The Series B Preferred Stock and the accompanying warrant to purchase Wintrust common stock were the only securities sold by the Company to the federal government.

The Company’s Board of Directors approved the first semiannual dividend on the Company’s common stock in January 2000 and has continued to approve semi-annual dividends since that time. The payment of dividends is also subject to statutory restrictions and restrictions arising under the terms of our 8.00% non-cumulative perpetual convertible preferred stock, Series A, the Company’s trust preferred securities offerings, the Company’s 7.5% tangible equity units and under certain financial covenants in the Company’s credit agreement. Under the terms of the Company’s revolving credit facility entered into on October 30, 2009 (and amended on October 28, 2011), the Company is prohibited from paying dividends on any equity interests, including its common stock and preferred stock, if such payments would cause the Company to be in default under its credit facility. Prior to the repurchase of the Series B Preferred Stock, noted above, declarations of dividends were also limited by the terms of Series B Preferred Stock. In January and July of 2010 and 2011, Wintrust declared semi-annual cash dividends of $0.09 per common share. Taking into account the limitations on the payment of dividends, the final determination of timing, amount and payment of dividends is at the discretion of the Company’s Board of Directors and will depend on the Company’s earnings, financial condition, capital requirements and other relevant factors.

Banking laws impose restrictions upon the amount of dividends that can be paid to the holding company by the banks. Based on these laws, the banks could, subject to minimum capital requirements, declare dividends to the Company without obtaining regulatory approval in an amount not exceeding (a) undivided profits, and (b) the amount of net income reduced by dividends paid for the current and prior two years.

 

78


At January 1, 2012, subject to minimum capital requirements at the banks, approximately $94.7 million was available as dividends from the banks without prior regulatory approval and without compromising the banks’ well-capitalized positions.

Since the banks are required to maintain their capital at the well-capitalized level (due to the Company being a financial holding company), funds otherwise available as dividends from the banks are limited to the amount that would not reduce any of the banks’ capital ratios below the well-capitalized level. During 2011, 2010 and 2009 the subsidiaries paid dividends to Wintrust totaling

$27.8 million, $11.5 million and $100.0 million, respectively.

Liquidity management at the banks involves planning to meet anticipated funding needs at a reasonable cost. Liquidity management is guided by policies, formulated and monitored by the Company’s senior management and each Bank’s asset/liability committee, which take into account the marketability of assets, the sources and stability of funding and the level of unfunded commitments. The banks’ principal sources of funds are deposits, short-term borrowings and capital contributions from the holding company. In addition, the banks are eligible to borrow under Federal Home Loan Bank advances and certain banks are eligible to borrow at the Federal Reserve Bank Discount Window, another source of liquidity.

Core deposits are the most stable source of liquidity for community banks due to the nature of long-term relationships generally established with depositors and the security of deposit insurance provided by the FDIC. Core deposits are generally defined in the industry as total deposits less time deposits with balances greater than $100,000. Due to the affluent nature of many of the communities that the Company serves, management believes that many of its time deposits with balances in excess of $100,000 are also a stable source of funds. Standard deposit insurance coverage is $250,000 per depositor per insured bank, for each account ownership category. In addition, each of our subsidiary banks elected to participate in the Transaction Account Guarantee Program (TAGP), which provides unlimited FDIC insurance coverage for the entire account balance in exchange for an additional insurance premium to be paid by the depository institution for accounts with balances in excess of the permanent FDIC insurance limit of $250,000. This additional insurance coverage expired on December 31, 2010. Effective on that same date, the Dodd-Frank Act provided unlimited deposit insurance coverage for noninterest-bearing deposits through December 31, 2012. This unlimited insurance coverage is separate from, and in addition to, the insurance coverage provided to a depositor’s other accounts at a bank.

While the Company obtains a portion of its total deposits through brokered deposits, the Company does so primarily as an asset-liability management tool to assist in the management of interest rate risk, and the Company does not consider brokered deposits to be a vital component of its current liquidity resources. Historically, brokered deposits have represented a small component of the Company’s total deposits outstanding, as set forth in the table below:

 

     December 31,  
(Dollars in thousands)    2011     2010     2009     2008     2007  

Total deposits

   $ 12,307,267        10,803,673        9,917,074        8,376,750        7,471,441   

Brokered Deposits (1) 

     616,071        639,687        927,722        800,042        505,069   

Brokered deposits as a percentage of total deposits (1) 

     5.0     5.9     9.4     9.6     6.8

 

(1)

Brokered Deposits include certificates of deposit obtained through deposit brokers, deposits received through the Certificate of Deposit Account Registry Program (“CDARS”), as well as wealth management deposits of brokerage customers from unaffiliated companies which have been placed into deposit accounts of the banks.

The banks routinely accept deposits from a variety of municipal entities. Typically, these municipal entities require that banks pledge marketable securities to collateralize these public deposits. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the banks had approximately

$877.5 million and $875.7 million, respectively, of securities collateralizing public deposits and other short-term borrowings. Public deposits requiring pledged assets are not considered to be core deposits, however they provide the Company with a reliable, lower cost, short-term funding source than what is available through many other wholesale alternatives.

As discussed in Note 6 of the Consolidated Financial Statements, in September 2009, the Company’s subsidiary, FIFC, sponsored a qualifying special-purpose entity (“QSPE”) that issued $600 million in aggregate principal amount of its Notes. The QSPE’s obligations under the Notes are secured by loans made to buyers of property and casualty insurance policies to finance the related premiums payable by the buyers to the insurance companies for the policies. At the time of issuance, the Notes were eligible collateral under TALF and certain investors therefore received non-recourse funding from the New York Fed in order to purchase the Notes. As a result, FIFC believes it received greater proceeds at lower interest rates from the securitization than it otherwise would have received in a non-TALF-eligible transaction.

Other than as discussed in this section, the Company is not aware of any known trends, commitments, events, regulatory recommendations or uncertainties that would have any material adverse effect on the Company’s capital resources, operations or liquidity.

 

79


CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS, COMMITMENTS, CONTINGENT LIABILITIES AND OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS

The Company has various financial obligations, including contractual obligations and commitments that may require future cash payments.

Contractual Obligations. The following table presents, as of December 31, 2011, significant fixed and determinable contractual obligations to third parties by payment date. Further discussion of the nature of each obligation is included in the referenced note to the Consolidated Financial Statements:

 

            Payments Due in  

(Dollars in thousands)

   Note
Reference
    

One year

or less

     From one to
three years
     From three
to five years
     Over five
years
     Total  
  

 

 

 

Deposits (1) 

     11       $ 10,664,128         1,239,609         399,252         4,278         12,307,267   

Notes Payable

     12         50,729         729         1,364                 52,822   

FHLB Advances (1) (2) 

     13         60,000         259,481         120,000         35,000         474,481   

Subordinated Notes

     14         15,000         15,000         5,000                 35,000   

Other borrowings

     15         154,232         889,521                         1,043,753   

Junior Subordinated debentures

     16                                 249,493         249,493   

Operating leases

     17         4,189         7,302         5,860         9,011         26,362   

Purchase obligations (3) 

              22,249         24,035         14,472         113         60,869   

Total

            $ 10,970,527         2,435,677         545,948         297,895         14,250,047   

 

(1)

Excludes basis adjustment for purchase accounting valuations.

 

(2)

Certain advances provide the FHLB with call dates which are not reflected in the above table.

 

(3)

Purchase obligations presented above primarily relate to certain contractual obligations for services related to the construction of facilities, data processing and the outsourcing of certain operational activities.

The Company also enters into derivative contracts under which the Company is required to either receive cash from or pay cash to counterparties depending on changes in interest rates. Derivative contracts are carried at fair value representing the net present value of expected future cash receipts or payments based on market rates as of the balance sheet date. Because the derivative assets and liabilities recorded on the balance sheet at December 31, 2011 do not represent the amounts that may ultimately be paid under these contracts, these assets and liabilities are not included in the table of contractual obligations presented above. Commitments.

The following table presents a summary of the amounts and expected maturities of significant commitments as of December 31, 2011. Further information on these commitments is included in Note 21 of the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

(Dollars in thousands)

   One year or
less
     From one to
three years
     From three
to five years
     Over
five years
     Total  
  

 

 

 

Commitment type:

              

Commercial, commercial real estate and construction

   $ 1,257,581         517,422         119,171         37,603         1,931,777   

Residential real estate

     272,885                                 272,885   

Revolving home equity lines of credit

     762,230                                 762,230   

Letters of credit

     132,374         47,330         17,645         1,659         199,008   

Commitments to sell mortgage loans

     591,530                                 591,530   

Contingencies. The Company enters into residential mortgage loan sale agreements with investors in the normal course of business. These agreements usually require certain representations concerning credit information, loan documentation, collateral and insurability. Investors have requested the Company to indemnify them against losses on certain loans or to repurchase loans which the investors believe do not comply with applicable representations. Upon completion of its own investigation, the Company generally repurchases or provides indemnification on certain loans. Indemnification requests are generally received within two years subsequent to sale. Management maintains a liability for estimated losses on loans expected to be repurchased or on which indemnification is expected to be provided and regularly evaluates the adequacy of this recourse liability based on trends in repurchase and indemnification requests, actual loss experience, known and inherent risks in the loans and current economic conditions. At December 31, 2011 the liability for estimated losses on repurchase and indemnification was $2.5 million and was included in other liabilities on the balance sheet.

 

80


ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISKS

Effects of Inflation

A banking organization’s assets and liabilities are primarily monetary. Changes in the rate of inflation do not have as great an impact on the financial condition of a bank as do changes in interest rates. Changes in inflation are not expected to have a material impact on the Company.

Asset-Liability Management

As an ongoing part of its financial strategy, the Company attempts to manage the impact of fluctuations in market interest rates on net interest income. This effort entails providing a reasonable balance between interest rate risk, credit risk, liquidity risk and maintenance of yield. An analysis of the Company’s asset and liability structure provides the best indication of how the organization is positioned to respond to changing interest rates. Asset-liability management policies are established and monitored by management in conjunction with the boards of directors of the banks, subject to general oversight by the Risk Management Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors. The policies establish guidelines for acceptable limits on the sensitivity of the market value of assets and liabilities to changes in interest rates.

Interest rate risk arises when the maturity or re-pricing periods and interest rate indices of the interest earning assets, interest bearing liabilities, and derivative financial instruments are different. It is the risk that changes in the level of market interest rates will result in disproportionate changes in the value of, and the net earnings generated from, the Company’s interest earning assets, interest bearing liabilities and derivative financial instruments. The Company continuously monitors not only the organization’s current net interest margin, but also the historical trends of these margins. In addition, management attempts to identify potential adverse changes in net interest income in future years as a result interest rate fluctuations by performing simulation analysis of various interest rate environments. If a potential adverse change in net interest margin and/or net income is identified, management would take appropriate actions with its asset-liability structure to mitigate these potentially adverse situations. Please refer to Item 7 “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” for further discussion of the net interest margin.

Since the Company’s primary source of interest bearing liabilities is from customer deposits, the Company’s ability to manage the types and terms of such deposits may be somewhat limited by customer preferences and local competition in the market areas in which the banks operate. The rates, terms and interest rate indices of the Company’s interest earning assets result primarily from the Company’s strategy of investing in loans and securities that permit the Company to limit its exposure to interest rate risk, together with credit risk, while at the same time achieving an acceptable interest rate spread.

The Company’s exposure to interest rate risk is reviewed on a regular basis by management and the Risk Management Committees of the boards of directors of the banks and the Company. The objective is to measure the effect on net income and to adjust balance sheet and derivative financial instruments to minimize the inherent risk while at the same time maximize net interest income.

Management measures its exposure to changes in interest rates using many different interest rate scenarios. One interest rate scenario utilized is to measure the percentage change in net interest income assuming a ramped increase and decrease of 100 and 200 basis points that occurs in equal steps over a twelve-month time horizon. Utilizing this measurement concept, the interest rate risk of the Company, expressed as a percentage change in net interest income over a one-year time horizon due to changes in interest rates, at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, is as follows:

 

     +200
Basis
Points
    +100
Basis
Points
    -100
Basis
Points
    -200
Basis
Points
 
  

 

 

 

Percentage change in net interest income due to a ramped 100 and 200 basis point shift in the yield curve:

        

December 31, 2011

     7.7     3.2     (3.4 )%      (8.8)%   

December 31, 2010

     5.3     2.4     (2.9 )%      (7.0)%   

This simulation analysis is based upon actual cash flows and repricing characteristics for balance sheet instruments and incorporates management’s projections of the future volume and pricing of each of the product lines offered by the Company as well as other pertinent assumptions. Actual results may differ from these simulated results due to timing, magnitude, and frequency of interest rate changes as well as changes in market conditions and management strategies.

 

81


One method utilized by financial institutions to manage interest rate risk is to enter into derivative financial instruments. A derivative financial instrument includes interest rate swaps, interest rate caps and floors, futures, forwards, option contracts and other financial instruments with similar characteristics. Additionally, the Company enters into commitments to fund certain mortgage loans (interest rate locks) to be sold into the secondary market and forward commitments for the future delivery of mortgage loans to third party investors. See Note 22 of the Financial Statements presented under Item 8 of this report for further information on the Company’s derivative financial instruments.

During 2011 and 2010, the Company entered into certain covered call option transactions related to certain securities held by the Company. The Company uses these option transactions (rather than entering into other derivative interest rate contracts, such as interest rate floors) to increase the total return associated with the related securities. Although the revenue received from these options is recorded as non-interest income rather than interest income, the increased return attributable to the related securities from these options contributes to the Company’s overall profitability. The Company’s exposure to interest rate risk may be impacted by these transactions. To mitigate this risk, the Company may acquire fixed rate term debt or use financial derivative instruments. There were no covered call options outstanding as of December 31, 2011 or 2010.

 

82


ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Shareholders of Wintrust Financial Corporation and subsidiaries

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of condition of Wintrust Financial Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Wintrust Financial Corporation and subsidiaries at December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Wintrust Financial Corporation and subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated February 29, 2012 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Chicago, Illinois

February 29, 2012

 

83


WINTRUST FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CONDITION

(In thousands, except per share data)

 

     December 31,  
  

 

 

 
     2011     2010  
  

 

 

 

Assets

    

Cash and due from banks

   $ 148,012      $ 153,690   

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements

     21,692        18,890   

Interest-bearing deposits with other banks (balance restricted for securitization investors of $272,592 at December 31, 2011 and $36,620 at December 31, 2010)

     749,287        865,575   

Available-for-sale securities, at fair value

     1,291,797        1,496,302   

Trading account securities

     2,490        4,879   

Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve Bank stock

     100,434        82,407   

Brokerage customer receivables

     27,925        24,549   

Mortgage loans held-for-sale, at fair value

     306,838        356,662   

Mortgage loans held-for-sale, at lower of cost or market

     13,686        14,785   

Loans, net of unearned income, excluding covered loans

     10,521,377        9,599,886   

Covered loans

     651,368        334,353   

Total loans

     11,172,745        9,934,239   

Less: Allowance for loan losses

     110,381        113,903   

Less: Allowance for covered loan losses

     12,977          

Net loans (balance restricted for securitization investors of $411,532 at December 31, 2011 and $646,268 at December 31, 2010)

     11,049,387        9,820,336   

Premises and equipment, net

     431,512        363,696   

FDIC indemnification asset

     344,251        118,182   

Accrued interest receivable and other assets

     444,912        366,438   

Trade date securities receivable

     634,047          

Goodwill

     305,468        281,190   

Other intangible assets

     22,070        12,575   

Total assets

   $ 15,893,808      $ 13,980,156   

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

    

Deposits:

    

Non-interest bearing

   $ 1,785,433      $ 1,201,194   

Interest bearing

     10,521,834        9,602,479   

Total deposits

     12,307,267        10,803,673   

Notes payable

     52,822        1,000   

Federal Home Loan Bank advances

     474,481        423,500   

Other borrowings

     443,753        260,620   

Secured borrowings—owed to securitization investors

     600,000        600,000   

Subordinated notes

     35,000        50,000   

Junior subordinated debentures

     249,493        249,493   

Accrued interest payable and other liabilities

     187,459        155,321   

Total liabilities

     14,350,275        12,543,607   

Shareholders’ Equity:

    

Preferred stock, no par value; 20,000,000 shares authorized:

    

Series A—$1,000 liquidation value; 50,000 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010

     49,768        49,640   

Common stock, no par value; $1.00 stated value; 60,000,000 shares authorized; 35,981,950 shares and 34,864,068 shares issued at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively

     35,982        34,864   

Surplus

     1,001,316        965,203   

Treasury stock, at cost, 3,601 shares and no shares at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively

     (112       

Retained earnings

     459,457        392,354   

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

     (2,878     (5,512

Total shareholders’ equity

     1,543,533        1,436,549   

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

   $ 15,893,808      $ 13,980,156   

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

84


WINTRUST FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

(In thousands, except per share data)

 

    Years Ended December 31,  
 

 

 

 
    2011      2010      2009  
 

 

 

 

Interest income

       

Interest and fees on loans

  $ 552,938       $ 547,896       $ 465,777   

Interest bearing deposits with banks

    3,419         5,170         3,574   

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements

    116         157         271   

Securities

    46,219         36,904         55,649   

Trading account securities

    44         394         106   

Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve Bank stock

    2,297         1,931         1,722   

Brokerage customer receivables

    760         655         515   

Total interest income

    605,793         593,107         527,614   

Interest expense

       

Interest on deposits

    87,938         123,779         171,259   

Interest on Federal Home Loan Bank advances

    16,320         16,520         18,002   

Interest on notes payable and other borrowings

    11,023         5,943         7,064   

Interest on secured borrowings—owed to securitization investors

    12,113         12,366         —     

Interest on subordinated notes

    750         995         1,627   

Interest on junior subordinated debentures

    16,272         17,668         17,786   

Total interest expense

    144,416         177,271         215,738   

Net interest income

    461,377         415,836         311,876   

Provision for credit losses

    102,638         124,664         167,932   

Net interest income after provision for credit losses

    358,739         291,172         143,944   

Non-interest income

       

Wealth management

    44,517         36,941         28,357   

Mortgage banking

    56,942         61,378         68,527   

Service charges on deposit accounts

    14,963         13,433         13,037   

Gain on sales of commercial premium finance receivables

    —           —           8,576   

Gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities, net

    1,792         9,832         (268

Fees from covered call options

    13,570         2,235         1,998   

Gain on bargain purchases

    37,974         44,231         156,013   

Trading gains

    337         5,165         26,788   

Other

    19,603         18,945         14,619   

Total non-interest income

    189,698         192,160         317,647   

Non-interest expense

       

Salaries and employee benefits

    237,785         215,766         186,878   

Equipment

    18,267         16,529         16,119   

Occupancy, net

    28,764         24,444         23,806   

Data processing

    14,568         15,355         12,982   

Advertising and marketing

    8,380         6,315         5,369   

Professional fees

    16,874         16,394         13,399   

Amortization of other intangible assets

    3,425         2,739         2,784   

FDIC insurance

    14,143         18,028         21,199   

OREO expenses, net

    26,340         19,331         18,963   

Other

    51,858         47,624         42,588   

Total non-interest expense

    420,404         382,525         344,087   

Income before taxes

    128,033         100,807         117,504   

Income tax expense

    50,458         37,478         44,435   

Net income

  $ 77,575       $ 63,329       $ 73,069   

Preferred stock dividends and discount accretion

    4,128         19,643         19,556   

Non-cash deemed preferred stock dividend

    —           11,361         —     

Net income applicable to common shares

  $ 73,447       $ 32,325       $ 53,513   

Net income per common share—Basic

  $ 2.08       $ 1.08       $ 2.23   

Net income per common share—Diluted

  $ 1.67       $ 1.02       $ 2.18   

Cash dividends declared per common share

  $ 0.18       $ 0.18       $ 0.27   

Weighted average common shares outstanding

    35,355         30,057         24,010   

Dilutive potential common shares

    8,636         1,513         2,335   

Average common shares and dilutive common shares

    43,991         31,570         26,345   

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

85


WINTRUST FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

(In thousands)    Preferred
stock
    Common
stock
     Surplus     Treasury
stock
    Retained
earnings
    Accumulated
other
comprehensive
income (loss)
    Total
shareholder’s
equity
 

Balance at December 31, 2008

   $ 281,873      $ 26,611       $ 571,887      $ (122,290   $ 318,793      $ (10,302   $ 1,066,572   

Comprehensive income:

               

Net income

                                  73,069               73,069   

Other comprehensive income, net of tax:

               

Unrealized gains on securities, net of reclassification adjustment

                                         877        877   

Unrealized gains on derivative instruments

                                         3,112        3,112   

Comprehensive income

                  77,058   

Cash dividends declared on common stock

                                  (6,463            (6,463

Dividends on preferred stock

                                  (16,605            (16,605

Accretion on preferred stock

     2,951                              (2,951              

Stock-based compensation

                    6,853                             6,853   

Cumulative effect of change in accounting for other-than- temporary impairment

                                  309        (309       

Common stock issued for:

               

Exercise of stock options and warrants

            213         3,144                             3,357   

Restricted stock awards

            84         (835     (443                   (1,194

Employee stock purchase plan

            119         2,376                             2,495   

Director compensation plan

            52         6,514                             6,566   

Balance at December 31, 2009

   $ 284,824      $ 27,079       $ 589,939      $ (122,733   $ 366,152      $ (6,622   $ 1,138,639   

Comprehensive income:

               

Net income

                                  63,329               63,329   

Other comprehensive income, net of tax:

               

Unrealized losses on securities, net of reclassification adjustment

                                         (64     (64

Unrealized gains on derivative instruments

                                         1,330        1,330   

Comprehensive income

                  64,595   

Cash dividends declared on common stock

                                  (4,991            (4,991

Dividends on preferred stock

                                  (16,188            (16,188

Accretion on preferred stock

     3,455                              (3,455              

Redemption of Series B preferred stock

     (250,000                                         (250,000

Non-cash deemed preferred stock dividend

     11,361                              (11,361              

Stock-based compensation

                    4,640                             4,640   

Cumulative effect of change in accounting for loan securitizations

                                  (1,132     (156     (1,288

Issuance of prepaid common stock purchase contracts

                    179,316                        179,316   

Common stock issued for:

               

New issuance, net of costs

            7,473         184,684        122,951                      315,108   

Exercise of stock options and warrants

            159         3,136                             3,295   

Restricted stock awards

            64         (87     (218                   (241

Employee stock purchase plan

            41         1,354                             1,395   

Director compensation plan

            48         2,221                             2,269   

Balance at December 31, 2010

   $ 49,640      $ 34,864       $ 965,203      $      $ 392,354      $ (5,512   $ 1,436,549   

Comprehensive income:

               

Net income

                                  77,575               77,575   

Other comprehensive income, net of tax:

               

Unrealized gains on securities, net of reclassification adjustment

                                         1,525        1,525   

Unrealized gains on derivative instruments

                                         1,109        1,109   

Comprehensive income

                  80,209   

Cash dividends declared on common stock

                                  (6,344            (6,344

Dividends on preferred stock

                                  (4,000            (4,000

Accretion on preferred stock

     128                              (128              

Common stock repurchases

                           (112                   (112

Stock-based compensation

                    5,692                             5,692   

Common stock issued for:

               

Acquisitions

            883         25,603                             26,486   

Exercise of stock options and warrants

            86         1,504                             1,590   

Restricted stock awards

            57         (132                          (75

Employee stock purchase plan

            67         2,032                             2,099   

Director compensation plan

            25         1,414                             1,439   

Balance at December 31, 2011

   $ 49,768      $ 35,982       $ 1,001,316      $ (112   $ 459,457      $ (2,878   $ 1,543,533   

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

86


WINTRUST FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
  

 

 

 
(In thousands)    2011     2010     2009  
  

 

 

 

Operating Activities:

      

Net income

   $ 77,575      $ 63,329      $ 73,069   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used for) operating activities

      

Provision for credit losses

     102,638        124,664        167,932   

Depreciation and amortization

     19,469        18,165        20,508   

Deferred income tax (benefit) expense

     (639     (15,972     51,279   

Stock-based compensation expense

     5,692        4,640        6,853   

Tax benefit from stock-based compensation arrangements

     129        881        81   

Excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation arrangements

     (306     (1,354     (981

Net amortization of premium on securities

     4,434        8,910        1,729   

Mortgage servicing rights fair value change and amortization, net

     4,673        2,977        2,031   

Originations and purchases of mortgage loans held-for-sale

     (2,545,385     (3,746,127     (4,666,506

Proceeds from sales of mortgage loans held-for-sale

     2,638,162        3,723,773        4,503,982   

Originations of premium finance receivables held-for-sale

                   (1,146,342

Proceeds from sales and securitizations of premium finance receivables held-for-sale

                   462,580   

Bank owned life insurance income, net of claims

     (2,569     (2,404     (2,044

Gain on sales of premium finance receivables

                   (8,576

Decrease (increase) in trading securities, net

     2,389        28,895        (29,375

Net increase in brokerage customer receivables

     (3,376     (3,678     (2,970

Gain on mortgage loans sold

     (41,854     (73,378     (52,075

(Gains) losses on available-for-sale securities, net

     (1,792     (9,832     268   

Gain on bargain purchases

     (37,974     (44,231     (156,013

Loss on sales of premises and equipment, net

     29        17        362   

Decrease (increase) in accrued interest receivable and other assets, net

     154,112        141,518        (64,393

Decrease in accrued interest payable and other liabilities, net

     (9,720     (15,349     (2,427

Net Cash Provided by (Used for) Operating Activities

     365,687        205,444        (841,028

Investing Activities:

      

Proceeds from maturities of available-for-sale securities

     1,483,986        1,032,581        1,423,164   

Proceeds from sales of available-for-sale securities

     1,265,046        710,290        1,273,634   

Purchases of available-for-sale securities

     (3,087,864     (2,016,636     (2,457,086

Proceeds from sales and securitizations of premium finance receivables

                   600,000   

Net cash received (paid) for acquisitions

     91,571        62,189        (745,916

Net decrease (increase) in interest-bearing deposits with banks

     140,684        366,099        (902,654

Net increase in loans

     (772,675     (706,285     (38,775

Purchases of premises and equipment, net

     (79,132     (30,510     (18,275

Net Cash Used for Investing Activities

     (958,384     (582,272     (865,908

Financing Activities:

      

Increase in deposit accounts

     385,335        197,614        1,540,308   

Increase (decrease) in other borrowings, net

     226,050        13,173        (89,327

Decrease in Federal Home Loan Bank advances, net

            (36,735     (5,000

Repayment of subordinated note

     (15,000     (10,000     (10,000

Excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation arrangements

     306        1,354        981   

Redemption of Series B preferred stock

            (250,000       

Issuance of prepaid common stock purchase contracts

            179,316          

Issuance of common stock, net of issuance costs

            315,108          

Issuance of common shares resulting from exercise of stock options, employee stock purchase plan and conversion of common stock warrants

     3,586        3,956        4,912   

Common stock repurchases

     (112     (218     (443

Dividends paid

     (10,344     (22,776     (21,783

Net Cash Provided by Financing Activities

     589,821        390,792        1,419,648   

Net (Decrease) Increase in Cash and Cash Equivalents

     (2,876     13,964        (287,288

Cash and Cash Equivalents at Beginning of Period

     172,580        158,616        445,904   

Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Period

   $ 169,704      $ 172,580      $ 158,616   

Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information:

      

Cash paid during the year for:

      

Interest

   $ 146,982      $ 177,422      $ 218,602   

Income taxes, net

     57,474        34,730        8,646   

Acquisitions:

      

Fair value of assets acquired, including cash and cash equivalents

     1,257,085        673,277        911,023   

Value ascribed to goodwill and other intangible assets

     37,198        1,590        1,800   

Fair value of liabilities assumed

     1,220,189        730,522          

Non-cash activities

      

Transfer to other real estate owned from loans

     59,669        68,663        112,015   

Common stock issued for acquisitions

     27,091                 

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

87


(1) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

The accounting and reporting policies of Wintrust and its subsidiaries conform to generally accepted accounting principles in the United States and prevailing practices of the banking industry. In the preparation of the consolidated financial statements, management is required to make certain estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts contained in the consolidated financial statements. Management believes that the estimates made are reasonable; however, changes in estimates may be required if economic or other conditions change beyond management’s expectations. Reclassifications of certain prior year amounts have been made to conform to the current year presentation. The following is a summary of the Company’s more significant accounting policies.

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements of Wintrust include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in the consolidated financial statements.

Earnings per Share

Basic earnings per share is computed by dividing income available to common shareholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted earnings per share reflects the potential dilution that would occur if securities or other contracts to issue common stock were exercised or converted into common stock or resulted in the issuance of common stock that then shared in the earnings of the Company. The weighted-average number of common shares outstanding is increased by the assumed conversion of outstanding convertible preferred stock and tangible equity unit shares from the beginning of the year or date of issuance, if later, and the number of common shares that would be issued assuming the exercise of stock options, the issuance of restricted shares and stock warrants using the treasury stock method. The adjustments to the weighted-average common shares outstanding are only made when such adjustments will dilute earnings per common share.

Business Combinations

The Company accounts for business combinations under the acquisition method of accounting in accordance with ASC 805, “Business Combinations” (“ASC 805”). The Company recognizes the full fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, immediately expenses transaction costs and accounts for restructuring plans separately from the business combination. There is no separate recognition of the acquired allowance for loan losses on the acquirer’s balance sheet as credit related factors are incorporated directly into the fair value of the loans recorded at the acquisition date. The excess of the cost of the acquisition over the fair value of the net tangible and intangible assets acquired is recorded as goodwill. Alternatively, a gain is recorded equal to the amount by which the fair value of assets purchased exceeds the fair value of liabilities assumed and consideration paid.

Results of operations of the acquired business are included in the income statement from the effective date of acquisition.

Cash Equivalents

For purposes of the consolidated statements of cash flows, Wintrust considers cash on hand, cash items in the process of collection, non-interest bearing amounts due from correspondent banks, federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements with original maturities of three months or less, to be cash equivalents.

Securities

The Company classifies securities upon purchase in one of three categories: trading, held-to-maturity, or available-for-sale. Debt and equity securities held for resale are classified as trading securities. Debt securities for which the Company has the ability and positive intent to hold until maturity are classified as held-to-maturity. All other securities are classified as available-for-sale as they may be sold prior to maturity in response to changes in the Company’s interest rate risk profile, funding needs, demand for collateralized deposits by public entities or other reasons.

Held-to-maturity securities are stated at amortized cost, which represents actual cost adjusted for premium amortization and discount accretion using methods that approximate the effective interest method. Available-for-sale securities are stated at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses, net of related taxes, included in shareholders’ equity as a separate component of other comprehensive income.

Trading account securities are stated at fair value. Realized and unrealized gains and losses from sales and fair value adjustments are included in other non-interest income.

Declines in the fair value of investment securities available for sale (with certain exceptions for debt securities noted below) that are deemed to be other-than-temporary are charged to earnings as a realized loss, and a new cost basis for the securities is established. In evaluating other-than-temporary impairment, management considers the length of time and extent to which the fair value has been less than cost, the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, and the intent and ability of the Corporation to retain its

 

88


investment in the issuer for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value in the near term. Declines in the fair value of debt securities below amortized cost are deemed to be other-than-temporary in circumstances where: (1) the Corporation has the intent to sell a security; (2) it is more likely than not that the Corporation will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis; or (3) the Corporation does not expect to recover the entire amortized cost basis of the security. If the Corporation intends to sell a security or if it is more likely than not that the Corporation will be required to sell the security before recovery, an other-than-temporary impairment write-down is recognized in earnings equal to the difference between the security’s amortized cost basis and its fair value. If an entity does not intend to sell the security or it is not more likely than not that it will be required to sell the security before recovery, the other-than-temporary impairment write-down is separated into an amount representing credit loss, which is recognized in earnings, and an amount related to all other factors, which is recognized in other comprehensive income.

Interest and dividends, including amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts, are recognized as interest income when earned. Realized gains and losses on sales (using the specific identification method) and declines in value judged to be other-than-temporary are included in non-interest income.

Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve Bank Stock

Investments in Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve Bank stock are restricted as to redemption and are carried at cost.

Securities Purchased Under Resale Agreements and Securities Sold Under Repurchase Agreements

Securities purchased under resale agreements and securities sold under repurchase agreements are generally treated as collateralized financing transactions and are recorded at the amount at which the securities were acquired or sold plus accrued interest. Securities, generally U.S. government and Federal agency securities, pledged as collateral under these financing arrangements cannot be sold by the secured party. The fair value of collateral either received from or provided to a third party is monitored and additional collateral is obtained or requested to be returned as deemed appropriate.

Brokerage Customer Receivables

The Company, under an agreement with an out-sourced securities clearing firm, extends credit to its brokerage customers to finance their purchases of securities on margin. The Company receives income from interest charged on such extensions of credit. Brokerage customer receivables represent amounts due on margin balances. Securities owned by customers are held as collateral for these receivables.

Mortgage Loans Held-for-Sale

Mortgage loans are classified as held-for-sale when originated or acquired with the intent to sell the loan into the secondary market. Market conditions or other developments may change management’s intent with respect to the disposition of these loans and loans previously classified as mortgage loans held-for-sale may be reclassified to the loan portfolio.

ASC 825, “Financial Instruments” provides entities with an option to report selected financial assets and liabilities at fair value and was effective January 1, 2008. The Company elected to measure, at fair value, new mortgage loans originated by Wintrust Mortgage on or after January 1, 2008. The fair value of the loans is determined by reference to investor prices for loan products with similar characteristics. Changes in fair value are recognized in mortgage banking revenue.

Mortgage loans held-for-sale not originated by Wintrust Mortgage on or after January 1, 2008 are carried at the lower of cost or market applied on an aggregate basis by loan type. Fair value is based on either quoted prices for the same or similar loans or values obtained from third parties. Charges related to adjustments to record the loans at fair value are recognized in mortgage banking revenue. Loans that are transferred between mortgage loans held-for-sale and the loan portfolio are recorded at the lower of cost or market at the date of transfer.

Loans, Allowance for Loan Losses, Allowance for Covered Loan Losses and Allowance for Losses on Lending-Related Commitments

Loans are generally reported at the principal amount outstanding, net of unearned income. Interest income is recognized when earned. Loan origination fees and certain direct origination costs are deferred and amortized over the expected life of the loan as an adjustment to the yield using methods that approximate the effective interest method. Finance charges on premium finance receivables are earned over the term of the loan based on actual funds outstanding, using a method which approximates the effective yield method.

Interest income is not accrued on loans where management has determined that the borrowers may be unable to meet contractual principal and/or interest obligations, or where interest or principal is 90 days or more past due, unless the loans are adequately secured and in the process of collection. Cash receipts on non-accrual loans are generally applied to the principal balance until the remaining balance is considered collectible, at which time interest income may be recognized when received.

 

89


The Company maintains its allowance for loan losses at a level believed appropriate by management to absorb probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio and is based on the size and current risk characteristics of the loan portfolio, an assessment of internal problem loan reporting system loans and actual loss experience, changes in the composition of the loan portfolio, historical loss experience, changes in lending policies and procedures, including underwriting standards and collections, charge-off and recovery practices, changes in experience, ability and depth of lending management and staff, changes in national and local economic and business conditions and developments, including the condition of various market segments and changes in the volume and severity of past due and classified loans and trends in the volume of non-accrual loans, troubled debt restructurings and other loan modifications. The allowance for loan losses also includes an element for estimated probable but undetected losses and for imprecision in the credit risk models used to calculate the allowance. Loans with a credit risk rating of a 6 through 9 are reviewed on a monthly basis to determine if (a) an amount is deemed uncollectible (a charge-off) or (b) it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect amounts due in accordance with the original contractual terms of the loan (an impaired loan). If a loan is impaired, the carrying amount of the loan is compared to the expected payments to be received, discounted at the loan’s original rate, or for collateral dependent loans, to the fair value of the collateral. Any shortfall is recorded as a specific reserve. For loans with a credit risk rating of 7 or better, reserves are established based on the type of loan collateral, if any, and the assigned credit risk rating. Determination of the allowance is inherently subjective as it requires significant estimates, including the amounts and timing of expected future cash flows on impaired loans, estimated losses on pools of homogeneous loans based on historical loss experience, and consideration of current environmental factors and economic trends, all of which may be susceptible to significant change. Loan losses are charged off against the allowance, while recoveries are credited to the allowance. A provision for credit losses is charged to operations based on management’s periodic evaluation of the factors previously mentioned, as well as other pertinent factors. Evaluations are conducted at least quarterly and more frequently if deemed necessary.

Under accounting guidance applicable to loans acquired with evidence of credit quality deterioration since origination, the excess of cash flows expected at acquisition over the estimated fair value is referred to as the accretable yield and is recognized in interest income over the remaining estimated life of the loans, using the effective-interest method. The difference between contractually required payments at acquisition and the cash flows expected to be collected at acquisition is referred to as the nonaccretable difference. Changes in the expected cash flows from the date of acquisition will either impact the accretable yield or result in a charge to the provision for credit losses. Subsequent decreases to expected principal cash flows will result in a charge to provision for credit losses and a corresponding increase to allowance for loan losses. Subsequent increases in expected principal cash flows will result in recovery of any previously recorded allowance for loan losses, to the extent applicable, and a reclassification from nonaccretable difference to accretable yield for any remaining increase. All changes in expected interest cash flows, including the impact of prepayments, will result in reclassifications to/from nonaccretable differences.

In estimating expected losses, the Company evaluates loans for impairment in accordance ASC 310, “Receivables.” A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that a creditor will be unable to collect all amounts due pursuant to the contractual terms of the loan. Impaired loans include non-accrual loans, restructured loans or loans with principal and/or interest at risk, even if the loan is current with all payments of principal and interest. Impairment is measured by estimating the fair value of the loan based on the present value of expected cash flows, the market price of the loan, or the fair value of the underlying collateral less costs to sell. If the estimated fair value of the loan is less than the recorded book value, a valuation allowance is established as a component of the allowance for loan losses.

The Company also maintains an allowance for lending-related commitments, specifically unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit, to provide for the risk of loss inherent in these arrangements. The allowance is computed using a methodology similar to that used to determine the allowance for loan losses. This allowance is included in other liabilities on the statement of condition while the corresponding provision for these losses is recorded as a component of the provision for credit losses.

Mortgage Servicing Rights

Mortgage Servicing Rights (“MSRs”) are recorded in the Statement of Condition at fair value in accordance with ASC 860, “Transfers and Servicing.” The Company originates mortgage loans for sale to the secondary market, the majority of which are sold without retaining servicing rights. There are certain loans, however, that are originated and sold with servicing rights retained. MSRs associated with loans originated and sold, where servicing is retained, are capitalized at the time of sale at fair value based on the future net cash flows expected to be realized for performing the servicing activities, and included in other assets in the consolidated statements of condition. The change in the fair value of MSRs is recorded as a component of mortgage banking revenue in non- interest income in the consolidated statements of income. For purposes of measuring fair value, a third party valuation is obtained. This valuation stratifies the servicing rights into pools based on homogenous characteristics, such as product type and interest rate. The fair value of each servicing rights pool is calculated based on the present value of estimated future cash flows using a discount rate commensurate with the risk associated with that pool, given current market conditions. Estimates of fair value include assumptions about prepayment speeds, interest rates and other factors which are subject to change over time. Changes in these underlying assumptions could cause the fair value of MSRs to change significantly in the future.

 

90


Premises and Equipment

Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization are computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets. Useful lives range from two to ten years for furniture, fixtures and equipment, two to five years for software and computer-related equipment and seven to 39 years for buildings and improvements. Land improvements are amortized over a period of 15 years and leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the useful life of the improvement or the term of the respective lease. Land and antique furnishings and artwork are not subject to depreciation. Expenditures for major additions and improvements are capitalized, and maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred. Internal costs related to the configuration and installation of new software and the modification of existing software that provides additional functionality are capitalized.

Long-lived depreciable assets are evaluated periodically for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount may not be recoverable. Impairment exists when the expected undiscounted future cash flows of a long-lived asset are less than its carrying value. In that event, a loss is recognized for the difference between the carrying value and the estimated fair value of the asset based on a quoted market price, if applicable, or a discounted cash flow analysis. Impairment losses are recognized in other non-interest expense.

FDIC Indemnification Asset

In conjunction with FDIC-assisted transactions, the Company entered into loss share agreements with the FDIC. These agreements cover realized losses on loans, foreclosed real estate and certain other assets. These loss share assets are measured separately from the loan portfolios because they are not contractually embedded in the loans and are not transferable with the loans should the Company choose to dispose of them. Fair values at the acquisition dates were estimated based on projected cash flows available for loss-share based on the credit adjustments estimated for each loan pool and the loss share percentages. The loss share assets are also separately measured from the related loans and foreclosed real estate and recorded as FDIC indemnification assets on the Consolidated Statements of Condition. Subsequent to the acquisition date, reimbursements received from the FDIC for actual incurred losses will reduce the loss share assets. Reductions to expected losses, to the extent such reductions to expected losses are the result of an improvement to the actual or expected cash flows from the covered assets, will also reduce the loss share assets. Additional expected losses, to the extent such expected losses result in the recognition of an allowance for loan losses, will increase the loss share assets The corresponding accretion is recorded as a component of non-interest income on the Consolidated Statements of Income. Although these assets are contractual receivables from the FDIC, there are no contractual interest rates.

Other Real Estate Owned

Other real estate owned is comprised of real estate acquired in partial or full satisfaction of loans and is included in other assets. Other real estate owned is recorded at its estimated fair value less estimated selling costs at the date of transfer, with any excess of the related loan balance over the fair value less expected selling costs charged to the allowance for loan losses. Subsequent changes in value are reported as adjustments to the carrying amount and are recorded in other non-interest expense. Gains and losses upon sale, if any, are also charged to other non-interest income or expense, as appropriate. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, other real estate owned totaled $86.5 million and $71.2 million, respectively.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquisition over the fair value of net assets acquired. Other intangible assets represent purchased assets that also lack physical substance but can be distinguished from goodwill because of contractual or other legal rights or because the asset is capable of being sold or exchanged either on its own or in combination with a related contract, asset or liability. In accordance with accounting standards, goodwill is not amortized, but rather is tested for impairment on an annual basis or more frequently when events warrant. Intangible assets which have finite lives are amortized over their estimated useful lives and also are subject to impairment testing. All of the Company’s other intangible assets have finite lives and are amortized over varying periods not exceeding ten years.

Bank-Owned Life Insurance

The Company owns BOLI on certain executives. BOLI balances are recorded at their cash surrender values and are included in other assets. Changes in the cash surrender values are included in non-interest income. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, BOLI totaled $101.0 million and $92.2 million, respectively.

Additionally, in accordance with applicable accounting standards, the Company recognizes a liability and related compensation costs for endorsement split-dollar insurance arrangements that provide a benefit to an employee that extends to postretirement periods. Upon adoption of a new accounting standard on January 1, 2008 the Company established an initial liability for postretirement split- dollar insurance benefits by recognizing a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings of $688,000.

 

91


Derivative Instruments

The Company enters into derivative transactions principally to protect against the risk of adverse price or interest rate movements on the future cash flows or the value of certain assets and liabilities. The Company is also required to recognize certain contracts and commitments, including certain commitments to fund mortgage loans held-for-sale, as derivatives when the characteristics of those contracts and commitments meet the definition of a derivative. The Company accounts for derivatives in accordance with ASC 815, “Derivatives and Hedging”, which requires that all derivative instruments be recorded in the statement of condition at fair value. The accounting for changes in the fair value of a derivative instrument depends on whether it has been designated and qualifies as part of a hedging relationship and further, on the type of hedging relationship.

Derivative instruments designated in a hedge relationship to mitigate exposure to changes in the fair value of an asset or liability attributable to a particular risk, such as interest rate risk, are considered fair value hedges. Derivative instruments designated in a hedge relationship to mitigate exposure to variability in expected future cash flows, or other types of forecasted transactions, are considered cash flow hedges. Formal documentation of the relationship between a derivative instrument and a hedged asset or liability, as well as the risk-management objective and strategy for undertaking each hedge transaction and an assessment of effectiveness is required at inception to apply hedge accounting. In addition, formal documentation of ongoing effectiveness testing is required to maintain hedge accounting.

Fair value hedges are accounted for by recording the changes in the fair value of the derivative instrument and the changes in the fair value related to the risk being hedged of the hedged asset or liability on the statement of condition with corresponding offsets recorded in the income statement. The adjustment to the hedged asset or liability is included in the basis of the hedged item, while the fair value of the derivative is recorded as a freestanding asset or liability. Actual cash receipts or payments and related amounts accrued during the period on derivatives included in a fair value hedge relationship are recorded as adjustments to the interest income or expense recorded on the hedged asset or liability.

Cash flow hedges are accounted for by recording the changes in the fair value of the derivative instrument on the statement of condition as either a freestanding asset or liability, with a corresponding offset recorded in other comprehensive income within shareholders’ equity, net of deferred taxes. Amounts are reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income to interest expense in the period or periods the hedged forecasted transaction affects earnings.

Under both the fair value and cash flow hedge scenarios, changes in the fair value of derivatives not considered to be highly effective in hedging the change in fair value or the expected cash flows of the hedged item are recognized in earnings as non-interest income during the period of the change.

Derivative instruments that are not designated as hedges according to accounting guidance are reported on the statement of condition at fair value and the changes in fair value are recognized in earnings as non-interest income during the period of the change.

Commitments to fund mortgage loans (interest rate locks) to be sold into the secondary market and forward commitments for the future delivery of these mortgage loans are accounted for as derivatives and are not designated in hedging relationships. Fair values of these mortgage derivatives are estimated based on changes in mortgage rates from the date of the commitments. Changes in the fair values of these derivatives are included in mortgage banking revenue.

Periodically, the Company sells options to an unrelated bank or dealer for the right to purchase certain securities held within the banks’ investment portfolios (“covered call options”). These option transactions are designed primarily to increase the total return associated with holding these securities as earning assets. These transactions are not designated in hedging relationships pursuant to accounting guidance and, accordingly, changes in fair values of these contracts, are reported in other non-interest income. There were no covered call option contracts outstanding as of December 31, 2011 or 2010.

Trust Assets, Assets Under Management and Brokerage Assets

Assets held in fiduciary or agency capacity for customers are not included in the consolidated financial statements as they are not assets of Wintrust or its subsidiaries. Fee income is recognized on an accrual basis and is included as a component of non-interest income.

Income Taxes

Wintrust and its subsidiaries file a consolidated Federal income tax return. Income tax expense is based upon income in the consolidated financial statements rather than amounts reported on the income tax return. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimated future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using currently enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized as an income tax benefit or income tax expense in the period that includes the enactment date.

 

92


Positions taken in the Company’s tax returns may be subject to challenge by the taxing authorities upon examination. In accordance with applicable accounting guidance, uncertain tax positions are initially recognized in the financial statements when it is more likely than not the positions will be sustained upon examination by the tax authorities. Such tax positions are both initially and subsequently measured as the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50% likely being realized upon settlement with the tax authority, assuming full knowledge of the position and all relevant facts. Interest and penalties on income tax uncertainties are classified within income tax expense in the income statement.

Stock-Based Compensation Plans

In accordance with ASC 718, “Compensation — Stock Compensation”, compensation cost is measured as the fair value of the awards on their date of grant. A Black-Scholes model is utilized to estimate the fair value of stock options and the market price of the Company’s stock at the date of grant is used to estimate the fair value of restricted stock awards. Compensation cost is recognized over the required service period, generally defined as the vesting period. For awards with graded vesting, compensation cost is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for the entire award.

Accounting guidance requires the recognition of stock based compensation for the number of awards that are ultimately expected to vest. As a result, recognized compensation expense for stock options and restricted share awards is reduced for estimated forfeitures prior to vesting. Forfeitures rates are estimated for each type of award based on historical forfeiture experience. Estimated forfeitures will be reassessed in subsequent periods and may change based on new facts and circumstances.

The Company issues new shares to satisfy option exercises and vesting of restricted shares.

Advertising Costs

Advertising costs are expensed in the period in which they are incurred.

Start-up Costs

Start-up and organizational costs are expensed in the period in which they are incurred.

Comprehensive Income

Comprehensive income consists of net income and other comprehensive income. Other comprehensive income includes unrealized gains and losses on securities available-for-sale, net of deferred taxes, and adjustments related to cash flow hedges, net of deferred taxes.

Stock Repurchases

The Company periodically repurchases shares of its outstanding common stock through open market purchases or other methods. Repurchased shares are recorded as treasury shares on the trade date using the treasury stock method, and the cash paid is recorded as treasury stock.

Securitizations

In 2009, the Company completed a securitization of premium finance receivables — commercial. The securitization was accomplished by transferring the premium finance receivables — commercial to a special purpose entity. Securities were then issued to third-party investors, with the securities collateralized by the transferred assets. The Company determined the conditions for sale accounting were met. In addition, the Company determined activities of the special purpose entity that acquired the assets were sufficiently restricted to meet accounting requirements to be a QSPE. As a result, the Company determined the securitization entity did not need to be consolidated, the premium finance receivables — commercial were removed from the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Condition and a gain on sale was recognized.

The Company’s statement of income beginning January 1, 2010 no longer reflects securitization income, but instead reports interest income, net charge-offs and certain other income associated with the securitized loan receivables in the same line items in the Company’s statement of income as non-securitized premium finance receivables-commercial. Additionally, the Company no longer records initial gains on new securitization activity since the transferred loans no longer receive sale accounting treatment. Also, there are no gains or losses recorded on the revaluation of the interest-only strip receivable as that asset is not recognizable in a transaction accounted for as a secured borrowing.

See Note 6 for additional information on the Company’s securitization accounting.

 

93


(2) Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Goodwill Impairment Testing

In September 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-08, “Intangibles – Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Testing Goodwill for Impairment,” which presents a qualitative approach to test goodwill for impairment. This ASU provides entities the option to assess qualitative factors to determine if impairment of goodwill exists. If examination of the qualitative factors yields a determination that it is not more likely than not that impairment exists, then it is not necessary for the Company to perform the two-step impairment test. This guidance is effective for fiscal periods beginning after December 15, 2011. As this guidance primarily seeks to simplify goodwill impairment testing, the Company does not expect adoption of this new guidance to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

Presentation of Comprehensive Income

In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-05, “Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Presentation of Comprehensive Income,” which amends the presentation formats permitted for reporting other comprehensive income. This ASU no longer allows other comprehensive income to be presented as part of the statement of changes in stockholder’s equity. Entities must present other comprehensive income and its components in a single statement along with net income or in a separate, consecutive statement of other comprehensive income. This guidance is effective for fiscal and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2011. However, in December 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-12 “Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Deferral of the Effective Date for Amendments to the Presentation of Reclassifications of Items Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income in Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-05” which deferred the ASU No. 2011-05 provision requiring companies to present reclassification adjustments for each component of other comprehensive income in both net income and other comprehensive income on the face of the financial statements. This deferral does not change the requirement to present items of net income, other comprehensive income and total comprehensive income in either a continuous statement or consecutive statements as of the effective date noted above. Upon adoption of ASU No. 2011-05, the Company will present comprehensive income in accordance with the above guidance.

Amended Guidance for Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure

In May 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-04, “Fair Value Measurements (Topic 820): Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRS,” which amends the language used to describe U.S. GAAP requirements for measuring fair value and for disclosing information about fair value measurements. The amended language seeks to clarify the application of existing guidance as well as change the measurement and disclosure of a few specific items. The principles changed include measurement of financial instruments that are managed within a portfolio and application of premiums and discounts in fair value measurement. The new guidance will also require additional disclosures including expanded disclosures for measurements categorized within level three of the fair value hierarchy, disclosures for nonfinancial assets at fair value and disclosure displaying the fair value hierarchy by level for items in the statement of financial position that are not measured at fair value but for which a fair value is required to be disclosed. The guidance is effective during interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011. Other than requiring additional disclosures, the adoption of this new guidance will not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

Changes to the Effective Control Assessment in Accounting for Transfers

In April 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-03, “Transfers and Servicing (Topic 860): Reconsideration of Effective Control for Repurchase Agreements,” which amends the criteria used to determine when an entity may or may not recognize a sale upon the transfer of financial assets subject to repurchase agreements. The changes presented in this ASU are intended to improve the accounting for these transactions by removing the criterion requiring the transferor to have the ability to repurchase or redeem the transferred financial assets from the assessment of effective control. The guidance in this update is effective for the first interim or annual period beginning on or after December 15, 2011 and should be applied prospectively. Adoption of this new guidance will not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

Credit Quality Disclosures of Financing Receivables and Allowance for Credit Losses

In July 2010, the FASB issued ASU No. 2010-20, “Receivables (Topic 310): Disclosures about the Credit Quality of Financing Receivables and the Allowance for Credit Losses,” which required more information in disclosures related to the credit quality of financing receivables and the credit reserves held against them. This guidance required the Company to provide a greater level of disaggregated information about the credit quality of the Company’s loans and the allowance for loan losses as well as to disclose additional information related to credit quality indicators, past due information, and impaired loans. This ASU also included disclosure requirements for information related to loans modified in a troubled debt restructuring, however these disclosures were deferred in January 2011 upon FASB’s issuance of ASU No. 2011-01 “Receivables (Topic 310): Deferral of the Effective Date of Disclosures about Troubled Debt Restructurings in update No. 2010-20” to become effective for reporting periods beginning on or after June 15, 2011. All other provisions of ASU 2010-20, except for the summary of activity in the allowance for credit losses by loan portfolio, were effective for the Company’s reporting period ending on or after December 15, 2010. Although not required, the Company disclosed the summary of activity in the allowance for credit losses for the year ending December 31, 2010. Additional credit quality disclosures are included in our consolidated financial statements to provide disaggregated information with respect to the Company’s loan portfolio and the allowance for loan losses. See Item 2—Loan Portfolio and Asset Quality for further detail.

 

94


Determination of a Troubled Debt Restructuring

In April 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-02, “Receivables (Topic 310): A Creditor’s Determination of Whether a Restructuring is a Troubled Debt Restructuring,” which sought to clarify guidance used to evaluate troubled debt restructurings resulting in consistent application of U.S. GAAP. The update provided guidance to evaluate what is considered to be an economic concession as well as circumstances which indicate that a debtor is experiencing financial difficulties. The effective periods for application of the amendments in this update were interim and annual periods beginning on or after June 15, 2011, and should be applied retrospectively to the beginning of the annual period of adoption. As such this new guidance was adopted effective July 1, 2011 and did not result in a significant change to the Company’s troubled debt restructuring determination process or have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

(3) Available-for-Sale Securities

A summary of the available-for-sale securities portfolio presenting carrying amounts and gross unrealized gains and losses as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 is as follows:

 

     December 31, 2011      December 31, 2010  
(Dollars in thousands)    Amortized
Cost
     Gross
unrealized
gains
     Gross
unrealized
losses
    Fair Value      Amortized
Cost
     Gross
unrealized
gains
     Gross
unrealized
losses
    Fair Value  

U.S. Treasury

   $ 16,028       $ 145       $      $ 16,173       $ 104,418       $       $ (8,321   $ 96,097   

U.S. Government agencies

     760,533         5,596         (213     765,916         882,095         2,682         (722     884,055   

Municipal

     57,962         2,159         (23     60,098         51,493         896         (86     52,303   

Corporate notes and other:

                     

Financial issuers

     149,229         1,914         (8,499     142,644         186,931         3,048         (2,972     187,007   

Other

     27,070         287         (65     27,292         74,629         330         (51     74,908   

Mortgage-backed: (1)

                     

Agency

     206,549         12,078         (15     218,612         148,693         9,963         (3     158,653   

Non-agency CMOs

     29,767         175         (3     29,939         3,018         10                3,028   

Other equity securities

     37,595         48         (6,520     31,123         40,636         96         (481     40,251   

Total available-for-sale securities

   $ 1,284,733       $ 22,402       $ (15,338   $ 1,291,797       $ 1,491,913       $ 17,025       $ (12,636   $ 1,496,302   

 

(1)

Consisting entirely of residential mortgage-backed securities, none of which are subprime.

The following table presents the portion of the Company’s available-for-sale securities portfolio which has gross unrealized losses, reflecting the length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position at December 31, 2011:

 

     Continuous unrealized
losses existing for less
than 12 months
    Continuous unrealized
losses existing for
greater than 12 months
    Total  
(Dollars in thousands)    Fair value      Unrealized
losses
    Fair value      Unrealized
losses
    Fair value      Unrealized
losses
 

U.S. Treasury

   $       $      $       $      $       $   

U.S. Government agencies

     250,072         (213                    250,072         (213

Municipal

     6,958         (23                    6,958         (23

Corporate notes and other:

               

Financial issuers

     56,577         (3,297     51,742         (5,202     108,319         (8,499

Other

     9,562         (65                    9,562         (65

Mortgage-backed:

               

Agency

     15,484         (15                    15,484         (15

Non-agency CMOs

     2,720         (3                    2,720         (3

Other equity securities

     18,880         (6,520                    18,880         (6,520

Total

   $ 360,253       $ (10,136   $ 51,742       $ (5,202   $ 411,995       $ (15,338

The following table presents the portion of the Company’s available-for-sale securities portfolio which has gross unrealized losses, reflecting the length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position at December 31, 2010:

 

     Continuous unrealized
losses existing for less
than 12 months
    Continuous unrealized
losses existing for
greater than 12 months
    Total  
(Dollars in thousands)    Fair value      Unrealized
losses
    Fair
value
     Unrealized
losses
    Fair value      Unrealized
losses
 

U.S. Treasury

   $ 96,097       $ (8,321   $       $      $ 96,097       $ (8,321

U.S. Government agencies

     258,727         (722                    258,727         (722

Municipal

     5,081         (65     323         (21     5,404         (86

Corporate notes and other:

               

Financial issuers

     101,172         (1,563     4,532         (1,409     105,704         (2,972

Other

     18,810         (51                    18,810         (51

Mortgage-backed:

               

Agency

     1,253         (3                    1,253         (3

Other equity securities

     27,984         (481                    27,984         (481

Total

   $ 509,124       $ (11,206   $ 4,855       $ (1,430   $ 513,979       $ (12,636

 

95


The Company conducts a regular assessment of its investment securities to determine whether securities are other-than-temporarily impaired considering, among other factors, the nature of the securities, credit ratings or financial condition of the issuer, the extent and duration of the unrealized loss, expected cash flows, market conditions and the Company’s ability to hold the securities through the anticipated recovery period.

The Company does not consider securities with unrealized losses at December 31, 2011 to be other-than-temporarily impaired. The Company does not intend to sell these investments and it is more likely than not that the Company will not be required to sell these investments before recovery of the amortized cost bases, which may be the maturity dates of the securities. The unrealized losses within each category have occurred as a result of changes in interest rates, market spreads and market conditions subsequent to purchase. Securities with continuous unrealized losses existing for more than twelve months were primarily corporate securities of financial issuers. The corporate securities of financial issuers in this category were comprised of five fixed-to-floating rate bonds, one floating rate bond and three trust-preferred securities, all of which continue to be considered investment grade. Additionally, a review of the issuers indicated that they have strong capital ratios.

The following table provides information as to the amount of gross gains and gross losses realized and proceeds received through the sales of available-for-sale investment securities:

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
(Dollars in thousands)    2011     2010     2009  

Realized gains

   $ 1,874      $ 9,951        4,249   

Realized losses

     (82     (119     (1,910

Net realized gains

   $ 1,792      $ 9,832      $ 2,339   

Other than temporary impairment charges

     —          —          (2,607

Gains (losses) on available- for-sale securities, net

   $ 1,792      $ 9,832      $ (268

Proceeds from sales of available-for-sale securities, net

   $ 1,265,046      $ 710,290      $ 1,273,634   

Net gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities resulted in income tax expense (benefit) included in total income tax expense of $705,000 in 2011, $3.8 million in 2010 and ($103,000) in 2009.

The amortized cost and fair value of securities as of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, by contractual maturity, are shown in the following table. Contractual maturities may differ from actual maturities as borrowers may have the right to call or repay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties. Mortgage-backed securities are not included in the maturity categories in the following maturity summary as actual maturities may differ from contractual maturities because the underlying mortgages may be called or prepaid without penalties:

 

     December 31, 2011      December 31, 2010  
(Dollars in thousands)    Amortized
Cost
     Fair Value      Amortized
Cost
     Fair Value  

Due in one year or less

   $ 121,400         121,662         647,494         647,987   

Due in one to five years

     532,828         530,632         309,795         310,663   

Due in five to ten years

     95,279         95,508         194,442         185,938   

Due after ten years

     261,315         264,321         147,835         149,782   

Mortgage-backed

     236,316         248,551         151,711         161,681   

Other equity

     37,595         31,123         40,636         40,251   

Total available-for-sale securities

   $ 1,284,733         1,291,797         1,491,913         1,496,302   

At December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, securities having a carrying value of $1.1 billion and $876 million, respectively, which include securities traded but not yet settled, were pledged as collateral for public deposits, trust deposits, FHLB advances, securities sold under repurchase agreements and derivatives. At December 31, 2011, there were no securities of a single issuer, other than U.S. Government-sponsored agency securities, which exceeded 10% of shareholders’ equity.

 

96


(4) Loans

A summary of the loan portfolio at December 31, 2011 and 2010 is as follows:

 

(Dollars in thousands)    December 31,
2011
    December 31,
2010
 

Balance:

    

Commercial

   $ 2,498,313      $ 2,049,326   

Commercial real-estate

     3,514,261        3,338,007   

Home equity

     862,345        914,412   

Residential real-estate

     350,289        353,336   

Premium finance receivables—commercial

     1,412,454        1,265,500   

Premium finance receivables—life insurance

     1,695,225        1,521,886   

Indirect consumer

     64,545        51,147   

Consumer and other

     123,945        106,272   

Total loans, net of unearned income, excluding covered loans

   $ 10,521,377      $ 9,599,886   

Covered loans

     651,368        334,353   

Total loans

   $ 11,172,745      $ 9,934,239   

Mix:

    

Commercial

     22     21

Commercial real-estate

     31        34   

Home equity

     8        9   

Residential real-estate

     3        3   

Premium finance receivables—commercial

     13        13   

Premium finance receivables—life insurance

     15        15   

Indirect consumer

     1        1   

Consumer and other

     1        1   

Total loans, net of unearned income, excluding covered loans

     94     97

Covered loans

     6        3   

Total loans

     100     100

Certain premium finance receivables are recorded net of unearned income. The unearned income portions of such premium finance receivables were $34.6 million and $32.3 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Certain life insurance premium finance receivables attributable to the life insurance premium finance loan acquisition in 2009 as well as the covered loans acquired in the FDIC-assisted acquisitions during 2010 and 2011 are recorded net of credit and interest-rate discounts. See “Acquired Loan Information at Acquisition,” below.

Indirect consumer loans include auto, boat and other indirect consumer loans. Total loans, excluding loans acquired with evidence of credit quality deterioration since origination, include net deferred loan fees and costs and fair value purchase accounting adjustments totaling $13.6 million and $12.5 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Certain real estate loans, including mortgage loans held-for-sale, and home equity loans with balances totaling approximately $1.8 billion at December 31, 2011 and 2010 were pledged as collateral to secure the availability of borrowings from certain Federal agency banks. At December 31, 2011, approximately $995.2 million of these pledged loans are included in a blanket pledge of qualifying loans to the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”). The remaining $829.2 million of pledged loans was used to secure potential borrowings at the Federal Reserve Bank discount window. At December 31, 2011 and 2010 the banks borrowed $474.5 million and $423.5 million, respectively, from the FHLB in connection with these collateral arrangements. See Note 13 – Federal Home Loan Bank Advances for a summary of these borrowings.

The Company’s loan portfolio is generally comprised of loans to consumers and small to medium-sized businesses located within the geographic market areas that the banks serve. The premium finance receivables portfolios are made to customers on a national basis and the majority of the indirect consumer loans were generated through a network of local automobile dealers. As a result, the Company strives to maintain a loan portfolio that is diverse in terms of loan type, industry, borrower and geographic concentrations. Such diversification reduces the exposure to economic downturns that may occur in different segments of the economy or in different industries.

It is the policy of the Company to review each prospective credit in order to determine the appropriateness and, when required, the adequacy of security or collateral necessary to obtain when making a loan. The type of collateral, when required, will vary from liquid assets to real estate. The Company seeks to assure access to collateral, in the event of default, through adherence to state lending laws and the Company’s credit monitoring procedures.

 

97


Acquired Loan Information at Acquisition — Loans with evidence of credit quality deterioration since origination

As part of our acquisition of a portfolio of life insurance premium finance loans in 2009 as well as the FDIC-assisted bank acquisitions in 2010 and 2011, we acquired loans for which there was evidence of credit quality deterioration since origination and we determined that it was probable that the Company would be unable to collect all contractually required principal and interest payments.

The following table presents the unpaid principal balance and carrying value for these acquired loans:

 

     December 31, 2011      December 31, 2010  
(Dollars in thousands)    Unpaid
Principal
Balance
     Carrying
Value
     Unpaid
Principal
Balance
     Carrying
Value
 

Bank acquisitions

     866,874         596,946         432,566         331,295   

Life insurance premium finance loans acquisition

     632,878         598,463         752,129         695,587   

The following table provides estimated details on loans acquired in 2011 as of the date of acquisition:

 

(Dollars in thousands)    The Bank of
Commerce
    

Community First

Bank - Chicago

     First
Chicago
     Elgin State
Bank
 

Contractually required payments including interest

   $ 127,122       $ 22,178       $ 564,346       $ 77,998   

Less: Nonaccretable difference

     56,257         6,313         321,117         11,481   

Cash flows expected to be collected (1)

     70,865         15,865         243,229         66,517   

Less: Accretable yield

     4,414         688         20,132         4,213   

Fair value of loans acquired with evidence of credit quality deterioration since origination

   $ 66,451       $ 15,177       $ 223,097       $ 62,304   

 

(1)

Represents undiscounted expected principal and interest cash flows at acquisition.

See Note 5 – Allowance for Loan Losses, Allowance for Losses on Lending-Related Commitments and Impaired Loans for further discussion regarding the allowance for loan losses associated with loans acquired with evidence of credit quality deterioration since origination at December 31, 2011.

Accretable Yield Activity

Changes in expected cash flows may vary from period to period as the Company periodically updates its cash flow model assumptions. The factors that most significantly affect the estimates of gross cash flows expected to be collected, and accordingly the accretable yield, include changes in the benchmark interest rate indices for variable-rate products and changes in prepayment assumptions. The following table provides activity for the accretable yield of loans acquired with evidence of credit quality deterioration since origination.

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2011     2010  
(Dollars in thousands)    Bank
Acquisitions
    Life Insurance
Premium
Finance Loans
    Bank
Acquisitions
    Life Insurance
Premium
Finance Loans
 

Accretable yield, beginning balance

   $ 39,809      $ 33,315      $ —        $ 65,026   

Acquisitions

     29,447        —          45,615        —     

Accretable yield amortized to interest income

     (39,171     (22,109     (10,695     (43,931

Accretable yield amortized to indemnification asset

     (37,888     —          —          —     

Reclassification from non-accretable difference (1)

     163,403        5,215        —          1,652   

Increases in interest cash flows due to payments and changes in interest rates

     17,520        2,440        4,889        10,568   

Accretable yield, ending balance

   $ 173,120      $ 18,861      $ 39,809      $ 33,315   

 

(1)

Reclassification is the result of subsequent increases in expected principal cash flows.

 

98


(5) Allowance for Loan Losses, Allowance for Losses on Lending-Related Commitments and Impaired Loans

The tables below show the aging of the Company’s loan portfolio at December 31, 2011 and 2010:

 

As of December 31, 2011

(Dollars in thousands)

  

Nonaccrual

    

90+ days

and still

accruing

    

60-89

days past

due

    

30-59

days past

due

    

Current

    

Total Loans

 

Loan Balances:

                 

Commercial

                 

Commercial and industrial

   $ 16,154       $       $ 7,496       $ 15,797       $ 1,411,004       $ 1,450,451   

Franchise

     1,792                                 140,983         142,775   

Mortgage warehouse lines of credit

                                     180,450         180,450   

Community Advantage — homeowners association

                                     77,504         77,504   

Aircraft

                     709         170         19,518         20,397   

Asset-based lending

     1,072                 749         11,026         452,890         465,737   

Municipal

                                     78,319         78,319   

Leases

                             431         71,703         72,134   

Other

                                     2,125         2,125   

Purchased non-covered commercial (1)

             589         74                 7,758         8,421   

Total commercial

     19,018         589         9,028         27,424         2,442,254         2,498,313   

Commercial real-estate:

                 

Residential construction

     1,993                 4,982         1,721         57,115         65,811   

Commercial construction

     2,158                         150         167,568         169,876   

Land

     31,547                 4,100         6,772         136,112         178,531   

Office

     10,614                 2,622         930         540,280         554,446   

Industrial

     2,002                 508         4,863         548,429         555,802   

Retail

     5,366                 5,268         8,651         517,444         536,729   

Multi-family

     4,736                 3,880         347         305,594         314,557   

Mixed use and other

     8,092                 7,163         20,814         1,050,585         1,086,654   

Purchased non-covered commercial real-estate (1)

             2,198                 252         49,405         51,855   

Total commercial real-estate

     66,508         2,198         28,523         44,500         3,372,532         3,514,261   

Home equity

     14,164                 1,351         3,262         843,568         862,345   

Residential real estate

     6,619                 2,343         3,112         337,522         349,596   

Purchased non-covered residential real estate (1)

                                     693         693   

Premium finance receivables

                 

Commercial insurance loans

     7,755         5,281         3,850         13,787         1,381,781         1,412,454   

Life insurance loans

     54                         423         1,096,285         1,096,762   

Purchased life insurance loans (1)

                                     598,463         598,463   

Indirect consumer

     138         314         113         551         63,429         64,545   

Consumer and other

     233                 170         1,070         122,393         123,866   

Purchased non-covered consumer and other (1)

                             2         77         79   

Total loans, net of unearned income, excluding covered loans

   $ 114,489       $ 8,382       $ 45,378       $ 94,131       $ 10,258,997       $ 10,521,377   

Covered loans

             174,727         25,507         24,799         426,335         651,368   

Total loans, net of unearned income

   $ 114,489       $ 183,109       $ 70,885       $ 118,930       $ 10,685,332       $ 11,172,745   

 

As of December 31, 2010

(Dollars in thousands)

  

Nonaccrual

    

90+ days

and still

accruing

    

60-89

days past

due

    

30-59

days past

due

    

Current

    

Total Loans

 

Loan Balances:

                 

Commercial

                 

Commercial and industrial

   $ 15,922       $ 478       $ 4,416       $ 9,928       $ 1,280,009       $ 1,310,753   

Franchise

                             2,250         117,238         119,488   

Mortgage warehouse lines of credit

                                     131,306         131,306   

Community Advantage — homeowners association

                                     75,542         75,542   

Aircraft

                     178         1,000         23,440         24,618   

Asset-based lending

     417                 161         2,846         285,555         288,979   

Municipal

                                     56,343         56,343   

Leases

     43                                 41,498         41,541   

Other

                                     756         756   

Purchased non-covered commercial (1)

                                               

Total commercial

     16,382         478         4,755         16,024         2,011,687         2,049,326   

Commercial real-estate

                 

Residential construction

     10,010                 96         1,801         84,040         95,947   

Commercial construction

     1,820                         1,481         128,371         131,672   

Land

     37,602                 6,815         11,915         203,857         260,189   

Office

     12,718                 9,121         3,202         510,290         535,331   

Industrial

     3,480                 686         2,276         493,859         500,301   

Retail

     3,265                 4,088         3,839         499,335         510,527   

Multi-family

     4,794                 1,573         3,062         281,525         290,954   

Mixed use and other

     20,274                 8,481         15,059         969,272         1,013,086   

Purchased non-covered commercial real-estate (1)

                                               

Total commercial real-estate

     93,963                 30,860         42,635         3,170,549         3,338,007   

Home equity

     7,425                 2,181         7,098         897,708         914,412   

Residential real estate

     6,085                 1,836         8,224         337,191         353,336   

Purchased non-covered residential real estate (1)

                                               

Premium finance receivables

                 

Commercial insurance loans

     8,587         8,096         6,076         16,584         1,226,157         1,265,500   

Life insurance loans

     180                                 826,119         826,299   

Purchased life insurance loans (1)

             174                         695,413         695,587   

Indirect consumer

     191         318         301         918         49,419         51,147   

Consumer and other

     252         1         109         379         105,531         106,272   

Purchased non-covered consumer and other (1)

                                               

Total loans, net of unearned income, excluding covered loans

   $ 133,065       $ 9,067       $ 46,118       $ 91,862       $ 9,319,774       $ 9,599,886   

Covered loans

             117,161         7,352         22,744         187,096         334,353   

Total loans, net of unearned income

   $ 133,065       $ 126,228       $ 53,470       $ 114,606       $ 9,506,870       $ 9,934,239   

 

(1)

Purchased loans represent loans acquired with evidence of credit quality deterioration since origination, in accordance with ASC 310-30. Loan agings are based upon contractually required payments.

 

99


Our ability to manage credit risk depends in large part on our ability to properly identify and manage problem loans. To do so, we operate a credit risk rating system under which our credit management personnel assign a credit risk rating (1 to 10 rating) to each loan at the time of origination and review loans on a regular basis.

Each loan officer is responsible for monitoring his or her loan portfolio, recommending a credit risk rating for each loan in his or her portfolio and ensuring the credit risk ratings are appropriate. These credit risk ratings are then ratified by the bank’s chief credit officer and/or concurrence credit officer. Credit risk ratings are determined by evaluating a number of factors including: a borrower’s financial strength, cash flow coverage, collateral protection and guarantees.

The Company’s problem loan reporting system automatically includes all loans with credit risk ratings of 6 through 9. This system is designed to provide an on-going detailed tracking mechanism for each problem loan. Once management determines that a loan has deteriorated to a point where it has a credit risk rating of 6 or worse, the Company’s Managed Asset Division performs an overall credit and collateral review. As part of this review, all underlying collateral is identified and the valuation methodology is analyzed and tracked. As a result of this initial review by the Company’s Managed Asset Division, the credit risk rating is reviewed and a portion of the outstanding loan balance may be deemed uncollectible or an impairment reserve may be established. The Company’s impairment analysis utilizes an independent re-appraisal of the collateral (unless such a third-party evaluation is not possible due to the unique nature of the collateral, such as a closely-held business or thinly traded securities). In the case of commercial real estate collateral, an independent third party appraisal is ordered by the Company’s Real Estate Services Group to determine if there has been any change in the underlying collateral value. These independent appraisals are reviewed by the Real Estate Services Group and sometimes by independent third party valuation experts and may be adjusted depending upon market conditions.

Through the credit risk rating process, loans are reviewed to determine if they are performing in accordance with the original contractual terms. If the borrower has failed to comply with the original contractual terms, further action may be required by the Company, including a downgrade in the credit risk rating, movement to non-accrual status, a charge-off or the establishment of a specific impairment reserve. If we determine that a loan amount or portion thereof is uncollectible the loan’s credit risk rating is immediately downgraded to an 8 or 9 and the uncollectible amount is charged-off. Any loan that has a partial charge-off continues to be assigned a credit risk rating of an 8 or 9 for the duration of time that a balance remains outstanding. The Company undertakes a thorough and ongoing analysis to determine if additional impairment and/or charge-offs are appropriate and to begin a workout plan for the credit to minimize actual losses.

If, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due to it according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement, a specific impairment reserve is established. In determining the appropriate charge-off for collateral-dependent loans, the Company considers the results of appraisals for the associated collateral.

 

100


Non-performing loans include all non-accrual loans (8 and 9 risk ratings) as well as loans 90 days past due and still accruing interest, excluding loans acquired with evidence of credit quality deterioration since origination. The remainder of the portfolio not classified as non-performing are considered performing under the contractual terms of the loan agreement. The following table presents the recorded investment based on performance of loans by class, excluding covered loans, per the most recent analysis at December 31, 2011 and 2010:

 

     Performing      Non-performing      Total  
     December 31,      December 31,      December 31,      December 31,      December 31,      December 31,  
(Dollars in thousands)    2011      2010      2011      2010      2011      2010  

Loan Balances:

                 

Commercial

                 

Commercial and industrial

   $ 1,434,297       $ 1,294,353       $ 16,154       $ 16,400       $ 1,450,451       $ 1,310,753   

Franchise

     140,983         119,488         1,792                 142,775         119,488   

Mortgage warehouse lines of credit

     180,450         131,306                         180,450         131,306   

Community Advantage—homeowners association

     77,504         75,542                         77,504         75,542   

Aircraft

     20,397         24,618                         20,397         24,618   

Asset-based lending

     464,665         288,562         1,072         417         465,737         288,979   

Municipal

     78,319         56,343                         78,319         56,343   

Leases

     72,134         41,498                 43         72,134         41,541   

Other

     2,125         756                         2,125         756   

Purchased non-covered commercial (1)

     8,421                                 8,421           

Total commercial

     2,479,295         2,032,466         19,018         16,860         2,498,313         2,049,326   

Commercial real-estate

                 

Residential construction

     63,818         85,937         1,993         10,010         65,811         95,947   

Commercial construction

     167,718         129,852         2,158         1,820         169,876         131,672   

Land

     146,984         222,587         31,547         37,602         178,531         260,189   

Office

     543,832         522,613         10,614         12,718         554,446         535,331   

Industrial

     553,800         496,821         2,002         3,480         555,802         500,301   

Retail

     531,363         507,262         5,366         3,265         536,729         510,527   

Multi-family

     309,821         286,160         4,736         4,794         314,557         290,954   

Mixed use and other

     1,078,562         992,812         8,092         20,274         1,086,654         1,013,086   

Purchased non-covered commercial real-estate (1)

     51,855                                 51,855           

Total commercial real-estate

     3,447,753         3,244,044         66,508         93,963         3,514,261         3,338,007   

Home equity

     848,181         906,987         14,164         7,425         862,345         914,412   

Residential real estate

     342,977         347,251         6,619         6,085         349,596         353,336   

Purchased non-covered residential real estate (1)

     693                                 693      

Premium finance receivables

                 

Commercial insurance loans

     1,399,418         1,248,817         13,036         16,683         1,412,454         1,265,500   

Life insurance loans

     1,096,708         826,119         54         180         1,096,762         826,299   

Purchased life insurance loans (1)

     598,463         695,587                         598,463         695,587   

Indirect consumer

     64,093         50,638         452         509         64,545         51,147   

Consumer and other

     123,633         106,019         233         253         123,866         106,272   

Purchased non-covered consumer and other (1)

     79                                 79           

Total loans, net of unearned income, excluding covered loans

   $ 10,401,293       $ 9,457,928       $ 120,084       $ 141,958       $ 10,521,377       $ 9,599,886   

 

(1)

Purchased loans represent loans acquired with evidence of credit quality deterioration since origination, in accordance with ASC 310-30.

 

101


A summary of the activity in the allowance for credit losses by loan portfolio (excluding covered loans) for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 is as follows:

 

Year Ended December 31, 2011

(Dollars in thousands)

   Commercial     Commercial
Real-estate
    Home
Equity
    Residential
Real-estate
    Premium
Finance
Receivable
    Indirect
Consumer
    Consumer
and Other
    Total,
Excluding
Covered Loans
 

Allowance for credit losses

                

Allowance for loan losses at beginning of period

   $ 31,777      $ 62,618      $ 6,213      $ 5,107      $ 6,319      $ 526      $ 1,343      $ 113,903   

Reclassification to/from allowance for unfunded lending-related commitments

     1,606        298                                           1,904   

Charge-offs

     (31,951     (62,698     (5,020     (4,115     (6,892     (244     (1,532     (112,452

Recoveries

     1,258        1,386        64        10        6,018        220        150        9,106   

Provision for credit losses

     28,547        54,801        6,455        4,026        1,769        143        2,179        97,920   

Allowance for loan losses at period end

   $ 31,237      $ 56,405      $ 7,712      $ 5,028      $ 7,214      $ 645      $ 2,140      $ 110,381   

Allowance for unfunded lending-related commitments at period end

   $ 45      $ 13,186      $      $      $      $      $      $ 13,231   

Allowance for credit losses at period end

   $ 31,282      $ 69,591      $ 7,712      $ 5,028      $ 7,214      $ 645      $ 2,140      $ 123,612   

Individually evaluated for impairment

     3,124        27,007        2,963        992               5        20        34,111   

Collectively evaluated for impairment

     28,158        42,584        4,749        4,036        7,214        640        2,120        89,501   

Loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality

                                                        

Loans at period end

                

Individually evaluated for impairment

   $ 28,288      $ 171,372      $ 15,778      $ 10,792      $      $ 75      $ 233      $ 226,538   

Collectively evaluated for impairment

     2,461,604        3,291,034        846,567        338,804        2,509,216        64,470        123,633        9,635,328   

Loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality

     8,421        51,855               693        598,463               79        659,511   

 

Year Ended December 31, 2010

(Dollars in thousands)

   Commercial     Commercial
Real-estate
    Home
Equity
    Residential
Real-estate
    Premium
Finance
Receivable
    Indirect
Consumer
    Consumer
and Other
    Total,
Excluding
Covered Loans
 

Allowance for credit losses

                

Allowance for loan losses at beginning of period

   $ 28,012      $ 50,952      $ 9,013      $ 3,139      $ 3,816      $ 1,368      $ 1,977      $ 98,277   

Other adjustments

                                 1,943                      1,943   

Reclassification to/from allowance for unfunded lending-related commitments

     (1,650     349                                           (1,301

Charge-offs

     (18,592     (61,873     (5,926     (1,143     (23,238     (967     (1,141     (112,880

Recoveries

     1,140        914        24        12        781        198        131        3,200   

Provision for credit losses

     22,867        72,276        3,102        3,099        23,017        (73     376        124,664   

Allowance for loan losses at period end

   $ 31,777      $ 62,618      $ 6,213      $ 5,107      $ 6,319      $ 526      $ 1,343      $ 113,903   

Allowance for unfunded lending-related commitments at period end

   $ 1,650      $ 2,484      $      $      $      $      $      $ 4,134   

Allowance for credit losses at period end

   $ 33,427      $ 65,102      $ 6,213      $ 5,107      $ 6,319      $ 526      $ 1,343      $ 118,037   

Individually evaluated for impairment

   $ 7,729      $ 23,366      $ 961      $ 461      $      $ 4      $      $ 32,521   

Collectively evaluated for impairment

   $ 25,698      $ 41,736      $ 5,252      $ 4,646      $ 6,319      $ 522      $ 1,343      $ 85,516   

Loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality

   $      $      $      $      $      $      $      $   

Loans at period end

                

Individually evaluated for impairment

   $ 21,842      $ 103,763      $ 6,441      $ 3,284      $      $ 9      $ 69      $ 135,408   

Collectively evaluated for impairment

     2,027,484        3,234,244        907,971        350,052        2,091,799        51,138        106,203        8,768,891   

Loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality

                                 695,587                      695,587   

 

102


A summary of activity in the allowance for covered loan losses for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 is as follows:

 

     Year Ended  
     December 31,     December 31,  
(Dollars in thousands)    2011     2010  

 

 

Balance at beginning of period

   $      $ —     

Provision for covered loan losses before benefit attributable to FDIC loss share agreements

     23,275        —     

Benefit attributable to FDIC loss share agreements

     (18,620     —     
  

 

 

 

Net provision for covered loan losses

     4,655        —     

Increase in FDIC indemnification asset

     18,618        —     

Loans charged-off

     (10,298     —     

Recoveries of loans charged-off

     2        —     
  

 

 

 

Net charge-offs

     (10,296     —     
  

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

   $ 12,977      $ —     

In conjunction with FDIC-assisted transactions, the Company entered into loss share agreements with the FDIC. Additional expected losses, to the extent such expected losses result in the recognition of an allowance for loan losses, will increase the loss share assets. The allowance for loan losses for loans acquired in FDIC-assisted transactions is determined without giving consideration to the amounts recoverable through loss share agreements (since the loss share agreements are separately accounted for and thus presented “gross” on the balance sheet). On the Consolidated Statements of Income, the provision for credit losses is reported net of changes in the amount recoverable under the loss share agreements. Reductions to expected losses, to the extent such reductions to expected losses are the result of an improvement to the actual or expected cash flows from the covered assets, will reduce the loss share assets. Additions to expected losses will require an increase to the allowance for loan losses, and a corresponding increase to the loss share assets.

Impaired Loans

A summary of impaired loans, including restructured loans, is as follows:

 

(Dollars in thousands)    2011      2010  

Impaired loans (included in non-performing and restructured loans):

     

Impaired loans with an allowance for loan loss required (1)

   $ 115,779       $ 115,381   

Impaired loans with no allowance for loan loss required

     110,759         86,893   
  

 

 

 

Total impaired loans (2)

   $ 226,538       $ 202,274   
  

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses related to impaired loans

   $ 21,488       $ 30,626   

Restructured loans

   $ 130,518       $ 101,190   

Reduction of interest income from non-accrual loans

   $ 4,623       $ 2,699   

Interest income recognized on impaired loans

   $ 12,470       $ 12,999   

 

(1)

These impaired loans require an allowance for loan losses because the estimated fair value of the loans or related collateral is less than the recorded investment in the loans.

 

(2)

Impaired loans are considered by the Company to be non-accrual loans, restructured loans or loans with principal and/or interest at risk, even if the loan is current with all payments of principal and interest.

 

103


The following tables present impaired loans evaluated for impairment by loan class as of December 31, 2011 and 2010:

 

     As of      For the Year Ended  
December 31, 2011 (dollars in thousands)    Recorded
Investment
     Unpaid Principal
Balance
     Related
Allowance
     Average Recorded
Investment
     Interest Income
Recognized
 

Impaired loans with a related ASC 310 allowance recorded

  

           

Commercial

              

Commercial and industrial

   $ 7,743       $ 9,083       $ 2,506       $ 9,113       $ 510   

Franchise

     1,792         1,792         394         1,792         122   

Mortgage warehouse lines of credit

                                       

Community Advantage—homeowners association

                                       

Aircraft

                                       

Asset-based lending

     785         1,452         178         1,360         81   

Municipal

                                       

Leases

                                       

Other

                                       

Commercial real-estate

              

Residential construction

     1,993         2,068         374         1,993         122   

Commercial construction

     3,779         3,779         952         3,802         187   

Land

     27,657         29,602         6,253         29,085         1,528   

Office

     11,673         13,110         2,873         13,209         709   

Industrial

     663         676         159         676         46   

Retail

     13,728         13,732         480         13,300         504   

Multi-family

     7,149         7,155         1,892         7,216         330   

Mixed use and other

     20,386         21,337         1,447         21,675         1,027   

Home equity

     11,828         12,600         2,963         12,318         652   

Residential real estate

     6,478         6,681         992         6,535         220   

Premium finance receivables

              

Commercial insurance

                                       

Life insurance

                                       

Purchased life insurance

                                       

Indirect consumer

     31         32         5         33         3   

Consumer and other

     94         95         20         99         7   

Impaired loans with no related ASC 310 allowance recorded

              

Commercial

              

Commercial and industrial

   $ 17,680       $ 20,365       $       $ 21,841       $ 1,068   

Franchise

                                       

Mortgage warehouse lines of credit

                                       

Community Advantage—homeowners association

                                       

Aircraft

                                       

Asset-based lending

     287         287                 483         25   

Municipal

                                       

Leases

                                       

Other

                                       

Commercial real-estate

              

Residential construction

     4,284         4,338                 4,189         175   

Commercial construction

     9,792         9,792                 10,249         426   

Land

     15,991         23,097                 19,139         1,348   

Office

     9,162         11,421                 11,235         550   

Industrial

     4,569         4,780                 4,750         198   

Retail

     15,841         15,845                 15,846         815   

Multi-family

     2,347         3,040                 3,026         127   

Mixed use and other

     22,359         25,015                 24,370         1,297   

Home equity

     3,950         4,707                 4,784         184   

Residential real estate

     4,314         5,153                 4,734         191   

Premium finance receivables

              

Commercial insurance

                                       

Life insurance

                                       

Purchased life insurance

                                       

Indirect consumer

     44         55                 56         6   

Consumer and other

     139         141                 146         12   

Total loans, net of unearned income, excluding covered loans

   $ 226,538       $ 251,230       $ 21,488       $ 247,054       $ 12,470   

 

104


 

     As of      For the Year Ended  
December 31, 2010 (dollars in thousands)    Recorded
Investment
     Unpaid Principal
Balance
     Related
Allowance
     Average Recorded
Investment
     Interest Income
Recognized
 

Impaired loans with a related ASC 310 allowance recorded

              

Commercial

              

Commercial and industrial

   $ 17,678       $ 19,789       $ 5,939       $ 19,574       $ 982   

Franchise

                                       

Mortgage warehouse lines of credit

                                       

Community Advantage—homeowners association

                                       

Aircraft

                                       

Asset-based lending

     407         976         140         876         60   

Municipal

                                       

Leases

                                       

Other

                                       

Commercial real-estate

              

Residential construction

     7,978         8,941         710         9,067         621   

Commercial construction

     719         719         631         722         37   

Land

     26,671         27,424         5,598         28,443         1,611   

Office

     13,186         13,723         3,718         13,448         917   

Industrial

     2,761         2,761         301         893         31   

Retail

     8,635         9,171         1,271         9,150         465   

Multi-family

     5,939         6,767         2,062         6,691         327   

Mixed use and other

     21,755         22,885         7,104         23,310         1,466   

Home equity

     6,356         6,553         961         6,494         365   

Residential real estate

     3,283         3,283         461         3,288         170   

Premium finance receivables

              

Commercial insurance

                                       

Life insurance

                                       

Purchased life insurance

                                       

Indirect consumer

                                       

Consumer and other

     13         13         4         15         1   

Impaired loans with no related ASC 310 allowance recorded

              

Commercial

              

Commercial and industrial

   $ 12,407       $ 16,368       $ 157       $ 13,210       $ 971   

Franchise

                                       

Mortgage warehouse lines of credit

                                       

Community Advantage—homeowners association

                                       

Aircraft

                                       

Asset-based lending

     10         130                 121         9   

Municipal

                                       

Leases

     43         336                 491         36   

Other

                                       

Commercial real-estate

              

Residential construction

     6,063         6,138         127         5,927         268   

Commercial construction

     1,713         1,713         5         1,715         97   

Land

     31,598         43,319         1,035         34,258         2,361   

Office

     6,365         6,563         78         6,370         358   

Industrial

     3,869         3,868         49         4,086         286   

Retail

     6,155         6,155         75         6,153         346   

Multi-family

     2,238         4,479         27         2,584         150   

Mixed use and other

     13,738         15,569         124         14,343         919   

Home equity

     1,069         1,142         13         1,119         39   

Residential real estate

     1,485         1,486         34         1,478         93   

Premium finance receivables

              

Commercial insurance

                                       

Life insurance

                                       

Purchased life insurance

                                       

Indirect consumer

     59         67         1         68         7   

Consumer and other

     81         81         1         88         6   

Total loans, net of unearned income, excluding covered loans

   $ 202,274       $ 230,419       $ 30,626       $ 213,982       $ 12,999   

Average recorded investment in impaired loans for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009 were $247.1 million, $214.0 million, and $164.4 million, respectively. Interest income recognized on impaired loans was $12.5 million, $13.0 million, and $10.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively.

 

105


Restructured Loans

At December 31, 2011, the Company had $130.5 million in loans with modified terms. The $130.5 million in modified loans represents 168 credit relationships in which economic concessions were granted to certain borrowers to better align the terms of their loans with their current ability to pay.

The Company’s approach to restructuring loans is built on its credit risk rating system which requires credit management personnel to assign a credit risk rating to each loan. In each case, the loan officer is responsible for recommending a credit risk rating for each loan and ensuring the credit risk ratings are appropriate. These credit risk ratings are then reviewed and approved by the bank’s chief credit officer and/or concurrence credit officer. Credit risk ratings are determined by evaluating a number of factors including a borrower’s financial strength, cash flow coverage, collateral protection and guarantees. The Company’s credit risk rating scale is one through ten with higher scores indicating higher risk. In the case of loans rated six or worse following modification, the Company’s Managed Assets Division evaluates the loan and the credit risk rating and determines that the loan has been restructured to be reasonably assured of repayment and of performance according to the modified terms and is supported by a current, well-documented credit assessment of the borrower’s financial condition and prospects for repayment under the revised terms.

A modification of a loan with an existing credit risk rating of six or worse or a modification of any other credit, which will result in a restructured credit risk rating of six or worse must be reviewed for TDR classification. In that event, our Managed Assets Division conducts an overall credit and collateral review. A modification of a loan is considered to be a TDR if both (1) the borrower is experiencing financial difficulty and (2) for economic or legal reasons, the bank grants a concession to a borrower that it would not otherwise consider. The modification of a loan where the credit risk rating is five or better both before and after such modification is not considered to be a TDR. Based on the Company’s credit risk rating system, it considers that borrowers whose credit risk rating is five or better are not experiencing financial difficulties and therefore, are not considered TDRs.

TDRs are reviewed at the time of modification and on a quarterly basis to determine if a specific reserve is needed. The carrying amount of the loan is compared to the expected payments to be received, discounted at the loan’s original rate, or for collateral dependent loans, to the fair value of the collateral. Any shortfall is recorded as a specific reserve.

All credits determined to be a TDR will continue to be classified as a TDR in all subsequent periods, unless the borrower has been in compliance with the loan’s modified terms for a period of six months (including over a calendar year-end) and the modified interest rate represented a market rate at the time of a restructuring. The Managed Assets Division, in consultation with the respective loan officer, determines whether the modified interest rate represented a current market rate at the time of restructuring. Using knowledge of current market conditions and rates, competitive pricing on recent loan originations, and an assessment of various characteristics of the modified loan (including collateral position and payment history), an appropriate market rate for a new borrower with similar risk is determined. If the modified interest rate meets or exceeds this market rate for a new borrower with similar risk, the modified interest rate represents a market rate at the time of restructuring. Additionally, before removing a loan from TDR classification, a review of the current or previously measured impairment on the loan and any concerns related to future performance by the borrower is conducted. If concerns exist about the future ability of the borrower to meet its obligations under the loans based on a credit review by the Managed Assets Division, the TDR classification is not removed from the loan.

Each restructured loan was reviewed for impairment at December 31, 2011 and approximately $2.9 million of impairment was present and appropriately reserved for through the Company’s normal reserving methodology in the Company’s allowance for loan losses.

 

106


The tables below present a summary of the post-modification balance of loans restructured during the years ended December, 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, which represent a troubled debt restructuring:

 

Year ended December 31, 2011     Total (1)      Extension at
Below Market
Terms
     Reduction of
Interest Rate
     Modification to
Interest-only
Payments
     Forgiveness of Debt  
(Dollars in thousands)    Count      Balance      Count      Balance      Count      Balance      Count      Balance      Count      Balance  

Commercial

                             

Commercial and industrial

     24       $ 6,956         11       $ 2,273         14       $ 1,933         13       $ 3,780         2       $ 135   

Commercial real-estate

                             

Residential construction

     1         1,105         1         1,105                         1         1,105                   

Commercial construction

     8         12,140         7         11,673         3         9,402         1         467                   

Land

     7         7,971         7         7,971         2         2,981                                   

Office

     9         8,870         6         4,780         6         4,036         3         4,292                   

Industrial

     5         5,334         5         5,334         4         3,494         2         2,181                   

Retail

     14         19,113         11         16,981         5         3,963         5         5,191                   

Multi-family

     6         4,415         6         4,415         5         3,866                                   

Mixed use and other

     33         28,708         21         14,775         28         25,921         10         8,068                   

Residential real estate and other

     16         5,916         7         2,326         13         5,262         4         1,390                   

Total loans

     123       $ 100,528         82       $ 71,633         80       $ 60,858         39       $ 26,474         2       $ 135   
            Extension at
Below Market
            Modification to
Interest-only
        
Year ended December 31, 2010    Total (1)      Terms      Reduction of
Interest Rate
     Payments      Forgiveness of Debt  
(Dollars in thousands)    Count      Balance      Count      Balance      Count      Balance      Count      Balance      Count      Balance  

Commercial

                             

Commercial and industrial

     36       $ 14,916         31       $ 12,468         10       $ 4,795         15       $ 5,151         1       $ 1,050   

Commercial real-estate

                             

Residential construction

     8         8,503         6         6,760         3         4,863                         2         1,743   

Commercial construction

     3         2,005         3         2,005         1         377         1         377                   

Land

     12         18,454         11         18,359         3         5,276         6         5,471                   

Office

     7         11,164         3         3,304         5         7,936         5         7,918                   

Industrial

     3         3,386         3         3,386         2         3,149         2         686                   

Retail

     11         10,746         4         3,186         7         6,811         8         8,138                   

Multi-family

     9         8,808         7         4,191         5         5,735         6         6,164         3         2,644   

Mixed use and other

     20         16,649         7         4,394         15         10,948         12         11,994         1         250   

Residential real estate and other

     4         3,269         2         2,591         3         1,569         2         1,334                   

Total loans

     113       $ 97,900         77       $ 60,644         54       $ 51,459         57       $ 47,233         7       $ 5,687   
            Extension at
Below Market
            Modification to
Interest-only
        
Year ended December 31, 2009    Total (1)      Terms      Reduction of
Interest Rate
     Payments      Forgiveness of Debt  
(Dollars in thousands)    Count      Balance      Count      Balance      Count      Balance      Count      Balance      Count      Balance  

Commercial

                             

Commercial and industrial

     10       $ 7,023         9       $ 6,973         8       $ 5,173         7       $ 4,130         2       $ 1,143   

Other

     1         3,923                         1         3,923         1         3,923                   

Commercial real-estate

                             

Residential construction

     3         3,093         3         3,093                                                   

Commercial construction

                                                                               

Land

     1         2,691         1         2,691         1         2,691                                   

Office

     4         2,625         3         1,257         4         2,625         4         2,625                   

Industrial

     1         1,502                         1         1,502         1         1,502                   

Retail

     3         3,783         1         593         2         3,190         2         3,190                   

Multi-family

     9         4,860         8         4,634         8         3,993         9         4,860                   

Mixed use and other

     8         2,698         8         2,698         5         1,804         7         2,378                   

Residential real estate and other

     1         234         1         234         1         234                                   

Total loans

     41       $ 32,432         34       $ 22,173         31       $ 25,135         31       $ 22,608         2       $ 1,143   

 

(1)

Restructured loans may have more than one modification representing a concession. As such, restructured loans during the period may be represented in more than one of the categories noted above.

 

107


During the year ended December 31, 2011, $100.5 million, or 123 loans, were determined to be troubled debt restructurings, compared to $97.9 million or 113 loans and $32.4 million or 41 loans, in the years ended 2010 and 2009, respectively. Of these loans extended at below market terms, the weighted average extension had a term of approximately 11 months in 2011 compared to 13 months in 2010 and 15 months in 2009. Further, the weighted average decrease in the stated interest rate for loans with a reduction of interest rate during the period was approximately 192 basis points, 181 basis points and 170 basis points during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Interest-only payment terms were approximately 9 months during the year ended 2011 compared to 11 months and 10 months for the years ended 2010 and 2009, respectively. Additionally, approximately $67,000 of principal balance was forgiven during 2011, compared to $5.7 million and $875,000 forgiven during 2010 and 2009, respectively.

The tables below present a summary of loans restructured during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, and subsequently defaulted under the restructured terms during the relevant period:

 

     Year Ended December 31, 2011      Year Ended December 31, 2010      Year Ended December 31, 2009  
     Total      Payments in
Default  (1)
     Total      Payments in
Default  (1)
     Total      Payments in
Default  (1)
 
(Dollars in thousands)    Count      Balance      Count      Balance      Count      Balance      Count      Balance      Count      Balance      Count      Balance  

Commercial

                                   

Commercial and industrial

     24       $ 6,956         6       $ 1,742         36       $ 14,916         11       $ 4,137         10       $ 7,023               $   

Other

                                                                     1         3,923                   

Commercial real-estate

                                   

Residential

construction

     1         1,105                         8         8,503         4         6,095         3         3,093                   

Commercial construction

     8         12,140         1         467         3         2,005         1         981                                   

Land

     7         7,971         2         1,667         12         18,454         2         6,533         1         2,691                   

Office

     9         8,870         2         2,239         7         11,164         1         2,672         4         2,625                   

Industrial

     5         5,334         2         3,224         3         3,386                         1         1,502                   

Retail

     14         19,113         2         2,694         11         10,746         2         2,848         3         3,783                   

Multi-family

     6         4,415                         9         8,808         7         7,395         9         4,860                   

Mixed use and other

     33         28,708         6         5,283         20         16,649         5         3,747         8         2,698         2         999   

Residential real estate and other

     16         5,916         4         908         4         3,269         2         1,936         1         234                   

Total loans

     123       $ 100,528         25       $ 18,224         113       $ 97,900         35       $ 36,344         41       $ 32,432         2       $ 999   

 

(1)

Restructured loans considered to be in payment default are over 30 days past-due subsequent to the restructuring.

 

108


(6) Loan Securitization

During the third quarter of 2009, the Company entered into an off-balance sheet revolving period securitization transaction sponsored by FIFC. In connection with the securitization, premium finance receivables — commercial were transferred to FIFC Premium Funding, LLC (the “securitization entity”). Principal collections on loans in the securitization entity were initially used to subsequently acquire and transfer additional loans into the securitization entity during the stated revolving period. As of December 31, 2011, the stated revolving period has ended and the majority of collections are now being accumulated to payoff the issued instruments as scheduled. Additionally, upon the occurrence of certain events established in the representations and warranties, FIFC may be required to repurchase ineligible loans that were transferred to the entity. The Company’s primary continuing involvement includes servicing the loans, retaining an undivided interest (the “seller’s interest”) in the loans, and holding certain retained interests.

Instruments issued by the securitization entity included $600 million Class A notes that bear an annual interest rate of one-month LIBOR plus 1.45% (the “Notes”) and had an expected average term of 2.93 years with any unpaid balance due and payable in full on February 17, 2014. At the time of issuance, the Notes were eligible collateral under the New York Fed’s TALF. Class B and Class C notes (“subordinated securities”), which are recorded in the form of zero coupon bonds, were also issued and were retained by the Company.

Subsequent to December 31, 2009, this securitization transaction is accounted for as a secured borrowing and the securitization entity is treated as a consolidated subsidiary of the Company under ASC 810 and ASC 860. Accordingly, beginning on January 1,

2010, all of the assets and liabilities of the securitization entity are included directly on the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Condition. The securitization entity’s receivables underlying third-party investors’ interests are recorded in loans, net of unearned income, excluding covered loans, an allowance for loan losses was established and the related debt issued is reported in secured borrowings—owed to securitization investors. Additionally, beginning on January 1, 2010, certain other of the Company’s retained interests in the transaction, principally consisting of subordinated securities, cash collateral, and overcollateralization of loans, now constitute intercompany positions, which are eliminated in the preparation of the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Condition.

Upon transfer of premium finance receivables — commercial to the securitization entity, the receivables and certain cash flows derived from them become restricted for use in meeting obligations to the securitization entity’s creditors. The securitization entity has ownership of interest-bearing deposit balances that also have restrictions, the amounts of which are reported in interest-bearing deposits with other banks. Investment of the interest-bearing deposit balances is limited to investments that are permitted under the governing documents of the transaction. With the exception of the seller’s interest in the transferred receivables, the Company’s interests in the securitization entity’s assets are generally subordinate to the interests of third-party investors and, as such, may not be realized by the Company if needed to absorb deficiencies in cash flows that are allocated to the investors in the securitization entity’s debt.

The carrying values and classification of the restricted assets and liabilities relating to the securitization activities are shown in the table below.

 

     December 31,     December 31,  
(Dollars in thousands)    2011     2010  

Cash collateral accounts

   $ 4,427      $ 1,759   

Collections and interest funding accounts

     268,165        34,861   

Interest-bearing deposits with banks—restricted for securitization investors

   $ 272,592      $ 36,620   

Loans, net of unearned income—restricted for securitization investors

   $ 412,988      $ 648,439   

Allowance for loan losses

     (1,456     (2,171

Net loans—restricted for securitization investors

   $ 411,532      $ 646,268   

Other assets

     2,319        2,289   

Total assets

   $ 686,443      $ 685,177   

Secured borrowings—owed to securitization investors

   $ 600,000      $ 600,000   

Other liabilities

     2,821        4,458   

Total liabilities

   $ 602,821      $ 604,458   

The assets of the consolidated securitization entity are subject to credit, payment and interest rate risks on the transferred premium finance receivables — commercial. To protect investors, the securitization structure includes certain features that could result in earlier-than-expected repayment of the securities. Investors are allocated cash flows derived from activities related to the accounts comprising the securitized pool of receivables, the amounts of which reflect finance charges collected net of agent fees, certain fee assessments, and recoveries on charged-off accounts. From these cash flows, investors are reimbursed for charge-offs occurring within the securitized pool of receivables and receive the contractual rate of return and FIFC is paid a servicing fee as servicer. Any cash flows remaining in excess of these requirements are reported to investors as net yield and remitted to the Company. A net yield

 

109


rate of less than 0% for a three month period would trigger an economic early amortization event. In addition to this performance measurement associated with the transferred loans, there are additional performance measurements and other events or conditions which could trigger an early amortization event. As of December 31, 2011, no economic or other early amortization events have occurred. Apart from the restricted assets related to securitization activities, the investors and the securitization entity have no recourse to the Company’s other assets or credit for a shortage in cash flows.

The Company continues to service the loan receivables held by the securitization entity. FIFC receives a monthly servicing fee from the securitization entity based on a percentage of the monthly investor principal balance outstanding. Although the fee income to FIFC offsets the fee expense to the securitization entity and thus is eliminated in consolidation, failure to service the transferred loan receivables in accordance with contractual requirements could lead to a termination of the servicing rights and the loss of future servicing income.

Securitization Activity Prior to January 1, 2010

The following disclosures apply to the securitization activity of the Company prior to January 1, 2010, when transfers of receivables to the securitization entity were treated as sales in accordance with prior GAAP.

At December 31, 2009, the outstanding balance of loans transferred to the securitization entity was $597.9 million, of which

$593.9 million were securitized and $4.0 million were maintained as seller’s interests. The seller’s interest was carried at historical cost and reported as loans, net of unearned income on the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Condition.

Securitization Income

At the time of a loan securitization, the Company recorded a gain/(loss) on sale, which was calculated as the difference between the proceeds from the sale and the book basis of the loans sold. The book basis was determined by allocating the carrying amount of the sold loans between the loans sold and the interests retained based on their relative fair values. Such fair values were based on market prices at the date of transfer for the sold loans and on the estimated present value of future cash flows for retained interests. Gains on sale from securitizations are reported in gain on sales of premium finance receivables in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Income and were $5.7 million 2009. The income component resulting from the release of credit reserves upon classification as held- for-sale was reported as a reduction of provision for credit losses.

Also reported in gain on sales of premium finance receivables were changes in the fair value of the interest-only strip. This amount was the excess cash flow from interest collections allocated to the investors’ interests after deducting the interest paid on investor certificates, credit losses, contractual servicing fees, and other expenses. Changes in the fair value of the interest-only strip of

$2.4 million were reported in gain on sale of premium finance receivables in 2009.

The Company retained servicing responsibilities for the transferred loans and earns a related fee. Servicing fee income was

$2.8 million for 2009 and is reported in other non-interest income in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

Retained Interests

The Company retained subordinated interests in the securitized loans. These interests included the subordinated securities, over-collateralization of loans, cash reserves, a servicing asset, and an interest-only strip. The following table presents the Company’s retained interests at December 31, 2009:

 

(Dollars in thousands)        

Subordinated securities (1)

   $ 47,702   

Residual interests held (2)

     42,293   

Servicing asset (2)

     1,248   
  

 

 

 

Total retained interests

   $ 91,243   
  

 

 

 

 

(1)

The subordinated securities were accounted for at fair value and reported as available-for-sale securities on the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Condition with unrealized gains recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income. See Note 15 for further discussion on fair value.

 

(2)

The residual interests and servicing asset were accounted for at fair value and reported in other assets on the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Condition. Retained interests held includes overcollateralization of loans, cash reserve deposits, and an interest-only strip. See Note 15 for further discussion on fair value.

 

110


Key economic assumptions used in the measuring of fair value and the sensitivity of the fair value to immediate adverse changes in those assumptions at December 31, 2009 for the Company’s servicing asset and other interests held related to securitized loans are presented in the following table:

 

     Subordinated     Residual     Servicing  
(Dollars in thousands)    Securities     Interests     Asset  

Fair value of interest held

   $ 47,702      $ 42,293      $ 1,248   

Expected weighted-average life (in months)

     3.4        3.4        3.4   

Decrease in fair value from:

      

1 month reduction

   $ 237      $ (1,248   $ (181

2 month reduction

   $ 476      $ (2,516   $ (363

Discount rate assumptions

     5.97     8.75 %(1)      8.5

Decrease in fair value from:

      

100 basis point increase

   $ (305   $ (222   $ (3

200 basis point increase

   $ (608   $ (443   $ (6

Credit loss assumption

       0.27     0.27

Decrease in fair value from:

      

10% higher loss

     $ (73   $   

20% higher loss

           $ (153   $   

 

(1)

Excludes the discount rate on cash reserve deposits deemed to be immaterial.

The sensitivities in the table above are hypothetical and caution should be exercised when relying on this data. Changes in fair value based on variations in assumptions generally cannot be extrapolated because the relationship of the change in the assumption to the change in fair value may not be linear.

The following table summarizes the changes in the fair value of the Company’s servicing asset for the year ended December 31, 2009:

 

(Dollars in thousands)        

Beginning fair value

   $   

Fair value determined upon transfer of loans

     2,820   

Changes in fair value due to changes in inputs and assumptions (1)

     (1,610

Other changes (2)

     38   

Ending fair value

   $ 1,248   

 

(1)

The Company measured servicing assets at fair value and reported change in other non-interest income.

 

(2)

Represents accretable yield reported in other non-interest income.

The key economic assumptions used in measuring the fair value of the servicing asset included the prepayment speed and weighted-average life, the discount rate, and default rate. The primary risk of material changes in the value of the servicing asset resided in the potential volatility in the economic assumptions used, particularly the prepayment speed and weighted-average life.

Other Disclosures

The table below summarizes cash flows received from the securitization entity for the year ended December 31, 2009:

 

(Dollars in thousands)        

Proceeds from new securitizations during the period

   $ 600,000   

Proceeds from collections reinvested in revolving securitizations

     462,580   

Servicing and other fees received

     2,150   

Excess spread received

     7,228   

The following table presents quantitative information about the premium finance receivables — commercial at December 31, 2009:

 

(Dollars in thousands)    Total
Amount of
Loans
     Amount of
Loans 30 days or
More Past Due
or on Nonaccrual
     Net Credit
Write-offs during
the Year
 

Premium finance receivables — commercial

   $ 1,324,015       $ 46,072          $ 7,537   

Less: Premium finance receivables — commercial securitized

     593,871         14,309              35   

Premium finance receivables — commercial on-balance sheet

   $ 730,144       $ 31,763            $ 7,502   

 

111


(7) Mortgage Servicing Rights

Following is a summary of the changes in the carrying value of MSRs, accounted for at fair value, for the years ending December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009:

 

     December 31,     December 31,     December 31,  
(Dollars in thousands)    2011     2010     2009  

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 8,762      $ 6,745      $ 3,990   

Additions from loans sold with servicing retained

     2,611        4,972        4,786   

Estimate of changes in fair value due to:

      

Payoffs and paydowns

     (2,430     (2,468     (2,321

Changes in valuation inputs or assumptions

     (2,243     (487     290   

Fair value at end of year

   $ 6,700      $ 8,762      $ 6,745   

Unpaid principal balance of mortgage loans serviced for others

   $ 958,749      $ 942,224      $ 738,372   

The Company recognizes MSR assets upon the sale of residential real estate loans when it retains the obligation to service the loans and the servicing fee is more than adequate compensation. The recognition of MSR assets and subsequent change in fair value are recognized in mortgage banking revenue. MSRs are subject to changes in value from actual and expected prepayment of the underlying loans. The Company does not specifically hedge the value of its MSRs.

The Company uses a third party to assist in the valuation of its MSRs. Fair values are determined by using a discounted cash flow model that incorporates the objective characteristics of the portfolio as well as subjective valuation parameters that purchasers of servicing would apply to such portfolios sold into the secondary market. The subjective factors include loan prepayment speeds, interest rates, servicing costs and other economic factors.

(8) Business Combinations

FDIC-Assisted Transactions

Since April 2010, the Company has acquired the banking operations, including the acquisition of certain assets and the assumption of liabilities, of six financial institutions in FDIC-assisted transactions.

The following table presents details related to these transactions:

 

(Dollars in thousands)    Lincoln Park      Wheatland      Ravenswood      Community First
Bank - Chicago
     The Bank of
Commerce
    

First

Chicago

 

Date of acquisition

     April 23, 2010         April 23, 2010         August 6, 2010         February 4, 2011         March 25, 2011         July 8, 2011   

Fair value of assets acquired, at the acquisition date

   $ 157,078       $ 343,870       $ 173,919       $ 50,891       $ 173,986       $ 768,873   

Fair value of loans acquired, at the acquisition date

     103,420         175,277         97,956         27,332         77,887         330,203   

Fair value of liabilities assumed, at the acquisition date

     192,018         415,560         122,943         49,779         168,472         741,508   

Loans comprise the majority of the assets acquired in these transactions and are subject to loss sharing agreements with the FDIC whereby the FDIC has agreed to reimburse the Company for 80% of losses incurred on the purchased loans, other real estate owned, and certain other assets. Additionally, the loss share agreements with the FDIC require the Company to reimburse the FDIC in the event that actual losses on covered assets are lower than the original loss estimates agreed upon with the FDIC with respect of such assets in the loss share agreements. The Company refers to the loans subject to these loss-sharing agreements as “covered loans” and uses the term “covered assets” to refer to covered loans, covered OREO and certain other covered assets. At their respective acquisition dates, the Company estimated the fair value of the reimbursable losses to be approximately $273.3 million for the First Chicago acquisition, $48.9 million for TBOC acquisition and $6.7 million for the CFBC acquisition. For the three acquisitions subject to loss share agreements in 2010, the Company estimated the fair value of the reimbursable losses as of the acquisition date to be approximately $44.0 million for the Ravenswood acquisition, and $113.8 million for the Lincoln Park and Wheatland acquisitions. The agreements with the FDIC require that the Company follow certain servicing procedures or risk losing the FDIC reimbursement of covered asset losses.

The loans covered by the loss sharing agreements are classified and presented as covered loans and the estimated reimbursable losses are recorded as an FDIC indemnification asset in the Consolidated Statements of Condition. The Company recorded the acquired assets and liabilities at their estimated fair values at the acquisition date. The fair value for loans reflected expected credit losses at the

 

112


acquisition date. Therefore, the Company will only recognize a provision for credit losses and charge-offs on the acquired loans for any further credit deterioration. See Note 5 — Allowance for Loan Losses, Allowance for Losses on Lending-Related Commitments and Impaired Loans for further discussion of the allowance on covered loans. These transactions resulted in bargain purchase gains of a total of $38.0 million in 2011, including $27.4 million for First Chicago, $8.6 million for TBOC and $2.0 million for CFBC, and are shown as a component of non-interest income on the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Income. In 2010, FDIC-assisted transactions resulted in bargain purchase gains of a total of $33.3 million, including $6.8 million for Ravenswood, $22.3 million for Wheatland, and $4.2 million for Lincoln Park.

As stated above, in conjunction with FDIC-assisted transactions, the Company entered into loss share agreements with the FDIC. These agreements cover realized losses on loans, foreclosed real estate and certain other assets. These loss share assets are measured separately from the loan portfolios because they are not contractually embedded in the loans and are not transferable with the loans should the Company choose to dispose of them. Fair values at the acquisition dates were estimated based on projected cash flows available for loss-share based on the credit adjustments estimated for each loan pool and the loss share percentages. The loss share assets are also separately measured from the related loans and foreclosed real estate and recorded as FDIC indemnification assets on the Consolidated Statements of Condition. Subsequent to the acquisition date, reimbursements received from the FDIC for actual incurred losses will reduce the loss share assets. Reductions to expected losses, to the extent such reductions to expected losses are the result of an improvement to the actual or expected cash flows from the covered assets, will also reduce the loss share assets. Additions to expected losses, will require an increase to the allowance for loan losses, and a corresponding increase to the loss share assets.

The following table summarizes the activity in the Company’s FDIC indemnification asset during the periods indicated:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
(Dollars in thousands)    2011     2010  

Balance at beginning of period

   $ 118,182      $ —     

Additions

     343,231        160,644   

Accretion

     1,081        1,436   

Expected reimbursements from the FDIC for changes in expected credit losses

     (25,648     193   

Payments received from the FDIC

     (92,595     (44,091
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

   $ 344,251      $ 118,182   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other Bank Acquisitions

On September 30, 2011, the Company acquired ESBI. ESBI was the parent company of Elgin State Bank, which operated three banking locations in Elgin, Illinois. As part of this transaction, Elgin State Bank was merged into St. Charles. St. Charles acquired assets with a fair value of approximately $263.2 million, including $146.7 million of loans, and assumed liabilities with a fair value of approximately $248.4 million, including $241.1 million of deposits. Additionally, the Company recorded goodwill of $5.0 million on the acquisition.

On October 22, 2010, Wheaton Bank acquired a branch of First National Bank of Brookfield that is located in Naperville, Illinois. The acquired operations are operating as Naperville Bank & Trust. Wheaton Bank acquired assets with a fair value of approximately $22.9 million, including $10.7 million of loans, and assumed liabilities with a fair value of approximately $22.9 million, including $22.8 million of deposits. Additionally, the Company recorded goodwill of $1.7 million on the acquisition.

Wealth Management Acquisition

On July 1, 2011, the Company acquired Great Lakes Advisors, a Chicago-based investment manager with approximately $2.4 billion in assets under management. The Company acquired assets with a fair value of approximately $26.0 million and assumed liabilities with a fair value of approximately $8.8 million. The Company recorded goodwill of $15.7 million on the acquisition.

Mortgage Banking Acquisitions

On April 13, 2011, the Company acquired certain assets and assumed certain liabilities of the mortgage banking business of River City of Bloomington, Minnesota. Licensed to originate loans in five states, and with offices in Minnesota, Nebraska and North Dakota, River City originated nearly $500 million in mortgage loans in 2010.

On February 3, 2011, the Company acquired certain assets and assumed certain liabilities of the mortgage banking business of Woodfield of Rolling Meadows, Illinois. With offices in Rolling Meadows, Illinois and Crystal Lake, Illinois, Woodfield originated approximately $180 million in mortgage loans in 2010.

 

113


Life Insurance Premium Finance Acquisition

On July 28, 2009, FIFC, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, purchased the majority of the U.S. life insurance premium finance assets of A.I. Credit Corp. and A.I. Credit Consumer Discount Company (“the sellers”), subsidiaries of American International Group, Inc. After giving effect to post-closing adjustments, an aggregate unpaid loan balance of $949.3 million was purchased for $685.3 million in cash. At closing, a portion of the portfolio, with an aggregate unpaid loan balance of $321.1 million, and a corresponding portion of the purchase price of $232.8 million were placed in escrow, pending the receipt of required third party consents. During the first quarter of 2010, based upon receipt of consents, the escrow was terminated and remaining funds released to the sellers and FIFC. Also, as a part of the purchase, $84.4 million of additional life insurance premium finance assets were available for future purchase by FIFC subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. On October 2, 2009, the conditions were satisfied in relation to the majority of the additional life insurance premium finance assets and FIFC purchased $83.4 million of the $84.4 million of life insurance premium finance assets available for an aggregate purchase price of $60.5 million in cash.

Both life insurance premium finance asset purchases were accounted for as a single business combination under the acquisition method of accounting as required by applicable accounting guidance. Accordingly, the impact related to this transaction is included in the Company’s financial statements only since the effective date of acquisition. The purchased assets and assumed liabilities were recorded at their respective acquisition date fair values, and identifiable intangible assets were recorded at fair value. Under ASC 805, a gain is recorded equal to the amount by which the fair value of assets purchased exceeded the fair value of liabilities assumed and consideration paid. As such, the Company recognized a $10.9 million bargain purchase gain in 2010, a $43.0 million bargain purchase gain in the fourth quarter of 2009 and a $113.1 million bargain purchase gain in the third quarter of 2009, relating to the loans acquired for which all contingencies were removed. As of March 31, 2010, the full amount of the bargain purchase gain had been recognized into income. This gain is shown as a component of non-interest income on the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Income.

Purchased loans with evidence of credit quality deterioration since origination

Purchased loans acquired in a business combination are recorded at estimated fair value on their purchase date. Expected future cash flows at the purchase date in excess of the fair value of loans are recorded as interest income over the life of the loans if the timing and amount of the future cash flows is reasonably estimable (“accretable yield”). The difference between contractually required payments and the cash flows expected to be collected at acquisition is referred to as the non-accretable difference and represents probable losses in the portfolio.

In determining the acquisition date fair value of purchased impaired loans, and in subsequent accounting, the Company aggregates these purchased loans into pools of loans with common risk characteristics. Subsequent to the purchase date, increases in cash flows over those expected at the purchase date are recognized as interest income prospectively. Subsequent decreases to the expected cash flows will result in a provision for loan losses.

The Company purchased a portfolio of life insurance premium finance receivables in 2009. These purchased life insurance premium finance receivables are valued on an individual basis with the accretable component being recognized into interest income using the effective yield method over the estimated remaining life of the loans. The non-accretable portion is evaluated each quarter and if the loans’ credit related conditions improve, a portion is transferred to the accretable component and accreted over future periods. In the event a specific loan prepays in whole, any remaining accretable and non-accretable discount is recognized in income immediately. If credit related conditions deteriorate, an allowance related to these loans will be established as part of the provision for credit losses.

See Note 4 — Loans, for more information on loans acquired with evidence of credit quality deterioration since origination.

(9) Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

A summary of the Company’s goodwill assets by business segment is presented in the following table:

 

(Dollars in thousands)    January 1,
2011
     Goodwill
Acquired
     Impairment
Loss
     December 31,
2011
 

Community banking

   $ 250,766       $ 8,570       $ —         $ 259,336   

Specialty finance

     16,095         —           —           16,095   

Wealth management

     14,329         15,708         —           30,037   

Total

   $ 281,190       $ 24,278       $ —         $ 305,468   

The Community banking segment’s goodwill increased $8.6 million in 2011 as a result of the ESBI acquisition as well as the acquisition of certain assets and the assumption of certain liabilities of the mortgage banking businesses of Woodfield and River City. The acquisition of ESBI, Woodfield and River City increased goodwill $5.0 million, $750,000, and $1.4 million, respectively. The remaining $1.5 million increase in the Community banking segment’s goodwill in 2011 relates to additional contingent consideration paid to the former owner of Professional Mortgage Partners (“PMP”). Pursuant to the acquisition of PMP in December 2008, Wintrust was required to pay contingent consideration to the former owner of PMP as a result of attaining certain performance measures through December 2011.

 

114


The Wealth management segment’s goodwill increased $15.7 million in 2011 as a result of the acquisition of Great Lakes Advisors.

A summary of finite-lived intangible assets as of the dates shown and the expected amortization as of December 31, 2011 is as follows:

 

     December 31,  
(Dollars in thousands)    2011     2010  

Specialty finance segment:

    

Customer list intangibles:

    

Gross carrying amount

   $ 1,800      $ 1,800   

Accumulated amortization

     (460     (253

Net carrying amount

   $ 1,340      $ 1,547   

Community banking segment:

    

Core deposit intangibles:

    

Gross carrying amount

   $ 35,587      $ 29,608   

Accumulated amortization

     (21,457     (18,580

Net carrying amount

   $ 14,130      $ 11,028   

Wealth management segment:

    

Customer list and other intangibles:

    

Gross carrying amount

   $ 6,790      $ 3,252   

Accumulated amortization

     (190     (3,252

Net carrying amount

   $ 6,600      $   

Total other intangible assets, net

   $ 22,070      $ 12,575   

 

Estimated amortization        

Estimated—2012

   $ 4,112   

Estimated—2013

     3,898   

Estimated—2014

     3,421   

Estimated—2015

     1,935   

Estimated—2016

     1,422   

The customer list intangibles recognized in connection with the purchase of U.S. life insurance premium finance assets in 2009 are being amortized over an 18-year period on an accelerated basis.

The increase in core deposit intangibles from 2010 was related to the acquisition of Elgin State Bank and the FDIC-assisted acquisitions of First Chicago, CFBC and TBOC during 2011. Core deposit intangibles recognized in connection with the Company’s bank acquisitions are being amortized over ten-year periods on an accelerated basis.

Intangibles within the Wealth management segment were recognized in connection with the Company’s acquisition of Great Lakes Advisors during the third quarter of 2011. These intangibles consist of customer list and trademark intangibles, which are being amortized over a 20-year period, as well as the value of certain executive non-compete agreements, which are being amortized over a two-year period.

Total amortization expense associated with finite-lived intangibles in 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $3.4 million, $2.7 million and $2.8 million, respectively.

(10) Premises and Equipment, Net

A summary of premises and equipment at December 31, 2011 and 2010 is as follows:

 

$000000000 $000000000
     December 31,  
(Dollars in thousands)    2011      2010  

Land

   $ 101,260       $ 88,059   

Buildings and leasehold improvements

     340,901         296,590   

Furniture, equipment, and computer software

     116,960         102,494   

Construction in progress

     19,341         5,974   
     578,462         493,117   

Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization

     146,950         129,421   

Total premises and equipment, net

   $ 431,512       $ 363,696   

Depreciation and amortization expense related to premises and equipment, totaled $19.1 million in 2011, $17.1 million in 2010 and $17.4 million in 2009.

 

115


(11) Deposits

The following is a summary of deposits at December 31, 2011 and 2010:

 

(Dollars in thousands)    2011     2010  

Balance:

    

Non-interest bearing

   $ 1,785,433      $ 1,201,194   

NOW

     1,698,778        1,561,507   

Wealth management deposits

     788,311        658,660   

Money market

     2,263,253        1,759,866   

Savings

     888,592        744,534   

Time certificates of deposit

     4,882,900        4,877,912   

Total deposits

   $ 12,307,267      $ 10,803,673   

Mix:

    

Non-interest bearing

     15     11

NOW

     14        15   

Wealth management deposits

     6        6   

Money market

     18        16   

Savings

     7        7   

Time certificates of deposit

     40        45   

Total deposits

     100     100

Wealth management deposits represent deposit balances (primarily money market accounts) at the Company’s subsidiary banks from brokerage customers of WHI, trust and asset management customers of CTC and brokerage customers from unaffiliated companies.

The scheduled maturities of time certificates of deposit at December 31, 2011 and 2010 are as follows:

 

(Dollars in thousands)    2011      2010  

Due within one year

   $ 3,239,761       $ 3,100,161   

Due in one to two years

     1,004,024         1,020,608   

Due in two to three years

     235,585         399,507   

Due in three to four years

     290,741         117,633   

Due in four to five years

     108,511         236,059   

Due after five years

     4,278         3,944   

Total time certificate of deposits

   $ 4,882,900       $ 4,877,912   

The following table sets forth the scheduled maturities of time deposits in denominations of $100,000 or more at December 31, 2011 and 2010:

 

(Dollars in thousands)    2011      2010  

Maturing within three months

   $ 550,816       $ 532,745   

After three but within six months

     593,851         511,991   

After six but within 12 months

     869,243         755,095   

After 12 months

     1,160,709         1,131,162   

Total

   $ 3,174,619       $ 2,930,993   

(12) Notes Payable

At December 31, 2011, the Company had notes payable of $52.8 million. The Company had a $51.0 million outstanding balance of notes payable, with an interest rate of 4.50%, under a $76.0 million loan agreement (“Agreement”) with unaffiliated banks. The Agreement consists of a $75.0 million revolving credit facility, maturing on October 26, 2012, and a $1.0 million term loan maturing on June 1, 2015. The Agreement was amended on October 28, 2011, effectively extending the maturity date on the revolving credit facility from October 28, 2011 to October 26, 2012 and increasing the availability under the credit facility from $50.0 million to $75.0 million. At December 31, 2011, $50.0 million was outstanding on the $75.0 million revolving credit facility. Borrowings under the Agreement that are considered “Base Rate Loans” will bear interest at a rate equal to the higher of (1) 450 basis points and (2) for the applicable period, the highest of (a) the federal funds rate plus 100 basis points, (b) the lender’s prime rate plus 50 basis points, and (c) the Eurodollar Rate (as defined below) that would be applicable for an interest period of one month plus 150 basis points. Borrowings under the Agreement that are considered “Eurodollar Rate Loans” will bear interest at a rate equal to the higher of (1) the British Bankers Association’s LIBOR rate for the applicable period plus 350 basis points (the “Eurodollar Rate”) and (2) 450 basis points. A commitment fee is payable quarterly equal to 0.50% of the actual daily amount by which the lenders’ commitment under the revolving note exceeded the amount outstanding under such facility.

 

116


The Agreement is secured by the stock of some of the banks and contains several restrictive covenants, including the maintenance of various capital adequacy levels, asset quality and profitability ratios, and certain restrictions on dividends and other indebtedness. At December 31, 2011, the Company is in compliance with all debt covenants. The Agreement is available to be utilized, as needed, to provide capital to fund continued growth at the Company’s banks and to serve as an interim source of funds for acquisitions, common stock repurchases or other general corporate purposes.

As a result of the acquisition of Great Lakes Advisors, the Company assumed an unsecured promissory note to a Great Lakes Advisor shareholder (“Promissory Note”) with an outstanding balance of $1.8 million as of December 31, 2011. Under the Promissory Note, the Company will make quarterly principal payments and pay interest at a rate of the federal funds rate plus 100 basis points. As of December 31, 2011, the current interest rate was 1.25%.

(13) Federal Home Loan Bank Advances

A summary of the outstanding FHLB advances at December 31, 2011 and 2010, is as follows:

 

(Dollars in thousands)    2011      2010  

1.39% advance due February 2012

   $ 8,000       $ 8,000   

1.48% advance due April 2012

     52,000         52,000   

2.96% advance due January 2013

     5,000         5,000   

2.01% advance due February 2013

     30,000         30,000   

2.07% advance due April 2013

     69,000         69,000   

3.92% advance due April 2013

     1,500         1,500   

3.34% advance due June 2013

     42,000         42,000   

1.45% advance due July 2013

     26,000         26,000   

2.62% advance due April 2014

     25,000         25,000   

1.94% advance due July 2014

     10,000         10,000   

1.58% advance due September 2014

     25,473           

1.63% advance due September 2014

     25,508           

4.12% advance due February 2015

     25,000         25,000   

4.55% advance due February 2016

     45,000         45,000   

4.83% advance due May 2016

     50,000         50,000   

3.47% advance due November 2017

     10,000         10,000   

4.18% advance due February 2022

     25,000         25,000   

Federal Home Loan Bank advances

   $ 474,481       $ 423,500   

Federal Home Loan Bank advances consist of fixed rate obligations of the banks and are collateralized by qualifying residential real estate and home equity loans and certain securities. FHLB advances are stated at par value adjusted for unamortized fair value adjustments recorded in connection with advances acquired through acquisitions. The Company did not restructure any FHLB advances in 2011, but restructured $220.0 million of FHLB advances, paying $10.1 million in prepayment fees in 2010. These prepayment fees are classified in other assets on the Consolidated Statements of Condition and are amortized as an adjustment to interest expense using the effective-interest method. The restructurings in 2010 were done in order to achieve lower interest rates and extend maturities.

Approximately $40.0 million of the FHLB advances outstanding at December 31, 2011, have varying call dates ranging from January 2012 to February 2012. At December 31, 2011, the weighted average contractual interest rate on FHLB advances was 2.84% and the weighted average effective interest rate, which reflects amortization of fair value adjustments associated with FHLB advances acquired through acquisitions, was 2.76%.

The banks have arrangements with the FHLB whereby, based on available collateral, they could have borrowed an additional $131.9 million at December 31, 2011.

 

117


(14) Subordinated Notes

A summary of the subordinated notes at December 31, 2011 and 2010 is as follows:

 

$00.00 $00.00
(Dollars in thousands)    2011      2010  

Subordinated note, due October 29, 2012

   $ 5,000       $ 10,000   

Subordinated note, due May 1, 2013

     10,000         15,000   

Subordinated note, due May 29, 2015

     20,000         25,000   

Total subordinated notes

   $ 35,000       $ 50,000   

The original principal balance of each subordinated note was $25.0 million. Each subordinated note requires annual principal payments of $5.0 million beginning in the sixth year of the note. The first $5.0 million payment was made in the fourth quarter of 2008. The interest rate on each subordinated note is calculated at a rate equal to LIBOR plus 130 basis points. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the weighted average contractual interest rate on the subordinated notes was 1.83%. In connection with the issuances of subordinated notes, the Company incurred costs totaling $1.0 million. These costs are included in other assets and are being amortized to interest expense using a method that approximates the effective interest method. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the unamortized balances of these costs were $27,000 and $77,000, respectively. The subordinated notes qualify as Tier II capital under the regulatory capital requirements, subject to restrictions.

(15) Other Borrowings

The following is a summary of other borrowings at December 31, 2011 and 2010:

 

$00.00 $00.00
(Dollars in thousands)    2011      2010  

Securities sold under repurchase agreements

   $ 413,333         217,289   

Other

     30,420         43,331   

Secured borrowings — owed to securitization investors

     600,000         600,000   

Total other borrowings

   $ 1,043,753       $ 860,620   

Securities sold under repurchase agreements represent $105.1 million and $77.6 million of customer sweep accounts in connection with master repurchase agreements at the banks at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, as well as $308.3 million and $139.7 million of short-term borrowings from banks and brokers at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Securities pledged for these borrowings are maintained under the Company’s control and consist of U.S. Government agency, mortgage-backed and corporate securities. These securities are included in the available-for-sale securities portfolio as reflected on the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Condition.

Other borrowings at December 31, 2011 represent the junior subordinated amortizing notes issued by the Company in connection with the issuance of the TEUs in December 2010. These junior subordinated notes were recorded at their initial principal balance of $44.7 million, net of issuance costs. These notes have a stated interest rate of 9.5% and require quarterly principal and interest payments of $4.3 million, with an initial payment of $4.6 million that was paid on March 15, 2011. The issuance costs are being amortized to interest expense using the effective-interest method. The scheduled final installment payment on the notes is December 15, 2013. See Note 24 — Shareholders’ Equity for further discussion of the TEUs.

During the third quarter of 2009, the Company entered into an off-balance sheet securitization transaction sponsored by FIFC. In connection with the securitization, premium finance receivables — commercial were transferred to FIFC Premium Funding, LLC, a QSPE. The QSPE issued $600 million Class A notes that bear an annual interest rate of one-month LIBOR plus 1.45% (the “Notes”) and had an expected average term of 2.93 years with any unpaid balance due and payable in full on February 17, 2014. At the time of issuance, the Notes were eligible collateral under TALF. These notes are reflected on the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Condition as secured borrowings owed to securitization investors. See Note 8 — Loan Securitization, for more information on the QSPE.

 

118


(16) Junior Subordinated Debentures

As of December 31, 2011, the Company owned 100% of the common securities of nine trusts, Wintrust Capital Trust III, Wintrust Statutory Trust IV, Wintrust Statutory Trust V, Wintrust Capital Trust VII, Wintrust Capital Trust VIII, Wintrust Capital Trust IX, Northview Capital Trust I, Town Bankshares Capital Trust I, and First Northwest Capital Trust I (the “Trusts”) set up to provide long- term financing. The Northview, Town and First Northwest capital trusts were acquired as part of the acquisitions of Northview Financial Corporation, Town Bankshares, Ltd., and First Northwest Bancorp, Inc., respectively. The Trusts were formed for purposes of issuing trust preferred securities to third-party investors and investing the proceeds from the issuance of the trust preferred securities and common securities solely in junior subordinated debentures issued by the Company (or assumed by the Company in connection with an acquisition), with the same maturities and interest rates as the trust preferred securities. The junior subordinated debentures are the sole assets of the Trusts. In each Trust, the common securities represent approximately 3% of the junior subordinated debentures and the trust preferred securities represent approximately 97% of the junior subordinated debentures.

The Trusts are reported in the Company’s consolidated financial statements as unconsolidated subsidiaries. Accordingly, in the Consolidated Statements of Condition, the junior subordinated debentures issued by the Company to the Trusts are reported as liabilities and the common securities of the Trusts, all of which are owned by the Company, are included in available-for-sale securities.

The following table provides a summary of the Company’s junior subordinated debentures as of December 31, 2011 and 2010. The junior subordinated debentures represent the par value of the obligations owed to the Trusts.

 

     Common      Trust
Preferred
     Junior
Subordinated
Debentures
     Rate      Contractual
rate at
    Issue      Maturity      Earliest
Redemption
 
(Dollars in thousands)    Securities      Securities      2011      2010      Structure      12/31/11     Date      Date      Date  

Wintrust Capital Trust III

   $ 774       $ 25,000       $ 25,774       $ 25,774         L+3.25         3.65     04/2003         04/2033         04/2008   

Wintrust Statutory Trust IV

     619         20,000         20,619         20,619         L+2.80         3.38     12/2003         12/2033         12/2008   

Wintrust Statutory Trust V

     1,238         40,000         41,238         41,238         L+2.60         3.18     05/2004         05/2034         06/2009   

Wintrust Capital Trust VII

     1,550         50,000         51,550         51,550         L+1.95         2.50     12/2004         03/2035         03/2010   

Wintrust Capital Trust VIII

     1,238         40,000         41,238         41,238         L+1.45         2.03     08/2005         09/2035         09/2010   

Wintrust Captial Trust IX

     1,547         50,000         51,547         51,547         L+1.63         2.18     09/2006         09/2036         09/2011   

Northview Capital Trust I

     186         6,000         6,186         6,186         L+3.00         3.43     08/2003         11/2033         08/2008   

Town Bankshares Capital Trust I

     186         6,000         6,186         6,186         L+3.00         3.43     08/2003         11/2033         08/2008   

First Northwest Capital Trust I

     155         5,000         5,155         5,155         L+3.00         3.58     05/2004         05/2034         05/2009   

Total

                     $ 249,493       $ 249,493                  2.73                          

The junior subordinated debentures totaled $249.5 million at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010.

The interest rates on the variable rate junior subordinated debentures are based on the three-month LIBOR rate and reset on a quarterly basis. The interest rate on the Wintrust Capital Trust IX junior subordinated debentures, previously fixed at 6.84%, changed to a variable rate equal to three-month LIBOR plus 1.63% effective September 15, 2011. At December 31, 2011, the weighted average contractual interest rate on the junior subordinated debentures was 2.73%. The Company entered into $225 million of interest rate swaps to hedge the variable cash flows on certain junior subordinated debentures. The hedge-adjusted rate on the junior subordinated debentures on December 31, 2011, was 5.27%. Distributions on the common and preferred securities issued by the Trusts are payable quarterly at a rate per annum equal to the interest rates being earned by the Trusts on the junior subordinated debentures. Interest expense on the junior subordinated debentures is deductible for income tax purposes.

The Company has guaranteed the payment of distributions and payments upon liquidation or redemption of the trust preferred securities, in each case to the extent of funds held by the Trusts. The Company and the Trusts believe that, taken together, the obligations of the Company under the guarantees, the junior subordinated debentures, and other related agreements provide, in the aggregate, a full, irrevocable and unconditional guarantee, on a subordinated basis, of all of the obligations of the Trusts under the trust preferred securities. Subject to certain limitations, the Company has the right to defer the payment of interest on the junior subordinated debentures at any time, or from time to time, for a period not to exceed 20 consecutive quarters. The trust preferred securities are subject to mandatory redemption, in whole or in part, upon repayment of the junior subordinated debentures at maturity or their earlier redemption. The junior subordinated debentures are redeemable in whole or in part prior to maturity at any time after the earliest redemption dates shown in the table, and earlier at the discretion of the Company if certain conditions are met, and, in any event, only after the Company has obtained Federal Reserve approval, if then required under applicable guidelines or regulations.

The junior subordinated debentures, subject to certain limitations, qualify as Tier 1 capital of the Company for regulatory purposes. The amount of junior subordinated debentures and certain other capital elements in excess of those certain limitations could be included in Tier 2 capital, subject to restrictions. At December 31, 2011, all of the junior subordinated debentures, net of the Common Securities, were included in the Company’s Tier 1 regulatory capital.

 

119


(17) Minimum Lease Commitments

The Company occupies certain facilities under operating lease agreements. Gross rental expense related to the Company’s operating leases was $7.9 million in 2011, $6.2 million in 2010 and $5.5 million in 2009. The Company also leases certain owned premises and receives rental income from such lease agreements. Gross rental income related to the Company’s buildings totaled $3.8 million, $2.4 million and $2.2 million, in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The approximate minimum annual gross rental payments and gross rental income under noncancelable agreements for office space with remaining terms in excess of one year as of December 31, 2011, are as follows (in thousands):

 

      Payments      Income  

2012

   $ 4,189       $ 2,454   

2013

     3,989         2,157   

2014

     3,313         1,694   

2015

     2,933         1,541   

2016

     2,927         1,043   

2017 and thereafter

     9,011         1,513   

Total minimum future amounts

   $ 26,362       $ 10,402   

(18) Income Taxes

Income tax expense (benefit) for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 is summarized as follows:

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
(Dollars in thousands)    2011     2010     2009  

Current income taxes:

      

Federal

   $ 40,312      $ 46,169      $ (7,361

State

     10,785        7,281        517   

Total current income taxes

   $ 51,097      $ 53,450      $ (6,844

Deferred income taxes:

      

Federal

     (555     (14,233     44,800   

State

     (84     (1,739     6,479   

Total deferred income taxes

     (639     (15,972     51,279   

Total income tax expense

   $ 50,458      $ 37,478      $ 44,435   

Tax expense in 2011 includes approximately $408,000 related to increases in deferred tax liabilities for enacted changes in tax laws or increases in tax rates.

Tax (benefits) expense of ($129,000), ($895,000) and $145,000 in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, related to the exercise of certain stock options and vesting and issuance of shares pursuant to the Stock Incentive Plans and the issuance of shares pursuant to the Directors Deferred Fee and Stock Plan, are not reflected in the above table and were recorded directly to shareholders’ equity.

A reconciliation of the differences between taxes computed using the statutory Federal income tax rate of 35% and actual income tax expense is as follows:

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
(Dollars in thousands)    2011     2010     2009  

Income tax expense based upon the Federal statutory rate on income before income taxes

   $ 44,812      $ 35,282      $ 41,126   

Increase (decrease) in tax resulting from:

      

Tax-exempt interest, net of interest expense disallowance

     (1,139     (963     (988

State taxes, net of federal tax benefit

     6,955        3,602        4,547   

Income earned on bank owned life insurance

     (854     (795     (677

Non-deductible compensation costs

     644        707        1,136   

Meals, entertainment and related expenses

     802        669        527   

Tax credits

     (562     (704     (885

Other, net

     (200     (320     (351

Income tax expense

   $ 50,458      $ 37,478      $ 44,435   

 

120


The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and liabilities at December 31, 2011 and 2010 are as follows:

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
  

 

 

 
(Dollars in thousands)    2011      2010  

Deferred tax assets:

     

Allowance for credit losses

   $ 44,538       $ 45,467   

Net unrealized losses on derivatives included in other comprehensive income

     4,623         5,021   

Deferred compensation

     10,855         5,881   

Stock-based compensation

     10,757         9,332   

Nonaccrued interest

     2,414         2,016   

Other real estate owned

     9,724         3,628   

Mortgage banking recourse obligation

     992         3,433   

Goodwill and intangible assets

     264           

Other

     3,696         1,298   

Total gross deferred tax assets

     87,863         76,076   

Deferred tax liabilities:

     

Discount on purchased loans

     37,657         35,341   

Premises and equipment

     20,591         17,668   

Goodwill and intangible assets

             7,649   

Deferred loan fees and costs

     5,809         5,054   

FHLB stock dividends

     3,322         2,810   

Capitalized servicing rights

     2,650         3,375   

Net unrealized gains on securities included in other comprehensive income

     2,807         1,691   

Deferred gain on termination of derivatives

     68         145   

Debt finance/prepayment charges

     1,450         2,659   

Covered assets

     30,058         16,933   

Other

     829         490   

Total gross deferred liabilities

     105,241         93,815   

Net deferred tax liabilities

   $ 17,378       $ 17,739   

Management believes that it is more likely than not that the recorded deferred tax assets will be fully realized and therefore no valuation allowance is necessary. The conclusion that it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will be realized is based on the Company’s historical earnings, its current level of earnings and prospects for continued growth and profitability.

The Company is required to record a liability (or a reduction of an asset) for the uncertainty associated with certain tax positions. This liability, if any, reflects the fact that the Company has not recognized the benefit associated with the tax position. The Company had no unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2010 and it did not have increases or decreases in unrecognized tax benefits during 2011 and does not have any tax positions for which unrecognized tax benefits must be recorded at December 31, 2011. In addition, for the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company has no interest or penalties relating to income tax positions recognized in the income statement or in the balance sheet. If the Company were to record interest and penalties associated with uncertain tax positions or as a result of an audit by a tax jurisdiction, the interest and penalties would be included in income tax expense. The Company does not believe it is reasonably possible that unrecognized tax benefits will significantly change in the next 12 months.

The Company and its subsidiaries file income tax returns in the US federal jurisdiction and various state jurisdictions, and in the ordinary course of business we are routinely subject to audit by the taxing authorities of these jurisdictions. Currently, the Company’s federal income tax returns are open and subject to audit for the 2006 tax return year forward, and in general, the Company’s state income tax returns from the 2008 tax return year forward are open and subject to audit, subject to individual state statutes of limitation.

 

121


(19) Stock Compensation Plans and Other Employee Benefit Plans

Stock Incentive Plan

The 2007 Stock Incentive Plan (“the 2007 Plan”), which was approved by the Company’s shareholders in January 2007, permits the grant of incentive stock options, nonqualified stock options, rights and restricted stock, as well as the conversion of outstanding options of acquired companies to Wintrust options. The 2007 Plan initially provided for the issuance of up to 500,000 shares of common stock. In May 2009 and May 2011, the Company’s shareholders approved an additional 325,000 shares and 2,860,000 shares, respectively, of common stock that may be offered under the 2007 Plan. All grants made after 2006 have been made pursuant to the 2007 Plan, and as of December 31, 2011, 2,253,036 shares were available for future grants. The 2007 Plan replaced the Wintrust Financial Corporation 1997 Stock Incentive Plan (“the 1997 Plan”) which had substantially similar terms. The 2007 Plan and the 1997 Plan are collectively referred to as “the Plans.” The Plans cover substantially all employees of Wintrust.

The Company historically awarded stock-based compensation in the form of nonqualified stock options and time-vested restricted share awards (“restricted shares”.) In general, the grants of options provide for the purchase shares of Wintrust’s common stock at the fair market value of the stock on the date the options are granted. Options under the 2007 Plan generally vest ratably over a five- year period and have a maximum term of seven years from the date of grant. Stock options granted under the 1997 Plan provided for a maximum term of ten years. Restricted shares entitle the holders to receive, at no cost, shares of the Company’s common stock. Restricted shares generally vest over periods of one to five years from the date of grant.

In August 2011, awards were granted to key employees under a Long-Term Incentive Program (“LTIP”) administered under the 2007 Plan. The LTIP was designed in part to align the interests of management with the interests of shareholders, foster retention, create a long-term focus based on sustainable results and provide participants a target long-term incentive opportunity. The target awards include three components – time vested nonqualified stock options, performance-vested stock awards and performance-vested cash awards. Stock options granted under the LTIP have a 7-year term and will generally vest equally over three years based on continued service, and the performance stock awards and performance cash awards are measured based on the achievement of pre-established targets at the end of the performance period. The actual performance-based award payouts will vary based on the achievement of the pre-established targets and can range from 0% to 200% of the target award. The first grant of these awards was made in August 2011 and has a final vesting date and a performance measurement date of December 31, 2013, resulting in an initial period of less than three years. It is anticipated that awards will be granted annually with a new three year performance cycle beginning each year.

Holders of restricted share awards and performance-vested stock awards are not entitled to vote or receive cash dividends (or cash payments equal to the cash dividends) on the underlying common shares until the awards are vested. Except in limited circumstances, these awards are canceled upon termination of employment without any payment of consideration by the Company.

The Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors administers all stock-based compensation programs and authorizes all awards granted pursuant to the Plans.

Stock-based compensation is measured as the fair value of an award on the date of grant, and the measured cost is recognized over the period which the recipient is required to provide service in exchange for the award. Performance-vested stock awards are measured based on the expected achievement of pre-established targets at the end of the performance period. The fair values of restricted shares and performance-vested stock awards are determined based on the average of the high and low trading prices on the grant date, and the fair value of stock options is estimated using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model that utilizes the assumptions outlined in the following table. Option-pricing models require the input of highly subjective assumptions and are sensitive to changes in the option’s expected life and the price volatility of the underlying stock, which can materially affect the fair value estimate. Expected life has been based on historical exercise and termination behavior as well as the term of the option, but the expected life of the options granted pursuant to the LTIP awards was based on the safe harbor rule of the SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 107 “Share-Based Payment” as the Company believes historical exercise data may not provide a reasonable basis to estimate the expected term of these options. Expected stock price volatility is based on historical volatility of the Company’s common stock, which correlates with the expected life of the options, and the risk-free interest rate is based on comparable U.S. Treasury rates. Management reviews and adjusts the assumptions used to calculate the fair value of an option on a periodic basis to better reflect expected trends. The following table presents the weighted average assumptions used to determine the fair value of options granted in the years ending December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009:

 

     2011     2010     2009  

Expected dividend yield

     0.5     0.5     1.7 %  

Expected volatility

     61.8     48.5     46.3

Risk-free rate

     1.0     2.5     2.5

Expected option life (in years)

     4.4        6.2        5.9   

Stock based compensation is recognized based on the number of awards that are ultimately expected to vest. Forfeitures are estimated based on historical forfeiture experience. For performance-vested stock awards, an estimate is made of the number of shares expected to vest as a result of actual performance against the performance criteria to determine the amount of compensation expense to be recognized. The estimate is reevaluated quarterly and total compensation expense is adjusted for any change in the current period.

 

122


Stock-based compensation expense recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Income was $5.6 million, $4.4 million and $6.7 million and the related tax benefits were $2.2 million, $1.7 million and $2.6 million in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

A summary of the Plans’ stock option activity for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 is as follows:

 

Stock Options    Common
Shares
    Weighted
Average
Strike Price
     Remaining
Contractual
Term (1)
   Intrinsic
Value (2)
($000)
 

Outstanding at January 1, 2009

     2,388,174      $ 35.61           

Granted

     54,500        20.72           

Exercised

     (213,012     11.84           

Forfeited or canceled

     (73,453     34.57                   

Outstanding at December 31, 2009

     2,156,209      $ 37.61         3.9    $ 8,959     

Exercisable at December 31, 2009

     1,842,508      $ 37.15         3.7    $ 8,382     

Outstanding at January 1, 2010

     2,156,209      $ 37.61           

Granted

     86,865        33.63           

Exercised

     (159,637     14.95           

Forfeited or canceled

     (42,736     51.46                   

Outstanding at December 31, 2010

     2,040,701      $ 38.92         3.3    $ 8,028     

Exercisable at December 31, 2010

     1,803,298      $ 39.63         3.0    $ 7,368     

Outstanding at January 1, 2011

     2,040,701      $ 38.92           

Granted

     221,003        33.15           

Exercised

     (85,706     17.20           

Forfeited or canceled

     (111,464     46.01                   

Outstanding at December 31, 2011

     2,064,534      $ 38.83         2.7    $ 3,809     

Exercisable at December 31, 2011

     1,779,218      $ 39.93         2.3    $ 3,558     

Vested or expected to vest at December 31, 2011

     2,058,850      $ 38.85                   

 

(1)

Represents the weighted average contractual remaining life in years.

 

(2)

Aggregate intrinsic value represents the total pretax intrinsic value (i.e., the difference between the Company’s average of the high and low stock price at year end and the option exercise price, multiplied by the number of shares) that would have been received by the option holders if they had exercised their options on the last day of the year. Options with exercise prices above the year end stock price are excluded from the calculation of intrinsic value. This amount will change based on the fair market value of the Company’s stock.

The weighted average per share grant date fair value of options granted during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $15.84, $15.83 and $8.55, respectively. The aggregate intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, was $1.2 million, $3.2 million and $2.6 million, respectively.

Cash received from option exercises under the Plans for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $1.5 million, $2.4 million and $2.5 million, respectively. The actual tax benefit realized for the tax deductions from option exercises totaled $468,000, $1.2 million and $1.0 million for 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

A summary of the Plans’ restricted share and performance-vested stock award activity for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 is as follows:

 

     2011      2010      2009  
Restricted Shares    Common
Shares
    Weighted
Average
Grant-Date
Fair Value
     Common
Shares
    Weighted
Average
Grant-Date
Fair Value
     Common
Shares
    Weighted
Average
Grant-Date
Fair Value
 

Outstanding at January 1

     299,040      $ 39.44         208,430      $ 43.24         262,997      $ 44.09     

Granted

     98,394        32.85         149,656        35.20         28,550        24.22     

Vested and issued

     (56,641     35.17         (58,411     42.21         (81,492     39.84     

Forfeited

     (4,084     34.73         (635     34.74         (1,625     30.56     

Outstanding at end of year

     336,709      $ 38.29         299,040      $ 39.44         208,430      $ 43.24     

Vested, but not issuable at end of year

     85,000      $ 51.88         85,000      $ 51.88              $ —     

Performance Shares

                                                  

Outstanding at January 1

                   

Granted

     100,993      $ 33.25             

Vested and issued

                   

Net decrease due to estimated performance

     (28,062     33.25             

Forfeited

     (773     33.28             

Outstanding at end of year

     72,158      $ 33.25                                     

 

123


The number of performance shares granted is reflected in the above table at the target performance level. The actual performance- based award payouts will vary based on the achievement of the pre-established targets and can range from 0% to 200% of the target award.

The actual tax benefit realized upon the vesting of restricted shares is based on the fair value of the shares on the vesting date and the estimated tax benefit of the awards is based on fair value of the awards on the grant date. The actual tax benefit realized upon the vesting of restricted shares in 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $72,000, $28,000 and $754,000, respectively, less than the estimated tax benefit for those shares. These differences in actual and estimated tax benefits were recorded directly to shareholders’ equity.

Beginning in the third quarter of 2009 through January 2011, the Company paid a portion of the base pay of certain executives in shares of the Company’s stock. The number of shares granted as of each payroll date was based on the compensation earned during the period and the average of the high and low price of the Company’s common stock on the last day of the payroll period. In 2011, 446 shares were granted and issued at an average price of $32.59, and in 2010, 5,279 shares were granted and issued at an average price of $33.15. Shares granted under this arrangement are granted under the 2007 Plan.

As of December 31, 2011, there was $10.6 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested share based arrangements under the Plans. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of approximately two years. The total fair value of shares vested during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $4.1 million, $9.5 million and

$6.9 million, respectively.

The Company issues new shares to satisfy its obligation to issue shares granted pursuant to the Plans.

Cash Incentive and Retention Plan

In April 2008, the Company approved a Cash Incentive and Retention Plan (“CIRP”) which allows the Company to provide cash compensation to the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ officers and employees. The CIRP is administered by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors. The CIRP generally provides for the grants of cash awards, as determined by the Compensation Committee, which may be earned pursuant to the achievement of performance criteria established by the Committee and/or continued employment. The performance criteria, if any, established by the Committee must relate to one or more of the criteria specified in the CIRP, which includes: earnings, earnings growth, revenues, stock price, return on assets, return on equity, improvement of financial ratings, achievement of balance sheet or income statement objectives and expenses. These criteria may relate to the Company, a particular line of business or a specific subsidiary of the Company. The Company’s expense related to the CIRP was approximately $295,000, $368,000 and $275,000 in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Other Employee Benefits

Wintrust and its subsidiaries also provide 401(k) Retirement Savings Plans (“401(k) Plans”). The 401(k) Plans cover all employees meeting certain eligibility requirements. Contributions by employees are made through salary deferrals at their direction, subject to certain Plan and statutory limitations. Employer contributions to the 401(k) Plans are made at the employer’s discretion. Generally, participants completing 501 hours of service are eligible to share in an allocation of employer contributions. The Company’s expense for the employer contributions to the 401(k) Plans was approximately $4.0 million in 2011, $3.6 million in 2010, and $3.2 million in 2009.

The Wintrust Financial Corporation Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“SPP”) is designed to encourage greater stock ownership among employees, thereby enhancing employee commitment to the Company. The SPP gives eligible employees the right to accumulate funds over an offering period to purchase shares of common stock. All shares offered under the SPP will be either newly issued shares of the Company or shares issued from treasury, if any. In accordance with the SPP, the purchase price of the shares of common stock may not be lower than the lesser of 85% of the fair market value per share of the common stock on the first day of the offering period or 85% of the fair market value per share of the common stock on the last date for the offering period. The Company’s Board of Directors authorized a purchase price calculation at 90% of fair market value for each of the offering periods. During 2011, 2010 and 2009, a total of 71,077 shares, 53,909 shares and 119,341 shares, respectively, were earned by participants and approximately $300,000, $274,000 and $963,000, respectively, was recognized as compensation expense. The current offering period concludes on March 31, 2012. The Company plans to continue to periodically offer common stock through this SPP subsequent to March 31, 2012. At December 31, 2011, 87,353 shares were available for future grants under the SPP.

The Company does not currently offer other postretirement benefits such as health care or other pension plans.

Directors Deferred Fee and Stock Plan

The Wintrust Financial Corporation Directors Deferred Fee and Stock Plan (“DDFS Plan”) allows directors of the Company and its subsidiaries to choose to receive payment of directors’ fees in either cash or common stock of the Company and to defer the receipt of the fees. The DDFS Plan is designed to encourage stock ownership by directors. All shares offered under the DDFS Plan will be

 

124


either newly issued shares of the Company or shares issued from treasury. The number of shares issued is determined on a quarterly basis based on the fees earned during the quarter and the fair market value per share of the common stock on the last trading day of the preceding quarter. The shares are issued annually and the directors are entitled to dividends and voting rights upon the issuance of the shares. During 2011, 2010 and 2009, a total of 25,242 shares, 47,830 shares and 51,627 shares, respectively, were issued to directors. For those directors that elect to defer the receipt of the common stock, the Company maintains records of stock units representing an obligation to issue shares of common stock. The number of stock units equals the number of shares that would have been issued had the director not elected to defer receipt of the shares. Additional stock units are credited at the time dividends are paid, however no voting rights are associated with the stock units. The shares of common stock represented by the stock units are issued in the year specified by the directors in their participation agreements. In October 2011, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized an additional 150,000 shares of common stock that may be offered under the DDFS Plan. At December 31, 2011, the Company has an obligation to issue 219,391 shares of common stock to directors and has 151,181 shares available for future grants under the DDFS Plan.

(20) Regulatory Matters

Banking laws place restrictions upon the amount of dividends which can be paid to Wintrust by the banks. Based on these laws, the banks could, subject to minimum capital requirements, declare dividends to Wintrust without obtaining regulatory approval in an amount not exceeding (a) undivided profits, and (b) the amount of net income reduced by dividends paid for the current and prior two years. During 2011, 2010 and 2009, cash dividends totaling $27.8 million, $11.5 million and $100.0 million, respectively, were paid to Wintrust by the banks. As of January 1, 2012, the banks had approximately $94.7 million available to be paid as dividends to Wintrust without prior regulatory approval and without reducing their capital below the well-capitalized level.

The banks are also required by the Federal Reserve Act to maintain reserves against deposits. Reserves are held either in the form of vault cash or balances maintained with the Federal Reserve Bank and are based on the average daily deposit balances and statutory reserve ratios prescribed by the type of deposit account. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, reserve balances of approximately $122.2 million and $77.2 million, respectively, were required to be maintained at the Federal Reserve Bank.

The Company and the banks are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory — and possibly additional discretionary—actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company and the banks must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Company’s assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The Company’s and the banks’ capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors.

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Company and the banks to maintain minimum amounts and ratios of total and Tier 1 capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk-weighted assets (as defined) and Tier 1 leverage capital (as defined) to average quarterly assets (as defined).

The Federal Reserve’s capital guidelines require bank holding companies to maintain a minimum ratio of qualifying total capital to risk-weighted assets of 8.0%, of which at least 4.0% must be in the form of Tier 1 Capital. The Federal Reserve also requires a minimum Tier 1 leverage ratio (Tier 1 Capital to total assets) of 3.0% for strong bank holding companies (those rated a composite “1” under the Federal Reserve’s rating system). For all other banking holding companies, the minimum Tier 1 leverage ratio is 4.0%. In addition the Federal Reserve continues to consider the Tier 1 leverage ratio in evaluating proposals for expansion or new activities. As reflected in the following table, the Company met all minimum capital requirements at December 31, 2011 and 2010:

 

     2011     2010  

Total Capital to Risk Weighted Assets

     13.0     13.8 %  

Tier 1 Capital to Risk Weighted Assets

     11.8     12.5 %  

Tier 1 Leverage Ratio

     9.4     10.1 %  

Wintrust is designated as a financial holding company. Bank holding companies approved as financial holding companies may engage in an expanded range of activities, including the businesses conducted by its wealth management subsidiaries. As a financial holding company, Wintrust’s banks are required to maintain their capital positions at the “well-capitalized” level. As of December 31, 2011, the banks were categorized as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. The ratios required for the banks to be “well capitalized” by regulatory definition are 10.0%, 6.0%, and 5.0% for Total Capital to Risk-Weighted Assets, Tier 1 Capital to Risk-Weighted Assets and Tier 1 Leverage Ratio, respectively.

 

125


The banks’ actual capital amounts and ratios as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 are presented in the following table (dollars in thousands):

 

      December 31, 2011     December 31, 2010  
     Actual     To Be Well
Capitalized by
Regulatory Definition
    Actual     To Be Well
Capitalized by
Regulatory Definition
 
     Amount      Ratio     Amount      Ratio     Amount      Ratio     Amount      Ratio  

Total Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets):

  

                 

Lake Forest Bank

     $223,451             11.0   $ 203,441             10.0   $ 244,642             11.3   $ 217,140             10.0 %  

Hinsdale Bank

     148,804             12.3        120,808             10.0        149,582             12.7        118,260             10.0   

North Shore Bank

     176,141             11.2        157,708             10.0        164,869             13.1        126,268             10.0   

Libertyville Bank

     121,105             13.2        91,887             10.0        117,082             13.2        88,606             10.0   

Barrington Bank

     126,516             12.7        99,813             10.0        114,689             12.5        91,849             10.0   

Crystal Lake Bank

     79,963             13.0        61,523             10.0        80,453             14.1        57,234             10.0   

Northbrook Bank

     149,325             14.4        103,395             10.0        88,769             12.3        72,476             10.0   

Schaumburg Bank

     58,860             12.9        45,660             10.0        53,608             12.4        43,292             10.0   

Village Bank

     82,743             11.7        70,753             10.0        78,335             13.3        59,129             10.0   

Beverly Bank

     40,484             11.7        34,562             10.0        37,825             12.9        29,283             10.0   

Town Bank

     83,099             12.2        68,122             10.0        75,853             12.0        63,444             10.0   

Wheaton Bank

     59,164             11.9        49,551             10.0        64,049             13.8        46,426             10.0   

State Bank of the Lakes

     68,673             11.1        61,683             10.0        62,391             11.6        53,947             10.0   

Old Plank Trail Bank

     33,826             12.2        27,724             10.0        34,442             13.9        24,722             10.0   

St. Charles Bank

     61,738             11.5        53,868             10.0        36,743             13.4        27,404             10.0   

Tier 1 Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets):

  

                 

Lake Forest Bank

     $202,206             9.9   $ 122,065             6.0   $ 172,514             7.9   $ 130,284             6.0 %  

Hinsdale Bank

     134,488             11.1        72,485             6.0        128,769             10.9        70,956             6.0   

North Shore Bank

     124,202             7.9        94,625             6.0        114,393             9.1        75,761             6.0   

Libertyville Bank

     93,613             10.2        55,132             6.0        85,958             9.7        53,164             6.0   

Barrington Bank

     119,534             12.0        59,888             6.0        104,340             11.4        55,109             6.0   

Crystal Lake Bank

     73,235             11.9        36,914             6.0        74,505             13.0        34,341             6.0   

Northbrook Bank

     136,273             13.2        62,037             6.0        83,099             11.5        43,486             6.0   

Schaumburg Bank

     53,741             11.8        27,396             6.0        45,184             10.4        25,975             6.0   

Village Bank

     77,692             11.0        42,452             6.0        72,284             12.2        35,478             6.0   

Beverly Bank

     37,612             10.9        20,737             6.0        35,207             12.0        17,570             6.0   

Town Bank

     75,157             11.0        40,873             6.0        68,572             10.8        38,066             6.0   

Wheaton Bank

     52,911             10.7        29,730             6.0        59,197             12.8        27,856             6.0   

State Bank of the Lakes

     57,627             9.3        37,010             6.0        56,800             10.5        32,368             6.0   

Old Plank Trail Bank

     29,072             10.5        16,634             6.0        28,575             11.6        14,833             6.0   

St. Charles Bank

     51,874             9.6        32,321             6.0        34,279             12.5        16,442             6.0   

Tier 1 Leverage Ratio:

  

                 

Lake Forest Bank

     $202,206             7.9   $ 127,653             5.0   $ 172,514             6.6   $ 130,398             5.0 %  

Hinsdale Bank

     134,488             9.2        73,227             5.0        128,769             9.2        70,021             5.0   

North Shore Bank

     124,202             7.3        85,389             5.0        114,393             7.9        72,902             5.0   

Libertyville Bank

     93,613             8.1        58,017             5.0        85,958             7.5        57,037             5.0   

Barrington Bank

     119,534             9.8        61,060             5.0        104,340             9.1        57,064             5.0   

Crystal Lake Bank

     73,235             9.7        37,696             5.0        74,505             10.4        36,001             5.0   

Northbrook Bank

     136,273             7.2        94,611             5.0        83,099             7.1        58,447             5.0   

Schaumburg Bank

     53,741             9.2        29,335             5.0        45,184             9.0        25,177             5.0   

Village Bank

     77,692             9.0        43,306             5.0        72,284             9.5        38,239             5.0   

Beverly Bank

     37,612             9.7        19,446             5.0        35,207             9.6        18,422             5.0   

Town Bank

     75,157             9.9        37,801             5.0        68,752             9.8        34,941             5.0   

Wheaton Bank

     52,911             7.7        34,456             5.0        59,197             8.1        36,433             5.0   

State Bank of the Lakes

     57,627             8.0        35,813             5.0        56,800             8.3        34,404             5.0   

Old Plank Trail Bank

     29,072             9.0        16,137             5.0        28,575             9.4        15,134             5.0   

St. Charles Bank

     51,874             8.3        31,101             5.0        34,279             10.3        16,628             5.0   

Wintrust’s mortgage banking division and broker/dealer subsidiary are also required to maintain minimum net worth capital requirements with various governmental agencies. The mortgage banking division’s net worth requirements are governed by the Department of Housing and Urban Development and the broker/dealer’s net worth requirements are governed by the United States Securities and Exchange Commission. As of December 31, 2011, these subsidiaries met their minimum net worth capital requirements.

(21) Commitments and Contingencies

The Company has outstanding, at any time, a number of commitments to extend credit. These commitments include revolving home equity line and other credit agreements, term loan commitments and standby and commercial letters of credit. Standby and commercial letters of credit are conditional commitments issued to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. Standby letters of credit are contingent upon the failure of the customer to perform according to the terms of the underlying contract with the third party, while commercial letters of credit are issued specifically to facilitate commerce and typically result in the commitment being drawn on when the underlying transaction is consummated between the customer and the third party.

These commitments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amounts recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Condition. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The Company uses the same credit policies in making commitments as it does for on-balance sheet instruments. Commitments to extend commercial, commercial real estate and construction loans totaled $1.9 billion as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and unused home equity lines totaled $762.2 million and

 

126


$829.9 million as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Standby and commercial letters of credit totaled $199.0 million at December 31, 2011 and $187.9 million at December 31, 2010.

In addition, at December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company had approximately $272.9 million and $303.1 million, respectively, in commitments to fund residential mortgage loans to be sold into the secondary market. These lending commitments are also considered derivative instruments. The Company also enters into forward contracts for the future delivery of residential mortgage loans at specified interest rates to reduce the interest rate risk associated with commitments to fund loans as well as mortgage loans held-for-sale. These forward contracts are also considered derivative instruments and had contractual amounts of approximately $591.5 million at December 31, 2011 and $670.1 million at December 31, 2010. See Note 22 for further discussion on derivative instruments.

The Company enters into residential mortgage loan sale agreements with investors in the normal course of business. These agreements usually require certain representations concerning credit information, loan documentation, collateral and insurability. On occasion, investors have requested the Company to indemnify them against losses on certain loans or to repurchase loans which the investors believe do not comply with applicable representations. Management maintains a liability for estimated losses on loans expected to be repurchased or on which indemnification is expected to be provided and regularly evaluates the adequacy of this recourse liability based on trends in repurchase and indemnification requests, actual loss experience, known and inherent risks in the loans, and current economic conditions.

The Company sold approximately $2.5 billion of mortgage loans in 2011 and $3.7 billion in 2010. During 2011 and 2010, the Company provided an additional $439,000 and $11.0 million, respectively, related to loss indemnification claims for residential mortgage loans previously sold to investors. These estimated losses primarily related to mortgages obtained through wholesale and correspondent channels which experienced early payment and other defaults meeting certain representation and warranty recourse requirements. Losses charged against the liability for estimated losses were $8.0 million and $8.1 million for 2011 and 2010, respectively. The liability for estimated losses on repurchase and indemnification was $2.5 million and $8.9 million at December 31,

2011 and 2010, respectively, and was included in other liabilities on the balance sheet.

The Company utilizes an out-sourced securities clearing platform and has agreed to indemnify the clearing broker of WHI for losses that it may sustain from the customer accounts introduced by WHI. At December, 31, 2011, the total amount of customer balances maintained by the clearing broker and subject to indemnification was approximately $27.9 million. WHI seeks to control the risks associated with its customers’ activities by requiring customers to maintain margin collateral in compliance with various regulatory and internal guidelines.

In the ordinary course of business, there are legal proceedings pending against the Company and its subsidiaries. Management does not believe that a material loss related to these matters is reasonably possible.

(22) Derivative Financial Instruments

The Company enters into derivative financial instruments as part of its strategy to manage its exposure to changes in interest rates. Derivative instruments represent contracts between parties that result in one party delivering cash to the other party based on a notional amount and an underlying (such as a rate, security price or price index) as specified in the contract. The amount of cash delivered from one party to the other is determined based on the interaction of the notional amount of the contract with the underlying. Derivatives are also implicit in certain contracts and commitments.

The derivative financial instruments currently used by the Company to manage its exposure to interest rate risk include: (1) interest rate swaps and caps to manage the interest rate risk of certain variable rate liabilities; (2) interest rate lock commitments provided to customers to fund certain mortgage loans to be sold into the secondary market; (3) forward commitments for the future delivery of such mortgage loans to protect the Company from adverse changes in interest rates and corresponding changes in the value of mortgage loans available-for-sale; and (4) covered call options related to specific investment securities to enhance the overall yield on such securities. The Company also enters into derivatives (typically interest rate swaps) with certain qualified borrowers to facilitate the borrowers’ risk management strategies and concurrently enters into mirror-image derivatives with a third party counterparty, effectively making a market in the derivatives for such borrowers.

As required by ASC 815, the Company recognizes derivative financial instruments in the consolidated financial statements at fair value regardless of the purpose or intent for holding the instrument. Derivative financial instruments are included in other assets or other liabilities, as appropriate, on the Consolidated Statements of Condition. Changes in the fair value of derivative financial instruments are either recognized in income or in shareholders’ equity as a component of other comprehensive income depending on whether the derivative financial instrument qualifies for hedge accounting and, if so, whether it qualifies as a fair value hedge or cash flow hedge. Generally, changes in fair values of derivatives accounted for as fair value hedges are recorded in income in the same period and in the same income statement line as changes in the fair values of the hedged items that relate to the hedged risk(s). Changes in fair values of derivative financial instruments accounted for as cash flow hedges, to the extent they are effective hedges, are recorded as a component of other comprehensive income, net of deferred taxes, and reclassified to earnings when the hedged transaction affects earnings. Changes in fair values of derivative financial instruments not designated in a hedging relationship pursuant to ASC 815,

 

127


including changes in fair value related to the ineffective portion of cash flow hedges, are reported in non-interest income during the period of the change. Derivative financial instruments are valued by a third party and are periodically validated by comparison with valuations provided by the respective counterparties. Fair values of certain mortgage banking derivatives (interest rate lock commitments and forward commitments to sell mortgage loans on a best efforts basis) are estimated based on changes in mortgage interest rates from the date of the loan commitment.

The table below presents the fair value of the Company’s derivative financial instruments as well as their classification on the Consolidated Statements of Condition as of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010:

 

     Derivative Assets      Derivative Liabilities  
      Fair Value      Fair Value  
(Dollars in thousands)   

Balance

Sheet

Location

   December 31,
2011
     December 31,
2010
    

Balance

Sheet

Location

     December 31,
2011
     December 31,
2010
 

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments under ASC 815:

                 

Interest rate derivatives designated as Cash Flow Hedges

   Other assets      $     119         $     —           Other liabilities         $11,032         $12,986     

Derivatives not designed as hedging instruments under ASC 815:

                 

Interest rate derivatives

   Other assets      34,002         13,769         Other liabilities         33,892         14,226     

Interest rate lock commitments

   Other assets      4,307         396         Other liabilities         127         2,320     

Forward commitments to sell mortgage loans

   Other assets      179         4,505         Other liabilities         5,030         442     

Total derivatives not designated as hedging instruments under ASC 815

          $38,488         $18,670                  $39,049         $16,988     

Total derivatives

          $38,607         $18,670                  $50,081         $29,974     

Cash Flow Hedges of Interest Rate Risk

The Company’s objectives in using interest rate derivatives are to add stability to net interest income and to manage its exposure to interest rate movements. To accomplish these objectives, the Company primarily uses interest rate swaps and interest rate caps as part of its interest rate risk management strategy. Interest rate swaps designated as cash flow hedges involve the receipt of variable-rate amounts from a counterparty in exchange for the Company making fixed-rate payments over the life of the agreements without the exchange of the underlying notional amount. Interest rate caps designated as cash flow hedges involve the receipt of payments at the end of each period in which the interest rate specified in the contract exceeds the agreed upon strike price.

In May 2011, the Company entered into four new interest rate derivatives, two interest rate swaps and two interest rate caps, to replace derivatives maturing in the third and fourth quarters of 2011 that hedge the variable cash outflows associated with interest expense on the Company’s junior subordinated debentures and create a hedge associated with the interest rate expense on Wintrust Capital Trust IX which changed from a fixed rate to a variable rate in September 2011. See Note 16 – Junior Subordinated Debentures for more detail. The two new interest rate swap derivatives as cash flow hedges have an aggregate notional amount of $75 million. The two new interest rate cap derivatives designated as cash flow hedges have an aggregate notional amount of $60 million.

 

128


As of December 31, 2011, the Company had four interest rate swaps and two interest rate caps with an aggregate notional amount of $225 million that were designated as cash flow hedges of interest rate risk. The table below provides details on each of these cash flow hedges as of December 31, 2011:

 

     December 31, 2011  

(Dollars in thousands)

        Maturity Date

   Notional
Amount
     Fair Value
Gain (Loss)
 

Interest Rate Swaps:

     

September 2013

     50,000         (3,918)     

September 2013

     40,000         (3,206)     

September 2016

     50,000         (2,567)     

October 2016

     25,000         (1,341)     

Total Interest Rate Swaps

     165,000         (11,032)     

Interest Rate Caps:

     

September 2014

     20,000         40      

September 2014

     40,000         79      

Total Interest Rate Caps

     60,000         119      

Total Cash Flow Hedges

   $ 225,000       $ (10,913)     

Since entering into these interest rate derivatives, the Company has used them to hedge the variable cash outflows associated with interest expense on the Company’s junior subordinated debentures. The effective portion of changes in the fair value of these cash flow hedges is recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income and is subsequently reclassified to interest expense as interest payments are made on the Company’s variable rate junior subordinated debentures. The changes in fair value (net of tax) are separately disclosed in the statements of changes in shareholders’ equity as a component of comprehensive income. The ineffective portion of the change in fair value of these derivatives is recognized directly in earnings; however, no hedge ineffectiveness was recognized during 2011 or 2010. The Company uses the hypothetical derivative method to assess and measure effectiveness.

A rollforward of the amounts in accumulated other comprehensive income related to interest rate derivatives designated as cash flow hedges follows:

 

     December 31,  
(Dollars in thousands)    2011     2010  

Unrealized loss at beginning of period

   $ (13,323   $ (15,487

Amount reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income to interest expense on junior subordinated debentures

     8,120        8,736   

Amount of loss recognized in other comprehensive income

     (6,430     (6,572

Unrealized loss at end of period

   $ (11,633   $ (13,323

As of December 31, 2011, the Company estimates that during the next twelve months, $5.5 million will be reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income as an increase to interest expense.

Non-Designated Hedges

The Company does not use derivatives for speculative purposes. Derivatives not designated as hedges are used to manage the Company’s exposure to interest rate movements and other identified risks but do not meet the strict hedge accounting requirements of ASC 815. Changes in the fair value of derivatives not designated in hedging relationships are recorded directly in earnings.

Interest Rate Derivatives — The Company has interest rate derivatives, including swaps and option products, resulting from a service the Company provides to certain qualified borrowers. The Company’s banking subsidiaries execute certain derivative products (typically interest rate swaps) directly with qualified commercial borrowers to facilitate their respective risk management strategies. For example, doing so allows the Company’s commercial borrowers to effectively convert a variable rate loan to a fixed rate. In order to minimize the Company’s exposure on these transactions, the Company simultaneously executes offsetting derivatives with third parties. In most cases the offsetting derivatives have mirror-image terms, which result in the positions’ changes in fair value substantially offsetting through earnings each period. However, to the extent that the derivatives are not a mirror-image and because of differences in counterparty credit risk, changes in fair value will not completely offset resulting in some earnings impact each period. Changes in the fair value of these derivatives are included in other non-interest income. At December 31, 2011, the Company had interest rate derivative transactions with an aggregate notional amount of approximately $1.3 billion (all interest rate swaps) related to this program. These interest rate derivatives had maturity dates ranging from February 2012 to January 2033.

 

129


Mortgage Banking Derivatives — These derivatives include interest rate lock commitments provided to customers to fund certain mortgage loans to be sold into the secondary market and forward commitments for the future delivery of such loans. It is the Company’s practice to enter into forward commitments for the future delivery of residential mortgage loans when interest rate lock commitments are entered into in order to economically hedge the effect of future changes in interest rates on its commitments to fund the loans as well as on its portfolio of mortgage loans held-for-sale. The Company’s mortgage banking derivatives have not been designated as being in hedge relationships. At December 31, 2011, the Company had forward commitments to sell mortgage loans with an aggregate notional amount of approximately $591.5 million. At December 31, 2011, the Company had interest rate lock commitments with an aggregate notional amount of approximately $272.9 million. Additionally, the Company’s total mortgage loans held-for-sale at December 31, 2011 was $320.5 million. The fair values of these derivatives were estimated based on changes in mortgage rates from the dates of the commitments. Changes in the fair value of these mortgage banking derivatives are included in mortgage banking revenue.

Other Derivatives — Periodically, the Company will sell options to a bank or dealer for the right to purchase certain securities held within the Banks’ investment portfolios (covered call options). These option transactions are designed primarily to increase the total return associated with the investment securities portfolio. These options do not qualify as hedges pursuant to ASC 815, and, accordingly, changes in fair value of these contracts are recognized as other non-interest income. There were no covered call options outstanding as of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010.

Amounts included in the consolidated statements of income related to derivative instruments not designated in hedge relationships were as follows:

 

(Dollars in thousands)         December 31,  
Derivative    Location in income statement    2011     2010  

Interest rate swaps and floors

   Other income    $ 42      $ (59

Mortgage banking derivatives

   Mortgage banking revenue      (1,301     286   

Covered call options

   Fees from covered call options      13,570        2,235   

Credit Risk

Derivative instruments have inherent risks, primarily market risk and credit risk. Market risk is associated with changes in interest rates and credit risk relates to the risk that the counterparty will fail to perform according to the terms of the agreement. The amounts potentially subject to market and credit risks are the streams of interest payments under the contracts and the market value of the derivative instrument and not the notional principal amounts used to express the volume of the transactions. Market and credit risks are managed and monitored as part of the Company’s overall asset-liability management process, except that the credit risk related to derivatives entered into with certain qualified borrowers is managed through the Company’s standard loan underwriting process since these derivatives are secured through collateral provided by the loan agreements. Actual exposures are monitored against various types of credit limits established to contain risk within parameters. When deemed necessary, appropriate types and amounts of collateral are obtained to minimize credit exposure.

The Company has agreements with certain of its interest rate derivative counterparties that contain cross-default provisions, which provide that if the Company defaults on any of its indebtedness, including default where repayment of the indebtedness has not been accelerated by the lender, then the Company could also be declared in default on its derivative obligations. The Company also has agreements with certain of its derivative counterparties that contain a provision allowing the counter party to terminate the derivative positions if the Company fails to maintain its status as a well or adequate capitalized institution, which would require the Company to settle its obligations under the agreements. As of December 31, 2011 the fair value of interest rate derivatives in a net liability position, which includes accrued interest related to these agreements, was $46.0 million. As of December 31, 2011 the Company has minimum collateral posting thresholds with certain of its derivative counterparties and has posted collateral consisting of $7.4 million of cash and $33.3 million of securities. If the Company had breached any of these provisions at December 31, 2011 it would have been required to settle its obligations under the agreements at the termination value and would have been required to pay any additional amounts due in excess of amounts previously posted as collateral with the respective counterparty.

The Company is also exposed to the credit risk of its commercial borrowers who are counterparties to interest rate derivatives with the Banks. This counterparty risk related to the commercial borrowers is managed and monitored through the Banks’ standard underwriting process applicable to loans since these derivatives are secured through collateral provided by the loan agreement. The counterparty risk associated with the mirror-image swaps executed with third parties is monitored and managed in connection with the Company’s overall asset liability management process.

 

130


(23) Fair Value of Assets and Liabilities

The Company measures, monitors and discloses certain of its assets and liabilities on a fair value basis. These financial assets and financial liabilities are measured at fair value in three levels, based on the markets in which the assets and liabilities are traded and the observability of the assumptions used to determine fair value. These levels are:

 

   

Level 1 — unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

 

   

Level 2 — inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly. These include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability or inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data by correlation or other means.

 

   

Level 3 — significant unobservable inputs that reflect the Company’s own assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the assets or liabilities. Level 3 assets and liabilities include financial instruments whose value is determined using pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies, or similar techniques, as well as instruments for which the determination of fair value requires significant management judgment or estimation.

A financial instrument’s categorization within the above valuation hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The Company’s assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires judgment, and considers factors specific to the assets or liabilities. Following is a description of the valuation methodologies used for the Company’s assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis.

Available-for-sale and trading account securities — Fair values for available-for-sale and trading securities are typically based on prices obtained from independent pricing vendors. Securities measured with these valuation techniques are generally classified as Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. Typically, standard inputs such as benchmark yields, reported trades for similar securities, issuer spreads, benchmark securities, bids, offers and reference data including market research publications are used to fair value a security. When these inputs are not available, broker/dealer quotes may be obtained by the vendor to determine the fair value of the security. We review the vendor’s pricing methodologies to determine if observable market information is being used, versus unobservable inputs. Fair value measurements using significant inputs that are unobservable in the market due to limited activity or a less liquid market are classified as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy. Such measurements include securities valued using internal valuation techniques where the unobservable inputs are significant to the overall fair value measurement.

Mortgage loans held-for-sale — Mortgage loans originated by Wintrust Mortgage are carried at fair value. The fair value of mortgage loans held-for-sale is determined by reference to investor price sheets for loan products with similar characteristics.

Mortgage servicing rights — Fair value for mortgage servicing rights is determined utilizing a third party valuation model which stratifies the servicing rights into pools based on product type and interest rate. The fair value of each servicing rights pool is calculated based on the present value of estimated future cash flows using a discount rate commensurate with the risk associated with that pool, given current market conditions. Estimates of fair value include assumptions about prepayment speeds, interest rates and other factors which are subject to change over time.

Derivative instruments — The Company’s derivative instruments include interest rate swaps and caps, commitments to fund mortgages for sale into the secondary market (interest rate locks) and forward commitments to end investors for the sale of mortgage loans. Interest rate swaps are valued by a third party, using models that primarily use market observable inputs, such as yield curves, and are validated by comparison with valuations provided by the respective counterparties. The fair value for mortgage derivatives is based on changes in mortgage rates from the date of the commitments.

Nonqualified deferred compensation assets — The underlying assets relating to the nonqualified deferred compensation plan are included in a trust and primarily consist of non-exchange traded institutional funds which are priced based by an independent third party service.

 

131


The following tables present the balances of assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis for the periods presented:

 

     December 31, 2011  
(Dollars in thousands)    Total      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  

Available-for-sale securities

           

U.S. Treasury

   $ 16,173       $       $ 16,173       $   

U.S. Government agencies

     765,916                 765,916           

Municipal

     60,098                 35,887         24,211   

Corporate notes and other

     169,936                 169,936           

Mortgage-backed

     248,551                 248,551           

Equity securities

     31,123                 12,152         18,971   

Trading account securities

     2,490                 2,490           

Mortgage loans held-for-sale

     306,838                 306,838           

Mortgage servicing rights

     6,700                         6,700   

Nonqualified deferred compensations assets

     4,299                 4,299           

Derivative assets

     38,607                 38,607           

Total

   $ 1,650,731       $       $ 1,600,849       $ 49,882   

Derivative liabilities

   $ 50,081       $       $ 50,081       $   
     December 31, 2010  
(Dollars in thousands)    Total      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  

Available-for-sale securities

           

U.S. Treasury

   $ 96,097       $       $ 96,097       $   

U.S. Government agencies

     884,055                 884,055           

Municipal

     52,303                 35,887         16,416   

Corporate notes and other

     261,915                 252,074         9,841   

Mortgage-backed

     161,681                 159,221         2,460   

Equity securities

     40,251                 11,579         28,672   

Trading account securities

     4,879         71         436         4,372   

Mortgage loans held-for-sale

     356,662                 356,662           

Mortgage servicing rights

     8,762                         8,762   

Nonqualified deferred compensations assets

     3,613                 3,613           

Derivative assets

     18,670                 18,670           

Total

   $ 1,888,888       $ 71       $ 1,818,294       $ 70,523   

Derivative liabilities

   $ 29,974       $       $ 29,974       $   

The aggregate remaining contractual principal balance outstanding as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 for mortgage loans held- for-sale measured at fair value under ASC 825 was $300.0 million and $353.1 million, respectively, while the aggregate fair value of mortgage loans held-for-sale was $306.8 million and $356.7 million, respectively, as shown in the above tables. There were no nonaccrual loans or loans past due greater than 90 days and still accruing in the mortgage loans held-for-sale portfolio measured at fair value as of December 31, 2011 and 2010.

The changes in Level 3 assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis during the year ended December 31, 2011 are summarized as follows:

 

(Dollars in thousands)    U.S.
Agencies
     Municipal     Corporate
notes and
other debt
    Mortgage-
backed
    Equity
securities
    Trading
Account
Securities
    Mortgage
servicing
rights
 

Balance at January 1, 2011

   $       $ 16,416      $ 9,841      $ 2,460      $ 28,672      $ 4,372      $ 8,762   

Total net gains (losses) included in:

               

Net income (1)

                    (274     (53                   (2,062

Other comprehensive income

             77                      (6,101              

Purchases

             26,425        7,246        1,126        1,800                 

Issuances

                                                  

Sales

             (19,469                          (4,372       

Settlements

             (1,230     (333     (116                     

Net transfers into (out of) Level 3 (2)

             1,992        (16,480     (3,417     (5,400              

Balance at December 31, 2011

   $       $ 24,211      $      $      $ 18,971      $      $ 6,700   

 

(1)

Income for Corporate notes and other debt, and mortgage-backed are recognized as a component of interest income on securities. Additionally, changes in the balance of mortgage servicing rights are recorded as a component of mortgage banking revenue in non-interest income.

 

(2)

The transfer of available for sale securities into Level 3 is the result of the use of significant inputs that are unobservable in the market due to limited activity or a less liquid market. Transfers out of Level 3 result from the availability and use of observable market information that market participatnts would use in pricing these securities. Transfers into/out of Level 3 are recognized at the end of the reporting period.

 

132


The changes in Level 3 assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis during the year ended December 31, 2010 are summarized as follows:

 

(Dollars in thousands)    Municipal     Corporate
notes and
other debt
    Mortgage-
backed
    Equity
securities
    Trading
Account
Securities
    Mortgage
servicing
rights
     Retained
interests
 

Balance at January 1, 2010

   $ 17,152      $ 51,194      $ 158,449      $ 26,800      $ 31,924      $ 6,745       $ 43,541   

Total net gains (losses) included in:

               

Net income (1)

            (35     (7,947            5,140        2,017           

Other comprehensive income

            1        2,520        (419                      

Purchases, issuances, sales and settlements, net

     3,551        (40,781     (145,736     2,291        (32,692             (43,541

Net transfers out of Level 3

     (4,287     (538     (4,826                             

Balance at December 31, 2010

   $ 16,416      $ 9,841      $ 2,460      $ 28,672      $ 4,372      $ 8,762       $   

 

(1)

Income for Corporate notes, other debt and mortgage-backed is recognized as a component of interest income on securities. Income for trading account securities is recognized as a component of trading income in non-interest income and trading account securities interest income. Changes in the balance of mortgage servicing rights are recorded as a component of mortgage banking revenue in non-interest income.

Also, the Company may be required, from time to time, to measure certain other financial assets at fair value on a nonrecurring basis in accordance with GAAP. These adjustments to fair value usually result from application of lower of cost or market accounting or impairment charges of individual assets. For assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis that were still held in the balance sheet at the end of the period, the following table provides the carrying value of the related individual assets or portfolios at December 31, 2011.

 

    

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2011

    

Twelve Months
Ended
December 31,
2011

Fair Value
Losses (Gains)

Recognized

 
(Dollars in thousands)    Total      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3     

Impaired loans

   $ 226,538       $       $       $ 226,538       $ 48,461   

Other real estate owned

     86,523                         86,523         26,620   

Mortgage loans held-for-sale, at lower of cost or market

     13,686                 13,686                 (358

Total

   $ 326,747       $       $ 13,686       $ 313,061       $ 74,723   

Impaired loans — A loan is considered to be impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due pursuant to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. A loan restructured in a troubled debt restructuring is an impaired loan according to applicable accounting guidance. Impairment is measured by estimating the fair value of the loan based on the present value of expected cash flows, the market price of the loan, or the fair value of the underlying collateral. Impaired loans are considered a fair value measurement where an allowance is established based on the fair value of collateral. Appraised values, which may require adjustments to market-based valuation inputs, are generally used on real estate collateral-dependant impaired loans.

Other real estate owned — Other real estate owned is comprised of real estate acquired in partial or full satisfaction of loans and is included in other assets. Other real estate owned is recorded at its estimated fair value less estimated selling costs at the date of transfer, with any excess of the related loan balance over the fair value less expected selling costs charged to the allowance for loan losses. Subsequent changes in value are reported as adjustments to the carrying amount and are recorded in other non-interest expense. Gains and losses upon sale, if any, are also charged to other non-interest expense. Fair value is generally based on third party appraisals and internal estimates and is therefore considered a Level 3 valuation.

Mortgage loans held-for-sale, at lower of cost or market — Fair value is based on either quoted prices for the same or similar loans, or values obtained from third parties, or is estimated for portfolios of loans with similar financial characteristics and is therefore considered a Level 2 valuation.

 

133


The Company is required under applicable accounting guidance to report the fair value of all financial instruments on the consolidated statements of condition, including those financial instruments carried at cost. The carrying amounts and estimated fair values of the Company’s financial instruments as of the dates shown:

 

     At December 31, 2011     

 

   At December 31, 2010  
(Dollars in thousands)    Carrying
Value
    

Fair

Value

          

Carrying

Value

    

Fair

Value

 

Financial Assets:

              

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 169,704       $ 169,704          $ 172,580       $ 172,580   

Interest bearing deposits with banks

     749,287         749,287            865,575         865,575   

Available-for-sale securities

     1,291,797         1,291,797            1,496,302         1,496,302   

Trading account securities

     2,490         2,490            4,879         4,879   

Brokerage customer receivables

     27,925         27,925            24,549         24,549   

Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal

              

Reserve Bank stock, at cost

     100,434         100,434            82,407         82,407   

Mortgage loans held-for-sale, at fair value

     306,838         306,838            356,662         356,662   

Mortgage loans held-for-sale, at lower of cost or market

     13,686         13,897            14,785         14,841   

Total loans

     11,172,745         11,590,729            9,934,239         10,088,429   

Mortgage servicing rights

     6,700         6,700            8,762         8,762   

Nonqualified deferred compensation assets

     4,299         4,299            3,613         3,613   

Derivative assets

     38,607         38,607            18,670         18,670   

FDIC indemnification asset

     344,251         344,251            118,182         118,182   

Accrued interest receivable and other

     147,207         147,207              137,744         137,744   

Total financial assets

   $ 14,375,970       $ 14,794,165            $ 13,238,949       $ 13,393,195   

Financial Liabilities

              

Non-maturity deposits

   $ 7,424,367         7,424,367          $ 5,925,761       $ 5,925,761   

Deposits with stated maturities

     4,882,900         4,917,740            4,877,912         4,925,403   

Notes payable

     52,822         52,822            1,000         1,000   

Federal Home Loan Bank advances

     474,481         507,368            423,500         440,644   

Subordinated notes

     35,000         35,000            50,000         50,000   

Other borrowings

     443,753         443,753            260,620         260,620   

Secured borrowings owed to securitization investors

     600,000         603,294            600,000         600,333   

Junior subordinated debentures

     249,493         185,199            249,493         183,818   

Derivative liabilities

     50,081         50,081            29,974         29,974   

Accrued interest payable and other

     12,952         12,952              15,518         15,518   

Total financial liabilities

   $ 14,225,849       $ 14,232,576            $ 12,433,778       $ 12,433,071   

The following methods and assumptions were used by the Company in estimating fair values of financial instruments that were not previously disclosed.

Cash and cash equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents include cash and demand balances from banks, Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements. The carrying value of cash and cash equivalents approximates fair value due to the short maturity of those instruments.

Interest bearing deposits with banks. The carrying value of interest bearing deposits with banks approximates fair value due to the short maturity of those instruments.

Brokerage customer receivables. The carrying value of brokerage customer receivables approximates fair value due to the relatively short period of time to repricing of variable interest rates.

Loans held-for-sale, at lower of cost or market. Fair value is based on either quoted prices for the same or similar loans, or values obtained from third parties, or is estimated for portfolios of loans with similar financial characteristics.

Loans. Fair values are estimated for portfolios of loans with similar financial characteristics. Loans are analyzed by type such as commercial, residential real estate, etc. Each category is further segmented by interest rate type (fixed and variable) and term. For variable-rate loans that reprice frequently, estimated fair values are based on carrying values. The fair value of residential loans is based on secondary market sources for securities backed by similar loans, adjusted for differences in loan characteristics. The fair value for other fixed rate loans is estimated by discounting scheduled cash flows through the estimated maturity using estimated market discount rates that reflect credit and interest rate risks inherent in the loan. The primary impact of credit risk on the present value of the loan portfolio, however, was accommodated through the use of the allowance for loan losses, which is believed to represent the current fair value of probable incurred losses for purposes of the fair value calculation.

 

134


FDIC indemnification asset. The fair value of the FDIC indemnification asset is based on the discounted value of cash flows to be received from the FDIC.

Accrued interest receivable and accrued interest payable. The carrying values of accrued interest receivable and accrued interest payable approximate market values due to the relatively short period of time to expected realization.

Deposit liabilities. The fair value of deposits with no stated maturity, such as non-interest bearing deposits, savings, NOW accounts and money market accounts, is equal to the amount payable on demand as of period-end (i.e. the carrying value). The fair value of certificates of deposit is based on the discounted value of contractual cash flows. The discount rate is estimated using the rates currently in effect for deposits of similar remaining maturities.

Notes payable. The carrying value of notes payable approximates fair value due to the relatively short period of time to repricing of variable interest rates.

Federal Home Loan Bank advances. The fair value of Federal Home Loan Bank advances is obtained from the Federal Home Loan Bank which uses a discounted cash flow analysis based on current market rates of similar maturity debt securities to discount cash flows.

Subordinated notes. The carrying value of the subordinated notes payable approximates fair value due to the relatively short period of time to repricing of variable interest rates.

Other borrowings. The carrying value of other borrowings approximates fair value primarily due to the relatively short period of time to maturity or repricing. Other borrowings also includes the debt component of the Company’s issuance of tangible equity units. The fair value of the debt component is based on the discounted value of contractual cash flows. The discount rate is estimated using the rates currently in effect for debt securities of similar remaining maturities.

Junior subordinated debentures. The fair value of the junior subordinated debentures is based on the discounted value of contractual cash flows.

(24) Shareholders’ Equity

A summary of the Company’s common and preferred stock at December 31, 2011 and 2010 is as follows:

 

     2011      2010  
  

 

 

 

Common Stock:

     

Shares authorized

     60,000,000         60,000,000   

Shares issued

     35,981,950         34,864,068   

Shares outstanding

     35,978,349         34,864,068   

Cash dividend per share

   $ 0.18       $ 0.18   

Preferred Stock:

     

Shares authorized

     20,000,000         20,000,000   

Shares issued

     50,000         50,000   

Shares outstanding

     50,000         50,000   

The Company reserves shares of its authorized common stock specifically for its Stock Incentive Plan, its Employee Stock Purchase Plan and its Directors Deferred Fee and Stock Plan. The reserved shares and these plans are detailed in Note 19 -Employee Benefit and Stock Plans.

Common Stock Offering

In March 2010, the Company issued through a public offering a total of 6.7 million shares of its common stock at $33.25 per share. Net proceeds to the Company totaled $210.3 million. Additionally, in December 2010, the Company issued through a public offering a total of 3.7 million shares of common stock at $30.00 per share. Net proceeds to the Company totaled $104.8 million.

Tangible Equity Units

In December 2010, the Company sold 4.6 million 7.50% tangible equity units at a public offering price of $50.00 per unit. The Company received net proceeds of $222.7 million after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses. Each tangible equity unit is composed of a prepaid common stock purchase contract and a junior subordinated amortizing note due December 15, 2013. The prepaid stock purchase contracts have been recorded as surplus (a component of shareholders’

 

135


equity), net of issuance costs, and the junior subordinated amortizing notes have been recorded as debt within other borrowings. Issuance costs associated with the debt component are recorded as a discount within other borrowings and will be amortized over the term of the instrument to December 15, 2013. The Company allocated the proceeds from the issuance of the TEU to equity and debt based on the relative fair values of the respective components of each unit. The aggregate fair values assigned to each component of the TEU offering are as follows:

 

(Dollars in thousands, except per unit amounts)    Equity
Component
     Debt
Component
    

TEU

Total

 

Units issued (1)

     4,600         4,600         4,600   

Unit price

   $ 40.271818       $ 9.728182       $ 50.00   

Gross proceeds

     185,250         44,750         230,000   

Issuance costs, including discount

     5,934         1,419         7,353   

Net proceeds

   $ 179,316       $ 43,331       $ 222,647   

Balance sheet impact

        

Other borrowings

             43,331         43,331   

Surplus

     179,316                 179,316   

 

(1)

TEUs consist of two components: one unit of the equity component and one unit of the debt component.

The fair value of the debt component was determined using a discounted cash flow model using the following assumptions: (1) quarterly cash payments of 7.5%; (2) a maturity date of December 15, 2013; and (3) an assumed discount rate of 9.5%. The discount rate used for estimating the fair value was determined by obtaining yields for comparably-rated issuers trading in the market. The debt component was recorded at fair value, and the discount is being amortized using the level yield method over the term of the instrument to the settlement date of December 15, 2013.

The fair value of the equity component was determined using Black-Scholes valuation models applied to the range of stock prices contemplated by the terms of the TEU and using the following assumptions: (1) risk-free interest rate of 0.95%; (2) expected stock price volatility in the range of 35%-45%; (c) dividend yield plus stock borrow cost of 0.85%; and (4) term of 3.02 years.

Each junior subordinated amortizing note, which had an initial principal amount of $9.728182, is bearing interest at 9.50% per annum, and has a scheduled final installment payment date of December 15, 2013. On each March 15, June 15, September 15 and December 15, the Company will pay equal quarterly installments of $0.9375 on each amortizing note. The quarterly installment payable at March 15, 2011, however, was $0.989583. Each payment will constitute a payment of interest and a partial repayment of principal. The Company may defer installment payments at any time and from time to time, under certain circumstances and subject to certain conditions, by extending the installment period so long as such period of time does not extend beyond December 15, 2015.

Each prepaid common stock purchase contract will automatically settle on December 15, 2013 and the Company will deliver not more than 1.6666 shares and not less than 1.3333 shares of its common stock based on the applicable market value (the average of the volume weighted average price of Company common stock for the twenty (20) consecutive trading days ending on the third trading day immediately preceding December 15, 2013) as follows:

 

Applicable market value

of Company common stock

   Settlement Rate

Less than or equal to $30.00

   1.6666

Greater than $30.00 but less than $37.50

   $50.00, divided by the applicable market value

Greater than or equal to $37.50

   1.3333

At any time prior to the third business day immediately preceding December 15, 2013, the holder may settle the purchase contract early and receive 1.3333 shares of Company common stock, subject to anti-dilution adjustments. Upon settlement, an amount equal to $1.00 per common share issued will be reclassified from additional paid-in capital to common stock.

Series A Preferred Stock

In August 2008, the Company issued and sold 50,000 shares of non-cumulative perpetual convertible preferred stock, Series A, liquidation preference $1,000 per share (the “Series A Preferred Stock”) for $50 million in a private transaction. If declared, dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock are payable quarterly in arrears at a rate of 8.00% per annum. The Series A Preferred Stock is convertible into common stock at the option of the holder at a conversion rate of 38.88 shares of common stock per share of Series A Preferred Stock. On and after August 26, 2010, the Series A Preferred Stock will be subject to mandatory conversion into common

 

136


stock in connection with a fundamental transaction, or on and after August 26, 2013 if the closing price of the Company’s common stock exceeds a certain amount.

Series B Preferred Stock

Pursuant to the U.S. Treasury’s CPP, on December 19, 2008, the Company issued to the U.S. Treasury, in exchange for aggregate consideration of $250 million, (i) 250,000 shares of the Company’s fixed rate cumulative perpetual preferred Stock, Series B, liquidation preference $1,000 per share (the “Series B Preferred Stock”), and (ii) a warrant to purchase 1,643,295 shares of Wintrust common stock at a per share exercise price of $22.82 and with a term of 10 years. The Series B Preferred Stock paid a cumulative dividend at a coupon rate of 5%.

In December 2010, the Company repurchased all 250,000 shares of its Series B Preferred Stock. The Series B Preferred Stock was repurchased at a price of $251.3 million, which included accrued and unpaid dividends of $1.3 million. The repurchase of the Series B Preferred Stock resulted in a non-cash deemed preferred stock dividend that reduced net income applicable to common shares in the fourth quarter of 2010 by approximately $11.4 million. This amount represents the difference between the repurchase price and the carrying amount of the Series B Preferred Stock, or the accelerated accretion of the applicable discount on the preferred shares. In February 2011, the U.S. Treasury sold all of its interest in the warrant issued to it in a secondary underwritten public offering.

Other

In July 2011, the Company issued 529,087 shares of its common stock in the acquisition of Great Lakes Advisors. In September 2011, the Company issued 353,650 shares of its common stock in the acquisition of ESBI.

The Company previously issued other warrants to acquire common stock. These warrants entitle the holders to purchase one share of the Company’s common stock at a purchase price of $30.50 per share. Warrants outstanding at December 31, 2011 and 2010 totaled 19,000. The expiration date on these remaining outstanding warrants is February 2013.

At the January 2012 Board of Directors meeting, a semi-annual cash dividend of $0.09 per share ($0.18 on an annualized basis) was declared. It was paid on February 23, 2012 to shareholders of record as of February 9, 2012.

The following table summarizes the components of other comprehensive income (loss), including the related income tax effects, for the years ending December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009:

 

(In thousands)    2011     2010     2009  

Unrealized net gains on available-for-sale securities

   $ 4,467      $ 9,579      $ 680   

Related tax expense

     (1,862     (3,754     (277

Net after tax unrealized ganis on available-for-sale securities

     2,605        5,825        403   

Less: reclassification adjustment for net gains (losses) realized in net income during the year

   $ 1,792      $ 9,832      $ (268

Related tax expense (benefit)

     (712     (3,787     103   

Net after reclassification adjustment

     1,080        6,045        (165

Cumulative effect of change in accounting

            156        309   

Unrealized net gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities, net of reclassification adjustment

     1,525        (64     877   

Unrealized net gains (losses) on derivative used as cash flow hedges

     1,690        2,164        5,062   

Related tax (expense) benefit

     (581     (834     (1,950

After-tax unrealized net gains (losses) on derivatives used as cash flow hedges

     1,109        1,330        3,112   

Total other comprehensive income

     2,634        1,266        3,989   

A roll-forward of the change in accumulated other comprehensive loss for the years ending December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 is as follows:

 

(In thousands)    2011     2010     2009  

Accumulated other comprehensive loss at beginning of year

   $ (5,512   $ (6,622   $ (10,302

Cumulative effect of change in accounting

            (156     (309

Other comprehensive income

     2,634        1,266        3,989   

Accumulated other comprehensive loss at end of year

     (2,878     (5,512     (6,622

Accumulated other comprehensive loss at December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 is comprised of the following components:

 

(In thousands)    2011     2010     2009  

Accumulated unrealized gains on securities available-for-sale

   $ 4,204      $ 2,679      $ 2,899   

Accumulated unrealized losses on derivatives used as cash flow hedges

     (7,082     (8,191     (9,521

Total accumulated other comprehensive loss at end of year

     (2,878     (5,512     (6,622

 

137


(25) Segment Information

The Company’s operations consist of three primary segments: community banking, specialty finance and wealth management.

The three reportable segments are strategic business units that are separately managed as they offer different products and services and have different marketing strategies. In addition, each segment’s customer base has varying characteristics. The community banking segment has a different regulatory environment than the specialty finance and wealth management segments. While the Company’s management monitors each of the fifteen bank subsidiaries’ operations and profitability separately, these subsidiaries have been aggregated into one reportable operating segment due to the similarities in products and services, customer base, operations, profitability measures, and economic characteristics.

The net interest income, net revenue and segment profit of the community banking segment includes income and related interest costs from portfolio loans that were purchased from the specialty finance segment. For purposes of internal segment profitability analysis, management reviews the results of its specialty finance segment as if all loans originated and sold to the community banking segment were retained within that segment’s operations, thereby causing intersegment eliminations. Similarly, for purposes of analyzing the contribution from the wealth management segment, management allocates a portion of the net interest income earned by the community banking segment on deposit balances of customers of the wealth management segment to the wealth management segment. See Note 11 — Deposits, for more information on these deposits.

The segment financial information provided in the following tables has been derived from the internal profitability reporting system used by management to monitor and manage the financial performance of the Company. The accounting policies of the segments are generally the same as those described in the Summary of Significant Accounting Policies in Note 1. The Company evaluates segment performance based on after-tax profit or loss and other appropriate profitability measures common to each segment. Certain indirect expenses have been allocated based on actual volume measurements and other criteria, as appropriate. Intersegment revenue and transfers are generally accounted for at current market prices. The parent and intersegment eliminations reflect parent company information and intersegment eliminations. In the first quarter of 2009, the Company combined the premium finance and Tricom segments into the specialty finance segment. Additionally, during the fourth quarter of 2009, the contribution attributable to the wealth management deposits was redefined to measure the value as an alternative source of funding for each bank. In previous periods, the contribution from these deposits was measured as the full net interest income contribution. The redefined measure better reflects the value of these deposits to the Company.

 

138


The following is a summary of certain operating information for reportable segments (in thousands):

 

     Community
Banking
    Specialty
Finance
     Wealth
Management
     Parent &
Intersegment
Eliminations
    Consolidated  

2011

            

Net interest income (expense)

   $ 428,068        112,508         8,460         (87,659     461,377   

Provision for credit losses

     102,544        864                 (770     102,638   

Noninterest income

     140,392        3,071         54,940         (8,705     189,698   

Noninterest expense

     331,006        28,876         51,431         9,091        420,404   

Income tax expense (benefit)

     51,338        39,427         4,879         (45,186     50,458   

Net income (loss)

   $ 83,572        46,412         7,090         (59,499     77,575   

Total assets at end of year

   $ 15,188,133        3,271,323         92,089         (2,657,737     15,893,808   

2010

            

Net interest income (expense)

   $ 386,594        89,870         12,275         (72,903     415,836   

Provision for credit losses

     105,018        22,586                 (2,940     124,664   

Noninterest income

     133,110        13,643         45,447         (40     192,160   

Noninterest expense

     304,223        27,021         46,576         4,705        382,525   

Income tax expense (benefit)

     39,032        21,367         4,257         (27,178     37,478   

Net income (loss)

   $ 71,431        32,539         6,889         (47,530     63,329   

Total assets at end of year

   $ 13,258,238        2,944,388         65,274         (2,287,744     13,980,156   

2009

            

Net interest income (expense)

   $ 300,552        69,855         12,286         (70,817     311,876   

Provision for credit losses

     165,302        7,537                 (4,907     167,932   

Noninterest income

     92,578        162,075         38,281         24,713        317,647   

Noninterest expense

     273,467        24,768         41,660         4,192        344,087   

Income tax expense (benefit)

     (19,780     79,263         3,330         (18,378     44,435   

Net income (loss)

   $ (25,859     120,362         5,577         (27,011     73,069   

Total assets at end of year

   $ 12,019,936        2,185,225         62,458         (2,051,999     12,215,620   

 

139


(26) Condensed Parent Company Financial Statements

Condensed parent company only financial statements of Wintrust follow:

Balance Sheets

(In thousands)

 

$00000 $00000
     December 31,  
     2011      2010  
  

 

 

 

Assets

     

Cash

   $ 94,275         127,803   

Available-for-sale securities, at fair value

     489         7,419   

Investment in and receivable from subsidiaries

     1,738,484         1,601,047   

Loans, net of unearned income

     2,574         5,489   

Less: Allowance for loan losses

     664         905   
  

 

 

 

Net Loans

     1,910         4,584   

Goodwill

     8,347         8,347   

Other assets

     86,612         41,844   
  

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 1,930,117         1,791,044   
  

 

 

 

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

     

Other liabilities

   $ 20,671         10,671   

Notes payable

     51,000         1,000   

Subordinated notes

     35,000         50,000   

Other borrowings

     30,420         43,331   

Junior subordinated debentures

     249,493         249,493   

Shareholders’ equity

     1,543,533         1,436,549   
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

   $ 1,930,117         1,791,044   

 

 

Statements of Income

(In thousands)

 

$00 $00 $00
     Years Ended December 31,  
     2011      2010      2009  

Income

        

Dividends and interest from subsidiaries

   $ 30,783         15,592         103,410   

Trading revenue

             4,839         26,864   

Gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities, net

     164         57         (1,210)   

Other income

     (487)         1,421         1,931   

Total income

     30,460         21,909         130,995   

Expenses

        

Interest expense

     21,342         18,667         19,139   

Salaries and employee benefits

     12,435         8,975         7,238   

Other expenses

     14,037         10,838         10,635   

Total expenses

     47,814         38,480         37,012   

(Loss) income before income taxes and equity in undistributed loss of subsidiaries

     (17,354)         (16,571)         93,983   

Income tax benefit

     16,573         8,997         1,241   

(Loss) income before equity in undistributed net loss of subsidiaries

     (781)         (7,574)         95,224   

Equity in undistributed net income (loss) of subsidiaries

     78,356         70,903         (22,155)   

Net income

   $ 77,575         63,329         73,069   

 

 

 

140


Statements of Cash Flows

(In thousands)

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
      2011     2010     2009  

Operating Activities:

      

Net income

   $ 77,575        63,329        73,069   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used for) operating activities

      

Provision for credit losses

     608        905          

(Gains) losses on available-for-sale securities, net

     (164     (57     1,210   

Depreciation and amortization

     2,178        757        711   

Deferred income tax (benefit) expense

     (1,785     (9,747     10,990   

Stock-based compensation expense

     2,008        1,976        2,837   

Tax (expense) benefit from stock-based compensation arrangements

     129        896        81   

Excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation arrangements

     (19     (432     (377)   

Decrease (increase) in trading securities, net

            27,332        (26,864)   

(Increase) decrease in other assets

     (28,389     (3,071     3,523   

Increase (decrease) in other liabilities

     122        (4,386     (8,999)   

Equity in undistributed net (income) loss of subsidiaries

     (78,356     (70,903     22,155   

Net Cash Provided by (Used for) Operating Activities

     (26,093     6,599        78,336   

Investing Activities:

      

Capital contributions to subsidiaries

     (22,361     (194,524     (203,775)   

Other investing activity, net

     440        (808     20,086   

Net Cash Used for Investing Activities

     (21,921     (195,332     (183,689)   

Financing Activities:

      

Increase (decrease) in notes payable and other borrowings, net

     36,337        43,331          

Repayment of subordinated note

     (15,000     (10,000     (10,000)   

Excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation arrangements

     19        432        377   

Repayment of Series B preferred stock

            (250,000       

Net proceeds from issuance of prepaid common stock purchase contracts

            179,316          

Issuance of common stock in a public offering

            315,108          

Issuance of common shares resulting from exercise of stock options, employee stock purchase plan and conversion of common stock warrants

     3,586        3,956        4,912   

Dividends paid

     (10,344     (22,776     (21,783)   

Treasury stock purchases

     (112     (218     (443)   

Net Cash Provided by (Used for) Financing Activities

     14,486        259,149        (26,937)   

Net (Decrease) Increase in Cash and Cash Equivalents

     (33,528     70,416        (132,290)   

Cash and Cash Equivalents at Beginning of Year

     127,803        57,387        189,677   

Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Year

   $ 94,275        127,803        57,387   

 

 

 

141


(27) Earnings Per Share

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings per common share for 2011, 2010 and 2009:

 

(In thousands, except per share data)         2011      2010      2009  

Net income

     $ 77,575       $ 63,329       $ 73,069   

Less: Preferred stock dividends and discount accretion

       4,128         19,643         19,556   

Less: Non-cash deemed preferred stock dividend

               11,361           

Net income applicable to common shares—Basic

      (A)      73,447         32,325         53,513   

Add: Dividends on convertible preferred stock

                       4,000   

Net income applicable to common shares—Diluted

      (B)      73,447         32,325         57,513   

Weighted average common shares outstanding

      (C)      35,355         30,057         24,010   

Effect of dilutive potential common shares

       8,636         1,513         2,335   

Weighted average common shares and effect of dilutive potential common shares

      (D)      43,991         31,570         26,345   

Net income per common share:

          

Basic

  (A/C)    $ 2.08       $ 1.08       $ 2.23   

Diluted

  (B/D)    $ 1.67       $ 1.02       $ 2.18   

 

 

Potentially dilutive common shares can result from stock options, restricted stock unit awards, stock warrants, the Company’s convertible preferred stock, tangible equity unit shares and shares to be issued under the SPP and the DDFS Plan, being treated as if they had been either exercised or issued, computed by application of the treasury stock method. While potentially dilutive common shares are typically included in the computation of diluted earnings per share, potentially dilutive common shares are excluded from this computation in periods in which the effect would reduce the loss per share or increase the income per share. For diluted earnings per share, net income applicable to common shares can be affected by the conversion of the Company’s convertible preferred stock. Where the effect of this conversion would reduce the loss per share or increase the income per share, net income applicable to common shares is adjusted by the associated preferred dividends.

(28) Quarterly Financial Summary (Unaudited)

The following is a summary of quarterly financial information for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010:

 

$00.00 $00.00 $00.00 $00.00 $00.00 $00.00 $00.00 $00.00
     2011 Quarters      2010 Quarters  
(In thousands, except per share data)      First      Second      Third      Fourth      First      Second      Third      Fourth  

Interest income

   $ 147,780         145,445         154,951         157,617         142,496         149,248         147,401         153,962   

Interest expense

     38,166         36,739         36,541         32,970         46,631         44,934         44,421         41,285   

Net interest income

     109,614         108,706         118,410         124,647         95,865         104,314         102,980         112,677   

Provision for credit losses

     25,344         29,187         29,290         18,817         29,044         41,297         25,528         28,795   

Net interest income after provision for credit losses

     84,270         79,519         89,120         105,830         66,821         63,017         77,452         83,882   

Non-interest income, excluding net securities gains

     40,781         35,500         67,022         44,603         42,215         50,390         45,421         44,302   

Net securities gains

     106         1,152         225         309         392         46         9,235         159   

Non-interest expense

     98,109         97,206         106,321         118,768         83,938         92,663         99,723         106,201   

Income before income taxes

     27,048         18,965         50,046         31,974         25,490         20,790         32,385         22,142   

Income tax expense

     10,646         7,215         19,844         12,753         9,473         7,781         12,287         7,937   

Net Income

   $ 16,402         11,750         30,202         19,221         16,017         13,009         20,098         14,205   

Preferred stock dividends and discount accretion

     1,031         1,033         1,032         1,032         4,943         4,943         4,943         4,814   

Non-cash deemed preferred stock dividend

                                                             11,361   

Net income (loss) applicable to common shares

   $ 15,371         10,717         29,170         18,189         11,074         8,066         15,155         (1,970)   

Net income (loss) per common share:

                       

Basic

   $ 0.44         0.31         0.82         0.51         0.43         0.26         0.49         (0.06)   

Diluted

   $ 0.36         0.25         0.65         0.41         0.41         0.25         0.47         (0.06)   

Cash dividends declared per common share

   $ 0.09                 0.09                 0.09                 0.09           

 

142


(29) Subsequent events

On January 13, 2012, the Company’s wholly-owned subsidiary bank, Old Plank Trail Bank, entered into a definitive agreement to acquire a branch of Suburban Bank & Trust Company (“Suburban”) that is located in Orland Park, Illinois. Through this transaction, subject to final adjustments, Old Plank Trail Bank will acquire approximately $50 million of deposits, approximately $4 million of performing loans, the property, bank facility and various other assets. This transaction is subject to regulatory approval and certain closing conditions.

Also on January 13, 2012, the Company’s wholly-owned subsidiary, CTC, entered into a definitive agreement to acquire the trust operations of Suburban. Through this transaction, subject to final adjustments, CTC will acquire trust accounts having assets under administration of approximately $160 million, in addition to land trust accounts and various other assets.

On February 10, 2012, the Company announced that its wholly-owned subsidiary bank, Barrington Bank, acquired certain assets and liabilities and the banking operations of Charter National Bank and Trust (“Charter National”) in an FDIC-assisted transaction. Charter National operated two locations: one in Hoffman Estates and one in Hanover Park and had approximately $94 million in total assets and $89 million in total deposits as of December 31, 2011. Barrington Bank acquired substantially all of Charter National’s assets at a discount of approximately 4.1% and assumed all of the non-brokered deposits at no premium. In connection with the acquisition, Barrington Bank entered into a loss sharing agreement with the FDIC whereby Barrington Bank will share in losses with the FDIC on certain loans and foreclosed real estate at Charter National.

On February 14, 2012, the Company announced plans to expand its premium finance business into the Canadian marketplace by entering into an agreement, through its wholly-owned subsidiary Lake Forest Bank, to purchase Macquarie Premium Funding Inc., the Canadian insurance premium funding unit of Macquarie Group. The business to be acquired originates approximately $600 million of premium finance receivables on an annual basis and currently has approximately $230 million of premium finance receivables outstanding. The transaction is expected to be completed late in the first quarter or early in the second quarter of 2012, subject to regulatory approval and certain closing conditions.

 

143


ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

The Company made no changes in or had no disagreements with its independent accountants during the two most recent fiscal years or any subsequent interim period.

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

As of the end of the period covered by this report, management of the Company, under the supervision and with the participation of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, carried out an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures as defined under Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”). Based upon, and as of the date of that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective, in ensuring the information relating to the Company (and its consolidated subsidiaries) required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports it files or submits under the Exchange Act was recorded, processed, summarized and reported in a timely manner.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

There were no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the quarter ended December 31, 2011 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

144


Report on Management’s Assessment of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Wintrust Financial Corporation is responsible for the preparation, integrity, and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements included in this annual report. The consolidated financial statements and notes included in this annual report have been prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States and necessarily include some amounts that are based on management’s best estimates and judgments.

We, as management of Wintrust Financial Corporation, are responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting that is designed to produce reliable financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States. The system of internal control over financial reporting as it relates to the financial statements is evaluated for effectiveness by management and tested for reliability through a program of internal audits. Actions are taken to correct potential deficiencies as they are identified. Any system of internal control, no matter how well designed, has inherent limitations, including the possibility that a control can be circumvented or overridden and misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected. Also, because of changes in conditions, internal control effectiveness may vary over time. Accordingly, even an effective system of internal control will provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation.

Management assessed the Company’s system of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, in relation to criteria for the effective internal control over financial reporting as described in “Internal Control — Integrated Framework,” issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this assessment, management concludes that, as of December 31, 2011, its system of internal control over financial reporting is effective and meets the criteria of the “Internal Control -Integrated Framework.” Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, has issued an attestation report on management’s assessment of the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting. Their report expresses an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011.

 

/s/ Edward J. Wehmer

 

/s/ David L. Stoehr

Edward J. Wehmer

  David L. Stoehr

President and

  Executive Vice President &

Chief Executive Officer

  Chief Financial Officer

Lake Forest, Illinois

February 29, 2012

 

145


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Shareholders of Wintrust Financial Corporation and subsidiaries

We have audited Wintrust Financial Corporation and subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the COSO criteria). Wintrust Financial Corporation and subsidiaries’ management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Report on Management’s Assessment of Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, Wintrust Financial Corporation and subsidiaries maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on the COSO criteria.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated statements of condition of Wintrust Financial Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011 and our report dated February 29, 2012 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Chicago, Illinois

February 29, 2012

 

146


ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

None.

PART III

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

The information required in response to this item will be contained in the Company’s Proxy Statement for its Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held May 24, 2012 (the “Proxy Statement”) under the captions “Election of Directors,” “Executive Officers of the Company,” “Board of Directors’ Committees and Governance” and “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” and is incorporated herein by reference.

The Company has adopted a Corporate Code of Ethics which complies with the rules of the SEC and the listing standards of the NASDAQ Global Select Market. The code applies to all of the Company’s directors, officers and employees and is included as Exhibit 14.1 and posted on the Company’s website (www.wintrust.com). The Company will post on its website any amendments to, or waivers from, its Corporate Code of Ethics as the code applies to its directors or executive officers.

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The information required in response to this item will be contained in the Company’s Proxy Statement under the captions “Executive Compensation,” “Director Compensation” and “Compensation Committee Report” and is incorporated herein by reference. The information included under the heading “Compensation Committee Report” in the Proxy Statement shall not be deemed “soliciting” materials or to be “filed” with the Securities and Exchange Commission or subject to Regulation 14A or 14C, or to the liabilities of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

Information with respect to security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management is incorporated by reference to the section “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners, Directors and Management” that will be included in the Company’s Proxy Statement.

The following table summarizes information as of December 31, 2011, relating to the Company’s equity compensation plans pursuant to which common stock is authorized for issuance:

 

EQUITY COMPENSATION PLAN INFORMATION            
Plan Category    Number of
securities to be issued
upon exercise of
outstanding options,
warrants and rights
(a)
   Weighted-average
exercise price of
outstanding options,
warrants and rights
(b)
  

Number of securities
remaining available

for future issuance

under equity

compensation plans
(excluding securities
reflected in column (a))
(c)

 

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders

        

WTFC 1997 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended

   1,564,622    $39.56              —

WTFC 2007 Stock Incentive Plan

       828,345    $19.67    2,253,036

WTFC Employee Stock Purchase Plan

               —          —        87,353

WTFC Directors Deferred Fee and Stock Plan

               —          —      370,572

 

   2,392,967    $32.67    2,710,961

 

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders (1)

        

N/A

             —          —              —

 

Total

   2,392,967    $32.67    2,710,961

 

 

(1)

Excludes 80,434 shares of the Company’s common stock issuable pursuant to the exercise of options previously granted under the plans of Advantage National Bancorp, Inc., Northview Financial Corporation, Town Bankshares, Ltd. and First Northwest Bancorp, Inc. The weighted average exercise price of those options is $24.48. No additional awards will be made under these plans.

 

147


ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

The information required in response to this item will be contained in the Company’s Proxy Statement under the sub-caption “Related Party Transactions” and is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

The information required in response to this item will be contained in the Company’s Proxy Statement under the caption “Audit and Non-Audit Fees Paid” and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

148


PART IV

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(a) Documents filed as part of this Report.

 

  1., 2. 

Financial Statements and Schedules

The following financial statements of Wintrust Financial Corporation, incorporated herein by reference to Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data:

 

   

    Consolidated Statements of Condition as of December 31, 2011 and 2010

 

   

    Consolidated Statements of Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

 

   

    Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

 

   

    Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

 

   

    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

   

    Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Financial statement schedules have been omitted as they are not applicable or the required information is shown in the Consolidated Financial Statements or notes thereto.

 

  3.   Exhibits (Exhibits marked with a “*” denote management contracts or compensatory plans or arrangements)
  3.1   Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Wintrust Financial Corporation, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2006 and Exhibits 3.1 and 3.2 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 29, 2011).
  3.2   Amended and Restated Certificate of Designations of Wintrust Financial Corporation filed on December 18, 2008 with the Secretary of State of the State of Illinois designating the preferences, limitations, voting powers and relative rights of the Series A Preferred Stock (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 24, 2008).
  3.3   Amended and Restated By-laws of Wintrust Financial Corporation, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 15, 2011).
  4.1   Certain instruments defining the rights of the holders of long-term debt of the Corporation and certain of its subsidiaries, none of which authorize a total amount of indebtedness in excess of 10% of the total assets of the Corporation and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, have not been filed as Exhibits. The Corporation hereby agrees to furnish a copy of any of these agreements to the Commission upon request.
  4.2   Warrant Agreement, dated as of February 8, 2011, between Wintrust Financial Corporation and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. as Warrant Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form 8-A filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 9, 2011).
  4.3   Form of Warrant (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form 8-A filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 9, 2011).
  4.4   Junior Subordinated Indenture dated December 10, 2010 between the Company and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 10, 2010).
  4.5   First Supplemental Indenture dated December 10, 2010 between the Company and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 10, 2010).
  4.6   Purchase Contract Agreement dated December 10, 2010 among the Company, U.S. Bank National Association, as purchase contract agent, and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 10, 2010).
  4.7   Form of Amortizing Note (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 10, 2010).
  4.8   Form of Purchase Contract (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 10, 2010).

 

149


 

  4.9   Form of Equity Unit (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 10, 2010).
  10.1   Junior Subordinated Indenture dated as of August 2, 2005, between Wintrust Financial Corporation and Wilmington Trust Company, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 4, 2005).
  10.2   Amended and Restated Trust Agreement, dated as of August 2, 2005, among Wintrust Financial Corporation, as depositor, Wilmington Trust Company, as property trustee and Delaware trustee, and the Administrative Trustees listed therein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 4, 2005).
  10.3   Guarantee Agreement, dated as of August 2, 2005, between Wintrust Financial Corporation, as Guarantor, and Wilmington Trust Company, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 4, 2005).
  10.4   $25 million Subordinated Note between Wintrust Financial Corporation and LaSalle Bank National Association, dated October 29, 2002 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ending December 31, 2002).
  10.5   Amendment and Allonge made as of June 7, 2005 to that certain $25 million Subordinated Note dated October 29, 2002 executed by Wintrust Financial Corporation in favor of LaSalle Bank National Association (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 5, 2005).
  10.6   $25 million Subordinated Note between Wintrust Financial Corporation and LaSalle Bank National Association, dated April 30, 2003 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ending June 30, 2003).
  10.7   Amendment and Allonge made as of June 7, 2005 to that certain $25 million Subordinated Note dated April 30, 2003 executed by Wintrust Financial Corporation in favor of LaSalle Bank National Association (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 5, 2005).
  10.8   $25.0 million Subordinated Note between Wintrust Financial Corporation and LaSalle Bank, National Association, dated October 25, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 28, 2005).
  10.9   Second Amended and Restated Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of November 5, 2009 by Wintrust Financial Corporation for the benefit of Bank of America, N.A. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ending December 31, 2010).
  10.10   Indenture dated as of September 1, 2006, between Wintrust Financial Corporation and LaSalle Bank National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 6, 2006).
  10.11   Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust, dated as of September 1, 2006, among Wintrust Financial Corporation, as depositor, LaSalle Bank National Association, as institutional trustee, Christiana Bank & Trust Company, as Delaware trustee, and the Administrators listed therein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 6, 2006).
  10.12   Guarantee Agreement, dated as of September 1, 2006, between Wintrust Financial Corporation, as Guarantor, and LaSalle Bank National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8- K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 6, 2006).
  10.13   Amended and Restated Employment Agreement entered into between the Company and Edward J. Wehmer, President and Chief Executive Officer, dated December 19, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 24, 2008).*
  10.14   Amended and Restated Employment Agreement entered into between the Company and David A. Dykstra, Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer, dated December 19, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 24, 2008).*
  10.15   Amended and Restated Employment Agreement entered into between the Company and Richard B. Murphy, Executive Vice President and Chief Credit Officer, dated December 19, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 24, 2008).*

 

150


 

  10.16   Amended and Restated Employment Agreement entered into between the Company and David L. Stoehr, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, dated December 19, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 24, 2008).*
  10.17   Employment Agreement entered into between the Company and Leona A. Gleason, dated January 4, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ending December 31, 2010).*
  10.18   Employment Agreement entered into between the Company and Lisa Reategui, dated August 30, 2011.*
  10.19   Wintrust Financial Corporation 1997 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Appendix A of the Proxy Statement relating to the May 22, 1997 Annual Meeting of Shareholders of the Company).*
  10.20   First Amendment to Wintrust Financial Corporation 1997 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2000).*
  10.21   Second Amendment to Wintrust Financial Corporation 1997 Stock Incentive Plan adopted by the Board of Directors on January 24, 2002 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.3 of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 1, 2004.).*
  10.22   Third Amendment to Wintrust Financial Corporation 1997 Stock Incentive Plan adopted by the Board of Directors on May 27, 2004 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.4 of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 1, 2004.).*
  10.23   Wintrust Financial Corporation 2007 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 16, 2007).*
  10.24   Wintrust Financial Corporation 2007 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended (incorporated by reference to Appendix B of the Proxy Statement relating to the May 28, 2009 Annual Meeting of Shareholders of the Company).*
  10.25   Wintrust Financial Corporation 2007 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended (incorporated by reference to Appendix A of the Proxy Statement relating to the May 26, 2011 Annual Meeting of Shareholders of the Company).*
  10.26   Wintrust Financial Corporation 2007 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 8, 2011).*
  10.27   Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.30 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ending December 31, 2004).*
  10.28   Form of Restricted Stock Award (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.31 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ending December 31, 2004).*
  10.29   Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement under the Company’s 2007 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.31 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ending December 31, 2006).*
  10.30   Form of Restricted Stock Award under the Company’s 2007 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.32 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ending December 31, 2006).*
  10.31   Wintrust Financial Corporation Employee Stock Purchase Plan (incorporated by reference to Appendix A of the Proxy Statement relating to the May 28, 2009 Annual Meeting of Shareholders of the Company).*
  10.32   Wintrust Financial Corporation Directors Deferred Fee and Stock Plan (incorporated by reference to Appendix B of the Proxy Statement relating to the May 24, 2001 Annual Meeting of Shareholders of the Company).*
  10.33   Wintrust Financial Corporation 2005 Directors Deferred Fee and Stock Plan, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit A of the Proxy Statement relating to the May 28, 2008 Annual Meeting of Shareholders of the Company).*
  10.34   First Amendment to the Wintrust Financial Corporation 2005 Directors Deferred Fee and Stock Plan, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 15, 2011).*
  10.35   Wintrust Financial Corporation 2005 Directors Deferred Fee and Stock Plan, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.7 of the Company’s Current Report on Form S-8, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 8, 2011).*
  10.36   Form of Cash Incentive and Retention Award Agreement under Wintrust Financial Corporation’s 2008 Long-Term Cash and Incentive Retention Plan with Minimum Payout (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2008).*
  10.37   Form of Cash Incentive and Retention Award Agreement under Wintrust Financial Corporation’s 2008 Long-Term Cash and Incentive Retention Plan with no Minimum Payout (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2008).*

 

151


 

  10.38   Form of Senior Executive Officer Capital Purchase Program Waiver, executed by each of Messrs. David A. Dykstra, Richard B. Murphy, David L. Stoehr and Edward J. Wehmer (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 24, 2008).*
  10.39   Form of Senior Executive Officer Capital Purchase Program Letter Agreement, executed by each of Messrs. David A. Dykstra, Richard B. Murphy, David L. Stoehr, and Edward J. Wehmer with Wintrust Financial Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 24, 2008).*
  10.40   Investment Agreement dated as of August 26, 2008 between Wintrust Financial Corporation and CIVC-WTFC LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 2, 2008).
  10.41   Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of July 28, 2009, between American International Group, Inc. and First Insurance Funding Corp. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 28, 2009).
  10.42   Form of Director Indemnification Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2009).
  10.43   Form of Officer Indemnification Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2009).
  10.44   Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of October 30, 2009 among Wintrust Financial Corporation, the lenders named therein, and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 5, 2009).
  10.45   First Amendment Agreement, dated as of December 15, 2009, to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, among Wintrust Financial Corporation, the lenders named therein, and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 16, 2009).
  10.46   Second Amendment Agreement, dated as of October 29, 2010, to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, among Wintrust Financial Corporation, the lenders named therein, and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2010).
  10.47   Third Amendment Agreement, dated as of December 6, 2010, to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, among Wintrust Financial Corporation, the lenders named therein, and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.42 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010).
  10.48   Fourth Amendment Agreement, dated as of October 28, 2011, to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, among Wintrust Financial Corporation, the lenders named therein, and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 2, 2011).
  12.1   Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges.
  12.2   Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges and Preferred Stock Dividends
  13.1   2011 Annual Report to Shareholders
  14.1   Corportate Code of Ethics
  21.1   Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
  23.1   Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
  31.1   Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
  31.2   Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
  32.1   Certification Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

152


 

101.INS   XBRL Instance Document (1)
101.SCH   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
101.CAL   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
101.LAB   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
101.PRE   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document
101.DEF   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document

 

(1)

Includes the following financial information included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011, formatted in XBRL (eXtensible Business Reporting Language): (i) the Consolidated Statements of Condition, (ii) the Consolidated Statements of Income, (iii) the Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity, (iv) the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, and (v) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

153


PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

 

154


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

    WINTRUST FINANCIAL CORPORATION (Registrant)
February 29, 2012     By:     /s/ EDWARD J. WEHMER
      Edward J. Wehmer, President and
      Chief Executive Officer

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

/s/ PETER D. CRIST

Peter D. Crist

  

Chairman of the Board of Directors

  February 29, 2012

/s/ EDWARD J. WEHMER

Edward J. Wehmer

  

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

  February 29, 2012

/s/ DAVID L. STOEHR

David L. Stoehr

  

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

  February 29, 2012

/s/ BRUCE K. CROWTHER

Bruce K. Crowther

  

Director

  February 29, 2012

/s/ JOSEPH F. DAMICO

Joseph F. Damico

  

Director

  February 29, 2012

/s/ BERT A. GETZ, JR.

Bert A. Getz, Jr.

  

Director

  February 29, 2012

/s/ H. PATRICK HACKETT, JR.

H. Patrick Hackett, Jr.

  

Director

  February 29, 2012

/s/ SCOTT K. HEITMANN

Scott K. Heitmann

  

Director

  February 29, 2012

/s/ CHARLES H. JAMES III

Charles H. James III

  

Director

  February 29, 2012

/s/ ALBIN F. MOSCHNER

Albin F. Moschner

  

Director

  February 29, 2012

/s/ THOMAS J. NEIS

Thomas J. Neis

  

Director

  February 29, 2012

/s/ CHRISTOPHER J. PERRY

Christopher J. Perry

  

Director

  February 29, 2012

/s/ HOLLIS W. RADEMACHER

Hollis W. Rademacher

  

Director

  February 29, 2012

/s/ INGRID S. STAFFORD

Ingrid S. Stafford

  

Director

  February 29, 2012

 

155


PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

 

156